Course Catalog

2012

www.polytechnique.edu

Academic Year 2011 – 2012



Table of Contents

Applied Mathematics ............................................................................................................. 5 Biology ......................................................................................................................................... 31 Chemistry ................................................................................................................................... 41 Economics ................................................................................................................................. 53 Humanities and Social Sciences .................................................................................. 81 Informatics .............................................................................................................................. 101 Languages and Cultures ................................................................................................. 125 Mathematics .......................................................................................................................... 147 Mechanics ............................................................................................................................... 167 Physics ...................................................................................................................................... 203 Course Index ......................................................................................................................... 249



Applied Mathematics

MAP311 Randomness Sylvie Meleard This course introduces the basic notions of the probability theory, that is the mathematical analysis of random phenomena. It will focus on two main notions: the conditionning and the law of large numbers. The aim of the course is to give the fundamental concepts of probabilistic reasoning, probabilistic modeling and simulation. Probabilistic modeling appears in many fields of applications. The course is illustrated by concrete examples and numerical experiments, and an small introduction to Statistics is also given.

S. Meleard

During this course, the students will carry out a simulation project by pairs, the mark of which will be taken into account in the grade of the module.  Probability space - Random experiment and event - Probability on a finite set - urn models Probability on a countable set - Conditionning and independence. 2 Finite or countable sets - Random variable - Expectation and variance - Usual laws (binomial, Poisson) - Conditional laws and independence. 3 Real random variables and random vectors - Law of a real random variable - Simulation - Moments - Probability density - Usual laws (exponential, Gaussian) - Random vectors Marginal and conditional laws - Simulation with reject method. 4 Convergence of sequences of random variables - Law of large numbers - Monte-Carlo method. 5 Characteristic Function - Gaussian vectors - Convergence in law - Central limit theorem Confidence intervals. 6 Random dynamics - Simple random walk - Branching process - Queues - some words on inductive discrete random sequences. Period: Spring term – 28 h – 5 ECTS

Applied Mathematics

5

P.-L. Lions

MAP411 Mathematical Modelling Pierre-Louis Lions, Stéphanie Allassonniere, Benoît Merlet, Anne de Bouard The goal of this course is to give an introduction to applied mathematics that is more focused on the modeling and numerical resolution issues of scientific and industrial problems than on mathematical analysis. Examples of applications that illustrate the course also include system optimization and control.  Simple modeling of stationary and non-stationary phenomena in physics, mechanics, chemistry, finance etc. Problems of parameter identification and the control of distributed systems. 2 One-dimensional numerical simulation with finite differences.

S. Allassonniere

3 Feedback stabilisation and control. Optimal control. Optimization. Optimality criteria, Lagrange multipliers, algorithms. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

G. Allaire

P.-L. Lions

MAP431 Numerical analysis and optimization Grégoire Allaire, Pierre-Louis Lions, François Alouges Applied mathematics has a threefold purpose of modelling scientific or industrial problems, of analysing and computing their solutions. The goal of this course is to give the necessary tools in numerical analysis and optimization. A major feature of this course is to combine fundamental mathematical concepts and numerical implementation (using software like Scilab and Freefrem ++) on concrete and practical examples. This course is especially recommended for those students who are interested in the computational aspects of engineering Contents:  Simple modelling of stationary or time-evolution problems coming from physics, mechanics, economics, or engineering. Numerical simulation by finite differences. Stability, consistency and convergence of numerical schemes. 2 Mathematical analysis of partial differential equations. Variational formulations, Lax-Milgram lemma, energy (Sobolev) spaces, weak solutions. Qualitative properties of solutions: maximum principle, regularity, etc. Eigenvalues and eigenfunctions, solution to time-evolution equations (parabolic or hyperbolic).

F. Alouges

3 Numerical solutions to partial differential equations. Finite element method. Solving linear systems, computing eigenvalues. Complexity, conditioning, round-off. Practical implementation on a computer. 4 Optimization in finite or infinite dimension. Constrained minimization. Optimality conditions, Lagrange multipliers. Convexity, duality. Gradient type algorithms.

6 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

5 Linear programming. Simplex algorithm, integer polyedra. Requirements: Basic knowledge of analysis (continuity, differentiation, uniform convergence of functions, functions of several variables). Basic topology (metric spaces, open or closed sets, compact sets, norm, Banach space). Hilbert spaces. Basic knowledge of integration (measurability, Lebesgue theorem of dominated convergence, L2 space). Linear algebra (matrices, linear systems, eigenvalues, quadratic forms). W. Rudin, Principles of Mathematical Analysis, Third edition. International Series in Pure and Applied Mathematics. McGraw-Hill Book Co., New York-Auckland-Düsseldorf, 1976. G. Strang, Introduction to Linear Algebra, Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1998. Or the 3 first chapters of: G. Strang, Introduction to Applied Mathematics, Wellesley-Cambridge Press, 1986. Evaluation mechanism: A mid-term exam (2 hours) Home work A personal project on numerical simulation A final exam (4 hours) An evaluation of assiduity and and efforts during classes Period: Spring term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

MAP432 Markov chains and discrete time martingales Nizar Touzi The time variable is an important parameter in system reliability, queues, evolution of biological or economic systems, financial markets, etc. It is an essential element in optimal decision making. When the dynamical system of interest is random, the distinction between «past» (which is known) and future (to be predicted as precisely as possible) is at the basis of Markov processes and martingale theory. Several natural questions arise in modelling these phenomena : existence of equilibrium, simulation, parameter estimation… Random processes are also used to construct stochastic algorithms for solving deterministic problems such as function minimisation. The optimal choice of the observation period for statistical estimation or decision making is an introduction to the field of stochastic control.

N. Touzi

Content:  Basics of measure theory and probability theory. 2 Conditional expectation. Application to the Kalman-Bucy filter. Stopping times and information. 3 Markov chains: first definitions, Dirichlet problem. Independent excursions. 4 Invariant distribution: existence in finite state spaces, classification of states, positive recurrence and existence of the invariant distribution in countable state spaces. 5 Ergodic theorem, Central limit theorem, convergence of marginal distributions. Applications (Google’s PageRank, Hasting Metropolis stochastic algorithm, Simulated annealing).

Applied Mathematics

7

6 Martingales and stopping times. Supermartingales decomposition. Doob’s inequalities. Closed martingales. 7 Martingale Convergence theorems. Applications to the Robins-Monroe stochastic algorithm. Populations dynamics and the Galton-Watson process. 8 Optimal stopping. The Snell envelop in finite and infinite horizon. The secretary problem. Application to finance. 9 A pplications in biology and statistical mecanics. Requirements: To be very knowledgeable about MAP311. Evaluation mechanism: A final exam of 3 hours. An evaluation of assiduity and and efforts during classes. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

M. Hoffmann

MAP433 Introduction to statistical methods Marc Hoffmann This course has three objectives. The first is to provide mathematical statistical tools enabling all the stages in modelling a concrete phenomenon to be put into practice, from the choice of the probabalistic model to its estimation and evaluation. The second objective is to describe, in lectures and tutorials, concrete examples of modelling in a variety of fields (signal processing, econometrics, environmental sciences etc.). The third objective is to develop practical knowledge, particularly through the optional project, based on both the mastery of theoretical tools and their applications using computer software such as Scilab. Tentative schedule (9 sessions of 1h30 each)  Sampling, empirical distribution function and confidence intervals. Kolmogorov-Smirnov test. Asymptotic and non-asymptotic viewpoints. 2 Statistical modelling. Parametric experiments. 3 Classical estimation procedures in density estimation and regression: M-estimation, maximum likelihood, linear model and least squares. Asymptotic properties. 4 Asymptotic theory for parametric estimation. The concept of efficiency and its limitations. 5 Statistical decision and tests. Non-asymptotic viewpoint, Neyman-Pearson, p-value and link to confidence intervals. 6 Asymptotic tests. Convergence of a test, separation rates between hypotheses. Goodness-of-fit tests. Chi-square test.

8 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Evaluation mechanism: Written exam and optional mini-project Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

MAP441 Applied Module in Applied Mathematics Laboratory Yacine Chitour, Emmanuel Gobet, François Alouges Introduction to several fields of Applied Mathematics through experiments. This consists in using the mathematical tools acquired by the students and introduce them to the modelling of real phenomena through numerical methods. Each line of study rests on different mathematical methods and specific prior knowledge. After three or four supplementary course sessions, the students will be paired up for supervised laboratory work. They will have to complete a modelling project ab initio and produced a detailed thesis comparing the numerical results obtained with the phenomena they have chosen to study.

Y. Chitour

Semester 2 – Period 1 ■ Dynamic systems, applications and simulations (SDAS) – Yacine Chitour The aim of this module is to present certain problems of ordinary differential equations (ODE) through their theoretical aspects and numerical aspects. Initially, we will study the asymptotic behaviour of ODEs through applications in biology, mechanics and the search for numerical algorithms for linear algebra. Afterwards, we will introduce controlled dynamic systems through a geometric approach. We will apply those concepts to rolling elements and vision modelling. Each topic will comprise a theoretical aspect as well as a numerical application.

E. Gobet

F. Alouges

Requirements: Students wanting to pursue this line of study must also have taken the MAT431 module on dynamic systems. Semester 2 – Period 2 ■ Random numerical simulation (SNA) – Emmanuel Gobet Nowadays the random models are essential both from theoretical and practical points of view. Their applications concern physics, biology, finance and engineering sciences. After a few sessions on stochastic simulation techniques, we will deeper investigate the methods for the rare event analysis. A wide variety of modeling and simulation projects will be proposed, for instance regarding population dynamics, risks in finance, air safety. Note that it may be possible to form 2-person teams straddling two lines of study (for example, certain techniques for the solving of partial differential equations rest on probabilistic methods). Requirements: Students wanting to pursue this line of study must also have taken either module MAP432 or module MAP433.

Applied Mathematics

9

■ Numerical Simulation of Partial Differential Equations (SNE) – François Alouges A large number of physical and biological phenomena are currently modelled through partial differential equations (e.g. fluid or fluid-particle flows, deformable solids, wave propagation, etc.). The aim of this course is to use concrete modelling and numerical processes to solve such problems. Requirements: Students wanting to pursue this line of study must also have taken module MAP431. Mode of assessment: Written report and viva voce Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

M. Rosenbaum

MAP551 Probability theory for financial economics Mathieu Rosenbaum The goal of this course is to introduce the main concepts in Probability Theory in a rigorous setting. Being at ease with the notions presented in this course is essential in Economics and Finance. Course Outline :  Measure and Integration 2 The probabilistic model 3 Law of random variables 4 Random vectors 5 Convergence of random variables 6 Law of Large Numbers 7 Central Limit Theorems 8 Conditional expectation, conditional law Course taught in english. Course dedicated to Quantitative, Economics and Finance Master students. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

N. Touzi

MAP552 Stochastic models in finance Nizar Touzi The course consists in repeated oscillations between stochastic calculus and the modelling of financial markets in continuous-time. 1 Introduction: first steps in the modelling of financial markets. 2 Brownian motion, definition, distributional properties, pathwise properties. 3 Conditional expectation and the heat equation. Stochastic integral. Itô’s formula.

10 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

4 PDE approach for the valuation and hedging in the Black-Scholes model. The Merton portfolio investment problem. The Ornstein-Uhlenbeck process. 5 Predictable representation property. Change of measure. 6 Martingale aproach for the hedging problem. Back to the Black-Scholes model. 7 Stochastic differential equations. Connection with second order linear PDEs. Characterization of the hedging strategy. 8 The pratice of the Black-Scholes model. Calibration and the Dupire equation. 9 Introduction to term structure models. The Heath-Jarrow-Morton model and the forward martingale measure. Clausus numerus: 100 Requirements: “MAP311 Probability” mandatory, and a course in probability or statistics courses in second year Evaluation mechanism: Written exam Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP553 Statistical Learning and nonparametric estimation Alexandre Tsybakov Statistical analysis of multidimensional data, in particular, of data in very high dimensions is now an important issue in many areas, such as information technology, biostatistics, marketing, finance. Statistical Learning Theory offers efficient methods that are commonly used in practice to deal with this type of data. It borrows many ideas from the theory of Nonparametric Estimation, which deals with estimation of an unknown function belonging to a large functional class. The aim of this course is to give a mathematical introduction to Statistical Learning Theory and Nonparametric Estimation. We will also discuss major implementable algorithms.

A. Tsybakov

Programme: ■ Principal component analysis ■ Basics of nonparametric density estimation and non parametric regression. ■ Classification ■ Empirical risk minimization. Concentration inequalities. Empirical processes, complexity. Vapnik-Chervonenkis theory ■ Efficient algorithms. Support Vector Machines and Boosting ■ Overfitting and regularization. Penalized methods. Dimension reduction and variable selection. Sparsity. Evaluation mechanism: Final exam and project Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Applied Mathematics

11

P. Robert

MAP554 Communication Networks, Algorithms and Probability Philippe Robert This set of lectures is devoted to communication networks and to the algorithms used to regulate them. Two essential components are analyzed:  The algorithmic setting: the set of constraints that must be satisfied in order to solve a given problem. 2 The statistical nature of the traffic in communication networks. The mathematical modeling and the evaluation of the algorithms are presented in a statistical. The basic probabilistic tools used in these lectures are progressively recalled: Discrete/Continuous time Markov chains and Poisson processes. http link: www.cmap.polytechnique.fr Program:  Statistical models of the traffic. Poisson processes. Markovian Modelling. 2 The classical queueing networks. Circuit switching networks. Stochastic models of telephone networks. 3 Access protocols to a communication channel. The algorithm Aloha, Ethernet and the tree algorithm. Study of the stability of access protocols: stability/unstability criteria of Markov chains. 4 The data transmission protocol TCP and the Internet network. Packet switching networks. Analysis of a stochastic model of TCP. The architecture of the Internet network. http link of the course : http://www.cmap.polytechnique.fr/~probert/ Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

O. Rioul

MAP555 Signal Processing Olivier Rioul Originally applied to telecommunications, signal processing is now in all domains that require to process and transform numerical information. The course begins with a presentation of analog filtering and transmission by amplitude modulation. Most signal processing being now digital, the analog-digital conversion is studied with the discretization of filtering operators. The most difficult signal processing problems are often related to information processing. Stochastic modeling plays a particularly important role, and an application to noise suppression is presented. Studying speech processing is the occasion to go beyond the Fourier transform by introducing local time-frequency transforms. The formalization of the notion of information is done through the concept of entropy, related to coding. The course ends with an application to signal and image compression. Numerus Clausus: 80 students maxi Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

12 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAP556 An introduction to mathematical models in Ecology Jean-René Chazottes The objective of this course is threefold: we introduce some models based on ordinary differential equations, then some models based on Markov chains, and finally bridge the two approaches, that is, study whenever the deterministic approach is relevant with respect to the stochastic one. From the mathematical viewpoint, we introduce the qualitative theory of differential equations and the basic theory of Markov chains both with discrete time and discrete state space.

J.-R. Chazottes

The prerequisites are the following: having met some ordinary differential equations and knowing basic probability theory (see for instance MAP311). Numerus Clausus: 60 students maxi Requirements: MAP311 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP557 Operations Research : Mathematical Aspects and Applications Stéphane Gaubert Operations Research is a collection of techniques allowing one to solve organisation and decision problems in companies. Examples include transportation or warehouse location problems, vehicle rounds, timetabling, management of inventory and energy resources (hydraulic, gas, nuclear fuel), and also specialised problems arising in circuit or cabling design, frequency allocation, etc. This leads us to study fundamental optimisation problems, which are often of a combinatorial nature.

S. Gaubert

The course presents some broad families of mathematical techniques used in Operations Research in order to give the ability to model and recognise problems which can be solved by existing efficient algorithms. We emphasise linear or convex programming techniques, which are often at the origin of such algorithms. There are no prerequisites, except a familiarity with applied mathematics, which can be acquired by having followed any of the second year courses in this field. It should be noted that Operations Research is also dealt with in advanced computer science in the second semester, in which the lectures concerning the analysis of algorithms and constraint programming shed a complementary light on the field. This course can be taken either independently or together with these computer science lectures. Main concepts developed during the course: ■ Modelling combinatorial optimisation problems. Integer points of polyhedra. Totally unimodular matrices. ■ Network flows. Elements of duality theory. Algorithms. ■ Multiflows: communication and transportation networks. Potential flows. ■ Column generation and the Dantzig-Wolfe algorithm

Applied Mathematics

13

■ Polynomial time algorithms in convex optimisation: interior point methods. ■ The travelling salesman problem. Branch and bound techniques. Relaxations and cuts. ■ Chvátal and Gomory’s cuts. ■ L agrangian relaxation. Nonsmoth optimisation: cutting planes. Benders decomposition. ■ Graph colouring and MAXCUT problems: the semidefinite programming approach. ■ D ynamic programming. Numerus Clausus: 100 students maxi Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP559 Advanced methods in Numerical Analysis and Scientific Computing Bertrand Maury, François Alouges This course aims at presenting advanced techniques, both analytical and numerical for the resolution of partial differential equations in fluid mechanics. The physical domains of interest are, for instance, the incompressible fluid dynamics or granular flows. This course is naturally in the direct continuation of MAP431 or MAP411.

B. Maury

Indeed, the basic notions introduced there will be completed and deepen in several directions. For instance we will see analytical techniques which allow to handle non-linear terms, the practical difficulties when one solves linear systems of large size, the numerical treatment of the incompressibility constraint (mixed finite elements method), etc. Numerous practical sessions are organized in order to illustrate on computers the concepts seen during the course, and solve practically delicate problems of fluid mechanics such as the direct simulation of blood flows, chemotaxis, or the evolution of the free surface of a flow.

F. Alouges

Requirements: It is highly recommended to the students who want to attend this course, to have followed prior one of the courses MAP431 or MAP411. Evaluation mechanism: A 3 hour exam, and evaluation of assiduity and efforts during classes. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

14 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAP561 Control: Basic concepts and applications in mechanics Yacine Chitour Automation is the science of controlling dynamic systems. It plays an essential role in aeronautics and aerospace and in production processes (materials and finished products). The introduction of electronics has led to its general use in car production, robotics etc. Automation is also used in controlling large-scale systems: utility networks (gas, electricity), regulating river levels, sustainable management of fish stocks.

Y. Chitour

The course starts with a few practical examples, introducing the fundamental problems in automation, followed by a brief look back at dynamic systems and more particularly at ordianry differential equations, their stability and asymptotic behavior. It then examines the concepts of controllability, stabilisation and observability in linear controlled systems, and specifically the ways in which they can be characterised and their consequences for system control. We will aply these concepts for the motion planning problem. Non linear systems are next briefly considered with an emphasis on the controllability issue, using tools from geometric control theory such as the Lie bracket. Finally, the course looks at the question of optimising dynamic systems with optimal control methods. We will start with the classical LQ theory with an application to the determinist Kalman filter and pursue with the time optimization for linear systems. We will conclude with an introduction to the Ponttryaguine maximum principle (PMP) which allows one to write first order optimality conditions. Applications to quantum control will be considered. Numerus Clausus: 60 students maxi Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP562 Optimal design of structures Grégoire Allaire The purpose of this course is to provide the basis of mathematical models and numerical algorithms for the optimal design of structures. G. Allaire

Thanks to the enormous progress in mechanical modelling, numerical analysis and above all computer power in recent decades, it is nowadays relatively easy to design a structure (for example, a bridge, an aeroplane wing, a car body, etc.) by carrying out simulations and calculations on a computer. Nevertheless, during the design of a new structure one is frequently asked to try different possibilities and to modify them in order to improve them. This could turn out to be a very tedious task if it was done entirely by hand and if it relied solely on the designer’s intuition. This is why it is necessary to develop automatic optimization methods for structures. The purpose of this course is to provide the basis of the mathematical models and numerical algorithms for optimal structure design. In particular, we shall study the optimisation of structures’ shapes in order, for example, to minimize their weight under minimal mechanical

Applied Mathematics

15

constraints. The course will be illustrated with the use of structure optimisation software in small classes. This course accepts a maximum of 60 students. Syllabus: Parametric shape optimisation Geometric shape optimisation Topology optimisation by the homogenisation method Topology optimisation using evolutionary algorithms Requirements: Pre-requisites: MAP431 or MAP411 (numerical analysis and optimization) Numerus Clausus: 60 students maxi. Evaluation mechanism: 2 hours exam. This course will be taught in English. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

S. Meleard

MAP563 Random models in Ecology and Evolution Sylvie Meleard The consideration of the dynamics of population in risk modeling, the comprehension of complex ecological systems in environment and in sustainable development, and the links between economy, ecology, and health, are emerging issues that necessitate a good knowledge of the modeling of ecological and evolutive systems. All living systems basically evolve in a random manner. The course will develop the major probabilist models in ecology and evolution. It will especially give prominence to the various scale changes that enable going from discrete models to continuous models and random models to their deterministic approximations. Spatial models. Population dynamics, birth-and-death processes, Feller diffusion, multitype branching processes. Population genetics, Wright-Fisher model, coalescent. Numerus Clausus: 70 students maxi Requirements: MAP 432 or MAP 433 Evaluation mechanism: A final exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

16 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAP564 Stochastic Simulation and Monte-Carlo methods Carl Graham A fundamental goal of the Applied Mathematics program is to model complex systems in order to understand their qualitative and quantitative behavior. C. Graham

This course introduces effective probabilistic computation and simulation methods. A permanent concern is to validate and illustrate these methods in concrete situations, notably coming from financial engineering, evolutionary ecology and communication networks. These methods have become outstandingly important in various strategic fields. Simulation, Monte Carlo methods and variance reduction; Confidence intervals, Central Limit Theorem, Berry-Esseen inequalities, and concentration inequalities; Discretization of Stochastic differential equations; Simulation of Markov processes with jumps; Stochastic algorithms; Stochastic particle methods. Numerus Clausus: 80 students maxi Requirements: MAP 432 or MAP 433 Evaluation mechanism: A final exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP565 Processes and estimation Stéphane Gregoir Time series modelling and estimation: the course primarily introduces techniques for the modelling and linear analysis of time series with real values. This approach is used in many domains, from engineering to social sciences and hydrology to finance. On the basis of a few hypotheses, it enables us to describe the average regularities that can be observed in sequences of values in a chronological series. Based on these values, it is then possible to construct forecasts for future values and measures of confidence in these forecasts. Having introduced the concepts of strong and second-order stationarity, we present measurements of dependency between the random variables making up a time series and their estimators. We complete this description by looking at spectral density, which gives information of the same nature but in a different form relating to the cyclical properties of time trajectories. The properties and estimation of a general, parsimoniously parameterized family, ARMA models, are then studied in detail. A chapter is devoted to the Kalman filter and estimating dynamic models with latent variables. The course finishes by looking at conditional heteroskedasticity models, often used in finance, and non-stationarity problems in linear form.

S. Gregoir

Numerus Clausus: 100 students maxi Requirements: MAP 432 or MAP 433 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Applied Mathematics

17

G. Allaire

F. Golse

MAP/MAT567 Transport and diffusion Grégoire Allaire, François Golse The goal of this course is to study mathematical models of transport and diffusion which are used in many application fields pertaining to energy. Typical examples are the chain reaction mechanism in nuclear reactors, green-house effect in climatology, radiative transfer in thermics and astrophysics, some models of structured population dynamics. After a first mathematical introduction of these models, it will be shown that diffusion is the limit of transport in a highly collisional regime, and the notion of critical mass or size will be explained. Numerical methods, including finite differences and Monte-Carlo algorithms, will be discussed. Numerus Clausus: 60 students maxi Requirements: One of this following course MAP411 – MAP431 – MAP431 – MAP432. Evaluation mechanism: Final written exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP568 Asset Pricing in the Derivatives Market Peter Tankov Derivative products are an important way for the investors to protect themselves against market risks in the future. The stochastic calculus has enabled the development of this industry. In this course, we will describe the financial products and the methods used by the market to price and hedge them. First, we explain the main concepts of option pricing in the simple framework of discrete-time financial markets and finite probability spaces. Next, after introducing the necessary tools of stochastic calculus, we review the Black-Scholes option pricing theory and the basics of optimal asset allocation in continuous time. List of topics :  Discrete-time financial markets : no-arbitrage, market completeness ; optimal portfolio choice. 2 The Cox-Ross-Rubinstein model (binomial tree) and its continuous-time limit. 3 Brownian motion, stochastic integration with respect to Brownian motion and Itô’s formula. 4 Continuous-time financial markets and the Black-Scholes model. 5 Optimal asset allocation in continuous-time financial markets ; Merton’s portfolio problem. Course dedicated to Quantitative Economics and Finance Master students. Evaluation mechanism: A written exam Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

18 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAP571 Personal Project in Applied Mathematics Stéphane Mallat, Aline Lefebvre-Lepot, Caroline Hillairet This course is a personal project wherein teams of two students are introduced to the practice of Applied Mathematics through study of a problem motivated by concrete applications and mathematical questions. It is generally tied to a course followed during the same period. The project is a study that ranges from the modeling of a problem, to numerical simulations, including mathematical analysis along the way. Students complete the class with both a written and oral report given before a jury of professors. Each project is supervised by a professor. Students chose a subject from among the five following options: A – Numerical Analyis Prerequisites: MAP559 or MEC552 The projects are linked to practical problems in modeling and numerical simulation related to various fields of engineering , from mechanics to biology.

S. Mallat

A. LefebreLepot

B – Models in Finance & Simulations Prerequisites: MAP552 The aim is to understand the approach of modeling in Finance, by conducting a study based on reading articles and other documentation and leads to numerical implementations. The subjects revolve around evaluation, covering a financial product, and risk management. Parallel to the project, ”quants” will be invited to give practical examples in modeling during optional seminars, an ideal occasion for gaining insight on methods used on trading floors. This course is necessary during the first or second trimester for students planning on an internship in trading rooms in France or abroad. C – Optimization & Operational Research Prerequisites: MAP557 The projects come from important operational research fields such as the optimization of aerial transportation or the optimization of telecommunication networks. The mathematical tools concern combined or continuous optimization, graph theory, dynamic deterministic or stochastic programming and vary from one subject to another. D – Communication Networks Prerequisites: MAP554 Subjects linked to the study of current communication networks and their most recent evolutions: Scattering of information in peer to peer networks and social networks, bandwidth sharing algorithms in mobile networks, resource allocation, evolution in TCP Protocol, as well as algorithms resolving access conflicts. E – Signal and Image Processing Prerequisites: MAP555 Study of recent problems in the information processing of audio signals, images, or videos. The subjects cover image compression, inverse problems and signal restoration, denoising and super-resolution, as well as the recognition of audio signals and images.

Applied Mathematics

19

Prerequisites: Amongi MAP411, MAP431 or MEC552 Evaluation mechanism: For MODELS IN FINANCE AND SIMULATIONS: Each pair of students must hand in a written report and are expected to do an oral presentation at the end of the quarter. The final grade will take into account this oral presentation, the written report, as well as the work accomplished during the quarter. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

I. Terrasse

MAP572 Electromagnetism and Acoustics in the aircraft and automobile industry: from modelling to highperformance calculation Isabelle Terrasse This follow-up course presents two numerical methods well known in the manufacturing industry to deal with wave propagation phenomena: the finite difference method and the boundary element method. We will present relevant industrial applications such as noise reduction for aircraft or cars, Electromagnetic Compatibility to ensure the proper operation of on-board electrical systems, the installation of antennas to ensure good coverage and reduce interference between antennas. Even though the two particular lines of physics seem very different, a common mathematical and numerical approach makes it possible to combine numerical developments and the understanding of key concepts: causality and radiation condition, numerical dispersion, writing of equations in integral form, etc. The course is composed of mainstream sessions introducing theoretical and numerical modelling, sessions in small groups to analyse the simplified but very instructive case of dimension 1, and practice sessions where industrial software is used in a three-dimensional context. A set of print-outs is available with all useful results. Students will be offered numerical modelling projects consisting in a study resembling that of an engineer in an industrial setting. Evaluation mechanism: A numerical modelling project and evaluation of the student’s course attendance and participation. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

20 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAP581 Personal Project in Applied Mathematics Stéphane Mallat A personal project wherein teams of two students are introduced to the practice of Applied Mathematics through study of a problem motivated by concrete applications and mathematical questions. It is generally tied to a course followed during the same period. The project is a study ranging from the modeling of a problem, to numerical simulations, including mathematical analysis along the way. Students complete the class with both a written and oral report given before a jury of professors. Each project is supervised by a professor. Students cannot choose a second Personal Project in the same type of application, and this will be validated by the professor in charge of the subject. Students chose a subject from among the five following options:

S. Mallat

A – Numerical Analysis Prerequisites: One among the following courses – MAP559, 562,567 or MEC552, 564, 568 or MAT560 The projects are linked to concrete problems in modeling and numerical simulation related to various fields of engineering , from mechanics to biology. B – Automatic Prerequisite: MAP561 The modeling of a practical problem (identification of the state, the output, and actuators as input), then the study and analysis of the structural properties of the model, and numerical implementation to validate the possible theoretical results established during the previous step of analysis. The practical problems come from examples in robotics, nuclear physics, as well as biology. C – Modèles en finance et simulations Prerequisite: MAP552 The aim of this project is to understand the approach of modeling in Finance, by conducting a study based on reading articles and other documentation, and leads the numerical implementations. The subjects revolve around evaluation, covering a financial product, and risk management. Parallel to the project, “quants“ will be invited to give practical examples in modeling during optional seminars, an ideal occasion for gaining insight on methods used on trading floors. This course is indispensable for students planning on an internship in trading rooms in France or abroad. D – Modeling & Random Simulations Prerequisite: MAP563 or 564 Modeling of realistic practical problems, in which randomness is essentially involved and the application of stochastic methods of approximate calculation. Care is given to furnish mathematical validations and intervals of confidence. The mathematical tools used have wide-ranging applicability, of social, scientific, and industrial importance such as ecology and evolution, genetics, mechanical statistics, and data transmission.

Applied Mathematics

21

E – Time Series and Simulations Prerequisite: MAP 565 Examples of the analysis of time series using various statistical methods in the space of time and frequencies: trend-cycle decomposition of integrated circuits, seasonality modeling, ARCH and active price GARCH process models, and stochastic volatility models. Examples of simulation methods to compute the log-likelihood in dynamic models, the asymptotic or the finite sample distribution of estimates or forecasts: Monte Carlo, Bootstrap methods. Requirements: Among MAP411, MAP431, MAP561, MAP562, MAP567 ou MEC552 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP582 Creation of Technology Start-Ups Bruno Martinaud The aim is to introduce students to the process of creating and developing technology startups, as well as their technical, marketing, and financial environments, in the context of innovation and research. A presentation of the world of start-ups will be given during a few sessions, completed by conferences given by start-up entrepreneurs and investors. Within the framework of this personal project, students divide into groups of 4 and will develop a start-up creation project based on technological innovation, preferably relating to the track of their study program. Students will be able to start from research results of laboratories housed at Ecole Polytechnique, or ideas developed during a scientific project (in the specialized course program), or technologies already developed by the start-up incubator at Polytechnique or elsewhere. Student start-up projects will take the form of a business plan including the essential elements of differentiation and added value through technological innovation, and will be presented orally to a jury of potential investors, as if seeking actual financing. The specifications and methodology of writing a business plan will be presented to students, but the emphasis is on personal work, with suggested reading. Numerus clausus: 80 students maxi Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MAP591 Image and Signal Stéphanie Allassonniere, Antonin Chambolle Option Coordinator: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] S. Allassonniere

Option Managers: ➟ Stéphanie Allassonnière – Mail : [email protected]

➟ Antonin Chambolle – Mail : [email protected]

22 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Secretariat of the Applied Mathematics Department Tél. : 01 69 33 46 01 – Fax : 01 69 33 46 46 Mail : [email protected] Signal and image processing The analysis and processing of information in signals and images have tremendous applications. This option follows the Signal processing course MAP555 and the independent study on signals and images MAP572 of the third year. Internships are offered in France, either in industrial environments or in research centers. Many internships are also proposed in research laboratories abroad, in the United States, in Switzerland, in Australia, in Singapore and in Brazil. In all cases, the goal is to provide students the occasion to complete their knowledge and more importantly to participate in a research project or industrial development. The application fields are very wide, including medical imaging, pattern recognition, computer vision, signal compression, telecommunications... All projects include an algorithmic study and the development of a software that implements the proposed method, with a careful evaluation of results. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

MAP592 Modelling and scientific computing Grégoire Allaire Option Coordinator: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] G. Allaire

Option Managers: ➟ Grégoire Allaire – Mail : [email protected] Secretariat of Applied Mathematics Department Tél. : 01 69 33 46 01 – Fax : 01 69 33 46 46 Mail : [email protected] Scientific computing is the art of the engineer devoted to producing numerical simulations based on a scientific analysis and with computers. Most of problems that can be formalised with mathematical equations lead to problems too complicated to be solved with elementary methods or with methods of formal calculus. The objective of scientific computing is to propose approximate numerical solutions for problems that can be modelised with a mathematical equation. The development of scientific computing is related to the increasing of computer power. It is an applied science in continuous evolution. The industries that use and develop scientific computing are first the main partners of State technical administrations in charge of the conception and development of complex systems: space and aeronautics, nuclear, automotive industry, petroleum industry, civil engineering. Reduced to amount development and the certification of complex systems only few years

Applied Mathematics

23

ago, the numerical simulation allows the reduction of important development times on conception cycles and the production of more sophisticated products. The option “scientific computing” is devoted to students needing training in scientific computing, either for the analysis of an industrial problem, or the initiation to scientific research, whatever can be the future choice in terms of career orientation. For those who wish to enter the Master Program “Mathematical Modeling” in Applied Mathematics of the Ecole Polytechnique (co-organised with Paris 6 University), the training period can be an important first step. Examples of subjects studied in recent years ■ Adaptive and multi-scales methods. ■ Assessment and design of optical fiber systems. ■ Inverse problem in electromagnetism. ■ Aeroelastic modelling. Requirements: Some knowledge of numerical analysis and/or optimization. Evaluation mechanism: Written report and oral defense Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

MAP593 Automatic Control and Operations Research Frédéric Bonnans Option Coordinator: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] F. Bonnans

Option Managers: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] ➟ Yacine Chitour – Mail : [email protected] ➟ Stéphane Gaubert – Mail : [email protected]

Y. Chitour

Secretariat of Applied Mathematics Department Tél. : 01 69 33 46 01 – Fax : 01 69 33 46 46 Mail : [email protected]

S. Gaubert

This option combines two complementary fields: automatic control of dynamical systems, and operations research (discrete and continuous optimization). These two fields are very active. Automatic control (Frederic Bonnans and Yacine Chitour) has been used for a while in aerospace and production processes (chemistry, cement works, rolling mills, biotechnologies). Due to the development of electronics, it has become a key point in various fields such as car making, and also in large scale systems (utility networks). Operations research (Frederic Bonnans and Stephane Gaubert) is the main tool for solving complex management problems: production planing, transportation time tables, allocation, network design, investment.

24 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

These two disciplines are needed both in big and small companies. They are an important part of the curricula of French and foreign universities. Internship from April to July: The option “Automatic Control and Operations Research” is designed for students wishing to be trained in these fields. Students can choose to work on an industrial problem, or to have an initiation to research, whatever they intend to do later. There are some proposals in foreign universities and small foreign companies, for highly motivated students. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

MAP594 Probabilistic and statistical modelisation Christophe Giraud Option coordinator: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] C. Giraud

Option manager: ➟ Christophe Giraud – Mail : [email protected] Other teaching staff: ➟ Philippe Robert – Mail :[email protected] Secretariat of Applied Mathematics Department Tél. : 01 69 33 46 01 – Fax : 01 69 33 46 46 Mail : [email protected] The «Probabilistic and Statistical Modelling» internships usually involve building and studying a probabilistic model designed to describe as completely as possible physical, biological, computing or economic phenomena. Depending on the objectives, these models can be used to analyze data and propose forecasts (estimation, test, statistical learning, etc) or they can be analysed using probabilistic methods in order to better understand their behaviours and their limits. The relative weights given to the probabilistic and statistical aspects vary according to the problems. These methods are applied to a wide variety of fields: communication networks (traffic characterisation, probabilistic protocol analysis, congestion control), biology (transmission of genetic heritage, genome mapping, population dynamics, phylogenic selection), insurance (setting premiums, provision prediction), economics (analysis and prediction of macroeconomic aggregates), etc. These courses are primarily intended for students who have taken advanced courses in Applied Mathematics (in particular the “Processus et estimation”, ”Réseaux de communication, algorithmes et probabilités”, “Apprentissage statistique”, ”Modèles aléatoires en écologie et évolution” courses).

Applied Mathematics

25

Examples of subjects studied in previous years: In France ■ EDF Incertitude autour de la prévision de la consommation électrique. Analyse de l’utilisation des interconnexions électriques en Europe. ■ VEOLIA Modélisation de la biodiversité dans les bassins à boues activées. ■ SCHLUMBERGER Uncertainty assessment for CO2 geological storage integrity. ■ THOMSON Navigability with a bias. ■ TELECOM PARISTECH Partage dynamique de bande passante dans l’internet. ■ INRIA Méthodes probabilistes pour l’équation de Poisson-Boltzmann en dynamique moléculaire. ■ INRA Analyse de la cyclostationnarité du climat Calédonien. Modèles statistiques pour l’analyse des réseaux d’interactions biologiques. Etude de la dynamique des repousses hors des parcelles de culture dans un agro-écosystème. ■ ORANGE Marche aléatoire dans la ville. Abroad ■ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA (Berkeley) Development of flow model based algorithms for highway traffic estimation (Mobile Millenium). Using mobile phones to estimate travel times in urban networks through the STARMA model. Traffic forecasting using statistical machine learning. ■ COLUMBIA UNIVERSITY (New York) Verification/testing of statistical decadal forecasts. Subnational Carbon Emissions from Selected Countries. ■ IMPERIAL COLLEGE (London) Influence in on-line social networks. Dissemination of Information in Distributed Networks.

26 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ EPFL (Lausanne) Stabilité des réseaux d’accès sans fil: impact de la topologie. ■ CMM-UNIVERSITY OF CHILE (Santiago) Mathematical modeling and analysis of metabolic interaction networks. ■ UNIVERSITA ROMA 3 (Rome) Mixing time for reversible Markov Chains and applications. ■ UNIVERSITY OF WATERLOO (Canada). Bandwidth allocation policies in Wireless Networks. ■ NRS (Montréal) Qualité de service et tarification des réseaux IP. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

MAP595 Financial Mathematics Emmanuel Gobet Option co-ordinator: ➟ Frédéric Bonnans – Mail : [email protected] E. Gobet

Option manager: ➟ Emmanuel Gobet – Mail : [email protected] Other teaching staff: ➟ Nizar Touzi – Mail : [email protected] Secretariat of Applied Mathematics Department Tél. : 01 69 33 46 01 – Fax : 01 69 33 46 46 Mail : [email protected] Internships in financial mathematics usually take place in the research units of bank or financial institution trading rooms. Given the technical level of the internships available, students must have taken the optional “Stochastic Models in Finance” course in the third year. Internships abroad take place either in financial institutions or in academic research centres. These internships are meant for highly motivated students who have already done project work in the field. Examples of subjects studied in previous years: ■ BNP Paribas (Paris) Historical estimation of the parameters of a diffusion model using Markov Chain Monte Carlo methods.

Applied Mathematics

27

Calibrating the local volatility model for variance swap pricing Modelling exchange rates Statistical arbitration. Wavelet filtering. Improving American Monte Carlo techniques ■ BNP Paribas (London) Estimation of gap risk for CPPI ■ BNP Paribas (Tokyo) Modelling mortality for pricing life insurance products ■ Société Générale (Paris) Cleaning covariance matrices Long-memory effects in variations in financial instrument prices Pricing fund products with gamma constraints (exotic mutual fund products) Valuing bespoke CDOs Modelling the diffusion of interest rates for counterparty risk Replicating hedge fund performance Developing industrial methods for pricing, covering and arbitrating delta one products Diffusing raw material volatility ■ Société Générale (New York) Dynamic programming and optimisation of a trading strategy with transaction costs ■ Société Générale (Tokyo) Influence of rate differentials on change in the Japanese market. Analysing the implicit volatility surface. Studying the influence of adjudications on the Japanese bond market: Valuing an option on a short-term future with a probabilistic model ■ Calyon (Paris) Rapid calculation of implicit volatilities ■ Dexia (Paris) Arbitration on closed funds ■ Edmond de Rothschild Financial Services (Paris) Credit derivatives and index tranches ■ HSBC (Paris) Studying the construction of the rate curve in the HJM and LMM frameworks ■ Sinopia Asset Management Robust portfolio optimisation ■ Lehman Brothers (London)

28 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Monte Carlo Methods for pricing and hedging American path dependent options Portfolio optimisation for credit products ■ Credit Suisse (London) Geometry in finance ■ Deutsche Bank (London) Studying correlation behaviour and volatility in different market scenarios CDO calibration CLO management ■ Goldman Sachs (London) Modelling of the relationship among asset returns, trading volume and other economic variables Multi-factor Gaussian Markovian interest rate model ■ JPMorganChase (London) VarianceSwap Curve and VIX Options ■ Merrill Lynch (Tokyo) Estimating rate/index correlation ■ Merrill Lynch (Hong Kong) Estimating the volatility implicit in markets with little liquidity ■ AXA (Paris) Studying financial guarantees in life insurance contracts Dynamic strategic asset allocations Panorama of methods for reducing variance in option pricing Measuring the risk of financial guarantees in life cases ■ Capital Fund Management (Paris) Detecting jumps in series of prices ■ Oddo (Paris) Modelling and pricing credit derivatives ■ Bloomberg (New York) Pricing and hedging in incomplete markets ■ Kepler Equities (Paris) Portfolio insurance in the event of stochastic volatility Volatility arbitration Pricing convertible bonds

Applied Mathematics

29

■ Misys & Summit (Paris) Pricing multidimensional American options using Monte Carlo ■ Sophis (Paris) New methods for pricing credit derivatives Two factor trees study applied to option pricing ■ Zeliade Systems (Paris) Inflation models ■ Finance Concepts (Paris) Occasional processes and credit risk ■ Stanford University (USA) Optimal arbitration strategies in the presence of transaction costs and impact on the market ■ Princeton University (USA) Arbitrage free market model for swaption market ■ INRIA (Sophia Antipolis – Nice) Problem of impulsive stochastic control with constraints on the time between two jumps Advice for research into placements: www.cmap.polytechnique.fr Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

30 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012



Biology

BIO431 Ecology and biodiversity Tatiana Giraud The theories of the biodiversity lie at the interface between ecology and evolution. The processes underlying the origin and the maintenance of biodiversity are presented. These processes are genetic (natural selection, mutation, genetic drift, systems of reproduction), macro-evolutionary (speciation, extinction), and ecological (maintenance of polymorphism, biogeography, ecological niches). These concepts are approached in the form of models using game theory, spatially structured models, population genetics and population dynamics, but also with the study of particular cases. This course also presents applications of these theories to the management of the biodiversity, at the population level (reduction in genetic variability, response to selection and adaptive potentialities) and at the level of ecological communities (response of communities to climate changes or other global changes, insurance role of biodiversity). Period: Winter term– 36 h – 5 ECTS

T. Giraud

BIO432 Biology and human pathologies: from symptoms to mechanisms Jean-Louis Martin In this course, we will use a scientific reasoning approach to translate symptoms related to pathologies into mechanisms, function and dysfunction. This approach connecting symptoms to underlying mechanism will be illustrated for important physiological functions:

J.-L. Martin

■ Cardiovascular system and oxygen transport: hemoglobinopathies and thalassemia, hemorrhagic-thrombotic diseases, heart failure ■ Metabolic control: Hereditary metabolic disorders involving amino acids or transport and storage of metals, mitochondrial diseases ■ Oxidative stress regulation: oxidative stress in neurodegenerative diseases, aging processes and age-related diseases ■ Innate immunity and host defense systems : Immune Deficiency Diseases, inflammation and allergic diseases Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

Biology

31

Y. Mechulam

BIO441 Experimental project in Biology Yves Mechulam Experimentation is central to the progress of Biology. It allows us to confront working hypotheses to the results of experiments.Thanks to cycles of hypothesis formulation, experiment and hypothesis refinement, predictive models are reached, despite the large complexity of the objects studied: living beings. This course prepares the fture engineer to better appreciate the potential and the limits of biological experimentation. It extends the course of molecular biology and illustrates as well the long course of molecular physiology and physiopathology of the cell. Examples of subjects offered: ■A  ntibodies, from the immune response to diagnosis: The aim of this project is to show the functioning and properties of antibodies, central molecules of the immune system. The student will discover how these properties can be rebuilt, in order to construct from antibodies important tools, for research as well as for medical diagnostic. ■J  ellyfish and fireflies, two examples of bioluminescence: Some species have the ability to emit light. This phenomenon, called bioluminescence, is used by the animal for sexual attraction. During this course, the functioning of a bioluminescent system will be analyzed. Then, thanks to genetic manipulations, this system will be adapted to make a powerful tool for Biology. ■ Introduction to Proteomics Following current genome sequencing projects, much interest is paid to the sets of proteins present in a living cell. The discipline that follows these sets is called Proteomics. It concerns the ways the proteins interact together, forming functional networks that allow cellular life. This course shows how it is possible to identify the proteins able to interact with a given target protein, and how this knowledge can help to predict the function of the target protein. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

BIO451 Molecular and cellular biology Arnaud Echard, Sandrine Etienne-Manneville This course provides a broad introduction to an essential field and prepares for several other 2nd year biology courses (BIO432 and Modal), as well as for more advanced, 3rd year programs. A. Echard

This course will reveal the logic of life and will show how biology, an expanding scientific discipline, is developing more and more at the interface with physics, chemistry, informatics, mathematics and engineer sciences. The first part introduces the structure and function of the main biological macromolecules (DNA, RNA and proteins), along with the regulation systems that control and adapt their pro-

32 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

duction to cellular needs. The second part presents the dynamic organization of the eucaryotic cell. Traffic between the main cellular compartments is described, with the actors involved. The notion of signalling cascade is introduced through the example of the apoptotic pathway. The association of cells to form complex tissues is presented. The course ends with lectures on evolution, virology and cancer, which provide students with basic notions on some major public health problems. Period: Spring term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

BIO452 Molecular biology Arnaud Echard This course, which corresponds to the first part of BIO451, provides a broad introduction to an essential field and prepares for several other 2nd year biology courses (BIO 432 and Modal), as well as for more advanced, 3rd year programs. This course will reveal the logic of life and will show how biology, an expanding scientific discipline, is developing more and more at the interface with physics, chemistry, informatics, mathematics and engineer sciences. The structure and function of the main biological macromolecules (DNA, RNA and proteins) are presented, along with the regulation systems that control their production and adapt it to cellular needs. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

BIO551 The cell and its environment René-Marc Mege, Cécile Sykes The goal of this course is to give to students basic knowledge on the global organization and function of living cells, by integrating the knowledge on macromolecules and bioenergetics acquired previously.

S. EtienneManneville

A. Echard

R.-M. Mege

The main objective of the course is to give students an overview on the molecular mechanisms regulating intracellular flux and movements participating to the maintenance and constant renewal of cellular components, to understand how cells grow, divide, migrate and finally how chemical signals emitted by other cells and local mechanical constraints regulate these elementary processes to form functional tissues and organs of multicellular organisms. These general concepts will be developed over 9 weeks as follow: ■ Cellular achitecture ■ Cytoskeletal dynamics, molecular motors and motility ■ Synthesis and transport of cellular components ■ Endocytosis, recycling and degradation

C. Sykes

■ Cell division and cell cycle regulation ■ Perception and integration of chemical signals ■ Perception of mechanical signal/ cell mechanosensitivity

Biology

33

■D  ifferentiation and integration of cells in tissues ■F  rom normal cells to metastasis Requirements: To follow this course, it is recommended to have attended BIO451-Molecular and cellular biology, BIO452-Molecular biology or BIO432-Biology and human pathologies: from symptoms to mechanisms BIO441-Experimental project in Biology or in 2nd year. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

N. Dostatni

J.-P. L evraud

BIO552 Cellular identity and immunology Nathalie Dostatni, Jean-Pierre Levraud This course addresses the concept of biological identity at two different scales : that of the individual cell and that of the whole organism. On the one hand, the molecular basis of cell differentiation will be considered: what mechanisms allow one given cell to acquire and retain a unique specialized function, in the midst of the many other genetically identical cells constituting an animal. On the other hand, we will explore how do mammals respond to invasions by genetically distinct organisms : what molecular mechanisms endow the immune system with the ability to detect virtually any foreign molecule, and how it reacts at the cellular level. The following themes will be dealt with, in 9 sessions (blocks): ■D  NA packing and chromatin structure in the nucleus ■C  hromatin function in gene regulation and genome dynamics ■P  ost-transcriptional regulation during differentiation and in defense mechanisms ■G  enome organization and memory of cellular identity ■ Innate and adaptative immunity ■ Antigen recognition ■M  echanisms of specific antigen-receptor rearrangement ■S  election and cellular ccoperation in the immune response ■C  linical examples Requirements: To follow this course, it is recommended to have attended BIO451, BIO452, BIO432 or BIO441 in 2nd year. It is also helpful to follow the cell and its environment (BIO551). Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

BIO553 Neurobiology and Development Sonia Garel This course constitutes an introduction to neurobiology and developmental biology, two interconnected and rapidly exanding domains, whose influence is growing on the entire field of S. Garel

biology and its applications (medicine, pharmaceuticals, biotechnology…).

34 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

It covers the following themes: ■ Organisation and physiology of the vertebrate and human nervous system; ■ Action potential and synaptic transmission; ■ Definition of embryonic axes, body pattern formation, developmental control genes in drosophila and vertebrates; ■ Experimental approaches allowing the functional analysis of these genes and their manipulation; ■ Development of the nervous system: ■ Neural cell proliferation and differentiation, axonal navigation, neuronal survival and plasticity; ■ Organisation and physiology of the visual system; ■ The cerebral cortex and neurobiology of emotions; ■ Molecular and cellular mechanisms of learning and memory. In addition, through the PCs, the course will also touch on the role of genomics in these fields, their link with the science of evolution, various methodological aspects and some ethical issues raised by recent discoveries. Requirements: To follow this course, it is recommended to have attended at least one of the 2nd year Biology modules. It is also helpful to follow the Cell Biology course (BIO551). Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

BIO554 Computational biology Thomas Simonson Computational biology is developing rapidly in several directions, going from the molecular to the cellular level: comparative analysis of genomes, modelling of biological molecules and their interactions, modelling cellular processes.

T. Simonson

The main areas covered in the course will be: ■ Alignment and comparison of DNA and protein sequences ■ DNA sequencing and genome reconstruction ■ Statistical models of DNA sequences ■ Structure prediction for RNA and proteins ■ Phylogeny ■ Interaction and regulatory networks at the cellular level Problem sessions will include algorithmic aspects, practical computer exercises, and applications to systems of biological importance such as the ribosome and SARS. Requirements: At least one second year biology course (or a comparable amount of personal work). Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Biology

35

C. Escude

C. d’Enfert

BIO561 Biological Targets and Therapeutic Strategies Christophe Escude, Christophe d’Enfert This course is aimed at showing how recent progress in biology have revolutionized the process of drug discovery. Understanding the action mechanism of serendipitously discovered drugs has led to the identification of relevant drug targets. Functional genomics has provided numerous new targets as well as new tools for their study. This course will deal with important diseases such as infectious diseases, central nervous system diseases and cancer. The main aspects that will be covered are: ■D  rug design: from empirical approaches to the genomic era. ■D  rug targeting. ■ Viral infections, vaccines and antivirals. ■B  acterial infections and antimicrobial agents. ■M  onogenic diseases, gene and cell therapies. ■N  europhysiology and neuropsychopharmacology. ■N  eurodegenerative diseases. ■P  hysiopathology and molecular biology of cancer. ■ Antitumoral strategies. Requirements: At least a module of biology of the second year. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

P.

monget

BIO562 Genetics, reproduction, cloning Philippe Monget Genes are mixed during sexual reproduction and their biological functions can be modified by interactions with environment. Transmission of genetic characters has been studied by formal genetic approaches long far before the discovery of DNA. Now, several genomes are sequenced and new technologies are available to study the transmission of genetic characters. These technologies allow us to better understand the molecular mechanisms underlying genetic diseases and evolution. These technologies also allow to genetically modify genomes with a surgical precision. With transgenic and cloning technologies, genome manipulation is now possible. The fields of this course are: ■G  enome cartography. ■S  exual reproduction. ■ Transmission of genetic characters. ■M  onogenetic and polygenetic variability. ■ Transgenesis and cloning. ■E  pigenetic characters.

36 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ Evolutionary genetic. ■ Molecular basis of genetic variability. Requirements: At least a module of biology of the second year. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

BIO563 Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning Emmanuelle Porcher Ecology, the science of the interactions between living organisms and their environment, is a key approach to analysing the relationship between Man and Nature and their reciprocal consequences. This course, which revolves around the concept of Biodiversity –the diversity of living organisms and their interactions–, introduces elementary models of population and ecosystem functioning, and their use to understand the impact of human activities on Nature, the consequences of global change, the concepts of ecological niche and ecological footprint or ecosystem resilience. We will focus specifically on ecosystem services (ecosystem functions that benefit mankind), as a tool to analyze the dependence of human societies on Biodiversity and to discuss the sustainability of environmental systems. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

E. Porcher

BIO571 Experimental laboratory work in Genetic Engineering Yves Mechulam During this experimental program, the future engineer is confronted to some strategies for utilizing and rebuilding the properties of life. Through experimental resolution of a biological problem, students discover and/or go into details the strategies and techniques of genetic engineering. This course allows in addition to gain new knowledge in Biology, not only through the solving of the problem posed but also through discussions with the researcher-teachers that supervise the experiments.

Y. Mechulam

The proposed subjects are related to: ■ Strategies for gene cloning ■ Control of genetic expression ■ Gene rebuilding using site-directed mutagenesis ■ Immunological screening ■ Use of plasmidic and phagic vectors ■ Enzymology Requirements: At least a module of biology of the second year. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Biology

37

H. Myllykallio

BIO581 Genomes: diversity, environment and human health Hannu Myllykallio During the last decade, engineering sciences have revolutionized biological research by providing the complete genome sequences for a large number of microbes, as well as for animals (including humans), plants and extinct organisms. Concomitantly the necessary tools to manipulate the obtained DNA sequences were developed, with the goal to solve evolutionary and applied problems using genomics approaches. The purpose of this course is to provide an overview of prokaryotic and eukaryotic genomes obtained by massive DNA sequencing and post-genomic analyses. It will address how direct sequencing of DNA from environmental samples (metagenomics) has revealed novel genes with unknown functions and how environmental factors shape genome sequences. Microbial adaptation to extreme conditions (high temperature, desiccation, salinity) also directly attacks the integrity of DNA, thus influencing genome sequences. Special attention will be given to industrial applications of extremophiles and the use of synthetic genomes to create “novel” functions in micro-organisms. The course will also highlight how genome biology has drastically changed biomedical research during the last years. The topics addressed during course, exercises and student presentations include: ■H  istorical aspects and emerging tools of DNA research and sequencing ■ Interactions of genomes with environments (metagenomics) ■B  ioinformatics analyses of novel genes ■G  enomes and their applications (e.g. production of drug molecules and biofuel production using synthetic bacteria) ■D  esign and construction of nanoscale objects using DNA ■E  conomic impact of genomes ■H  uman genome and biomedical applications ■G  enomic views on human origins ■ Is resurrection of extinct organisms possible with current DNA technology (the dinosaur problem) ? Course taught in English Requirements: At least one year 2 Biology course. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

38 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

BIO582 Human and environmental toxicology Benoit Schneider For more than a century, humans exploit their environment with the aim to find energetic materials and radioelements. Humans also modify their environment by introducing new compounds useful for the industry (solvents, plastic, nanomaterials), agriculture (pesticides, fertilizers), or medicine (drugs). Some of these products may affect human health. They also impact on all organisms living in a given ecosystem, affect their physiology and dynamic equilibria between organisms, as observed in pollution cases associated to human activity (Seveso, Chernobyl, oil tanker shipwreck). Toxicological studies are therefore necessary to evaluate the safety or toxicity of new compounds launched on the market and to appreciate the impact on health and environment.

B. Schneider

The main goal of the course is to investigate into basic mechanisms of toxicity induced by chemical and biological compounds as well as physical agents. The toxicity will be described in close connection with sources of contamination and pollution, ways of exposure, the duration and intensity of exposure, the identification of biomarkers of tissue dysfunction and damage, risk prevention, therapeutics and regulatory measures. Chapters will focus on the toxicity of: ■ Pesticides that induce neurodegenerative disorders such as Parkinson’s disease by generating oxidative stress conditions. ■ Radioelements for their genotoxic and carcinogenic effects. ■ Plastics (Bisphenol A) that disturb hormonal equilibria in adults and affect fetal and newborn development. These compounds act as endocrine disruptors. ■ Nanomaterials that trigger inflammation and exert deleterious effects on the respiratory tract. ■ Dioxins that are produced upon combustion of household wastes and activate detoxifying enzymes such as cytochrom P450, but paradoxically induce a toxic response. ■ Bacterial toxins that affect diverse cellular functions and trigger various pathologies including diphtheria and cholera depending on the targeted tissue. ■ Prions, abnormal folded proteins, whose presence in food and medicines triggered some neurodegenerative diseases in the 1990-2000s. ■ Foods that trigger allergic reactions by abnormally stimulating the immune system. Requirements: To follow this course, it is recommended to have attended at least one of the 2nd year Biology modules. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Biology

39

BIO591 Biology and Ecology Yves Mechulam Coordinator: ➟ Yves Méchulam – Tél.: X - p. 48 85 – [email protected] Y. Mechulam

Advisers: ➟ Nathalie Dostatni: [email protected] ➟ Sonia Garel: [email protected] ➟ Emmanuelle Porcher (Stage en Ecologie): [email protected] ➟ Hannu Myllykallio: [email protected] Assistant: ➟ Catherine Morais – Tél.: X - p. 4025 - [email protected] This research course opens fundamental, biomedical or applied research laboratories (pharmaceutical industry and biotechnology) laboratories to students who wish to go deeper into Life sciences, either in microbiology, virology, immunology, neurobiology, embryology, ecology or in structural biology, molecular biology, cell biology, bioinformatics, etc. The student can design the subject matter of his/her training course with the help of the coordinator and the advisers, then participate actively in the final definition of the Research training course by visiting the laboratories. The training courses will take place in the Provinces, Paris or the Paris region (CNRS, INSERM, Institut Pasteur, Institut Curie, INRA, CEA, Universities, etc.) or abroad. Research in Life sciences requires knowledge in physics, chemistry, applied mathematics and computer science. Therefore, thanks to their general training, students will be capable of taking advantage of a Biology or Ecology Research training course even if they have only taken a short Biology course in the 2nd year. Collaboration Training Courses For fourth year students in a double diploma engineering degree section, the subject, place of the training course, intermediate follow-up modalities and the thesis jury are in certain cases defined in common by the X research training course coordinators and the professors of the complementary diploma training. Joint training courses allow the student to implement, in a real framework, an experimental or theoretical scientific process, while learning about one of the sectors covered by the complementary training. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

40 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012



Chemistry

CHI411 Introduction to molecular chemistry Éric Clot This course is designed to be a compact introduction to the main concepts of organic chemistry through the theory of molecular orbitals and fragments. This theory, which serves as a prerequisite in all modern calculations, provides qualitative information on the electronic structure of molecules as well as on their geometry and reactivity. The coupling of this method with perturbation theory allows to simply rationalize many important mechanisms of organic transformations. This course doesn’t require as a prerequisite much background in chemistry. Progressively, students are introduced to the study of simple models then to sophisticated reaction processes. Another important goal of this course is to provide to the audience a significant background in chemistry as well as a clear overview of new important synthetic challenges and applications. Topics include: atomic orbitals, molecular orbitals, homo and hetero dinuclear molecules, theory of molecular fragments, Hückel method, perturbation theory applied to structure and reactivity, hyperconjugation, study of electrocyclic and sigmatropic reactions, cycloaddition processes, the chemistry of the carbonyl group, aromaticity concepts, introduction to organotransition metal chemistry.

E. Clot

Requirements: There’s no prerequisite for this course which is designed only for students with a little background in Chemistry; it is a mandatory prerequisite to attend CHI431 classes. Students with a strong background in Physics and Chemistry are not allowed to follow this course. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

CHI431 The foundations of molecular chemistry Samir Z ard This course is directed towards students aiming at an industrial or scientific career where they will have to solve problems appealing to chemistry: health, heavy industry, petroleum, energy, environment, etc. The philosophy will be quite the same as the previous course, but the concepts and applications will be further investigated. The course will draw a close link between organic chemistry and quantum chemistry. Its target is to give the students the theoretical background necessary for rationalizing the main classes of chemical reactions, and to teach them some applications of the theoretical principles in organic synthesis.

S. Z ard

Chemistry

41

In view of the growing importance of transition metals and heavy elements in industrial chemistry, the basic chemistry of these elements will also be taught. Requirements: Students with a little background in Physics and Chemistry must have attended CHI411 which is a mandatory prerequisite for CHI431 classes. Period: Fall term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

F. Gagosz

C. Gosmini

CHI441 Experimental Project in Chemistry Fabien Gagosz, Corinne Gosmini In the first place, Chemistry is a science based upon experiments; this module offers students the possibility to get acquainted with scientific processes through this experimental approach with techniques used in the laboratory by means of various manipulations relating to organic and organometallic chemistry (distillation, extraction, work in gloveboxes…). It also gives students the opportunity to get familiar with various methods of spectroscopic analysis (Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, Infra Red, Gas Chromatography, High Performance Liquid Chromatography…). This module is the best approach to carry out in action theoretical courses and to apprehend the research work by confronting theory to practice. Topics dealt with are diverse and relate for example to the development of new synthesis methodologies, to the elaboration of new catalysts or to biologically active molecules synthesis. Here are some examples: ■A  pplication of xanthates in organic synthesis, ■C  atalysis and coordination chemistry, ■O  rganometallic chemistry, ■O  rganometallic catalysis. Requirements: Basic notions of organic chemistry and organometallic chemistry. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

C. C operet

CHI551 Structure, Symmetry and Spectroscopy Christophe Coperet The structural knowledge of molecules (toxins, enzymes, proteins, materials, catalysts…) is at the very basis of the understanding of systems and their function. Therefore, in this course, we will focus on the methods of structural determination, mainly using spectroscopic methods (IR, NMR, UV/Vis…) and mass spectrometry. We will deal with both the most fundamental aspects of these techniques and their applications. Extensive training on elucidation of structures from spectral data (from natural products, proteins, catalysts and coordination complexes) will be used to illustrate these methods and their respective limitations. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

42 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

CHI552 Organic Synthesis and Biosynthesis Samir Z ard Organic synthesis and total synthesis of natural products. Definition of a synthon and retrosynthetic analysis; carbon-carbon bond formation and functional group interconversion; problems of chemo-, regio-, diastereo-, and enantio-selectivity; impact of new reactions on the strategies and tactics of organic synthesis; some examples of total synthesis.

S. Z ard

Biosynthesis. Main classes of natural products: primary and secondary metabolites; prebiotic synthesis; some basic enzymatic reactions; biosynthesis of polyacetates and polyketides: fatty acids and phenols; metabolites of shikimic acid; polyisoprenoids: terpenes and steroids; biosynthesis of alkaloids. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

CHI553 Organometallic chemistry and catalysis Nicolas Mezailles This course presents the basic concepts and reactions of organometallic chemistry and their applications in different areas: fine chemicals, catalytic transformations of industrial relevance, synthesis of natural products, activation of small molecules…

N. Mezailles

The first part of the course discusses the basic reactions which take place on transition metal complexes. The second part focuses on the use of transition metal complexes in the area of homogeneous and heterogeneous catalysis (polymerisation and oligomerisation processes of olefins, hydrogenations, hydroformylation, C-C, C-N, C-O and C-B bond forming reactions, enantioselective catalysis, oxidation processes…). New challenges of modern organometallic chemistry are also discussed in details (activation of dihydrogen, dinitrogen, oxygen, alkanes…). An introduction to the chemistry of transition metals in nanosciences is made through many examples dealing with the synthesis of metallic nanoparticles and their applications. Though the emphasis of this course will be mainly descriptive rather than deeply theoretical, some of the fundamental aspects of bonding and electronic structure will also be explored with the aim to develop new catalytic processes. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Chemistry

43

CHI561 Advanced organic and organometallic chemistry Samir Z ard This course is divided in two parts: S. Z ard

■T  he first part concerns elementary aspects of photochemistry, some recent aspects of radical reactions and the chemistry of sulfur and nitrogen compounds as well as carbenes and carbenoids, and their applications to the solution of synthetic problems. ■T  he second part deals with applications of organometallic chemistry and heavier elements of the main group (Si, P, S) in border areas: nanosciences, phot-redox catalysis (CO2 reduction, splitting of water), polyfunctionnal catalysis, use of silicon, phosphorus and boron, molecular conducting materials, molecular magnetism, valorisation of natural resources with friendly environmental processes, ionic liquids in chemistry… Requirements: CHI552-Organic synthesis and biosynthesis et CHI553-Organometallic chemistry and catalysis Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

S. Z ard

CHI562 Polymer chemistry Samir Z ard, L aurent Bouteiller Due to their remarkable properties, polymers are ubiquitous in our society. Their versatility directly results from the diversity of chemical structures and macromolecular architectures made available by chemists. The aim of this course is to describe the state of the art in macromolecular chemistry, and in particular the main controlled and/or living polymerizations techniques.These approaches yield polymers with elaborate structures (block copolymers, macromolecular brushes, dendrimers), that are responsible for fascinating properties.

L. Bouteiller

S. Z ard

Up-to-date polymer characterization techniques will also be described. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

CHI563 Modeling in molecular sciences Samir Z ard, Gilles Ohanessian In addition to the multiple experimental techniques used by chemists, molecular modelling has become a tool commonly used both by experimental and theoretical chemists. The aim of this course is to provide an introduction to the main methods in theoretical chemistry, enabling to tackle problems in chemistry, as well as in molecular biology and physics.

44 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Work in pairs on computers in small classes complements the theoretical basis taught with a practical experience using modern molecular modelling software. The final examination is an oral presentation of the results of a personal modelling project. Contents: introduction to the main methods in theoretical chemistry, quantum chemistry and molecular mechanics.

G. Ohanessian

■ Quantum chemistry: the Hartree-Fock method, treatments of electron correlation, density functional theory. ■ Molecular mechanics: force fields for organic and biological molecules and for solvation. Introduction to classical molecular dynamics. Exploration of potential energy surfaces. Calculation of molecular properties, comparison with experimental results. Presentation of the performances and scopes of application of these methods: molecular structure and energetics, mechanisms of organic, organometallic and enzymatic reactions. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

CHI564 Industrial Chemistry Elisabeth Crepon Chemistry is both a science and an industry. The latter uses processes that are often very ingenious, with high yields and selectivity, and which aim at minimising waste and to eliminate pollution. It has undergone many changes in the last decades making it one of the safest industries.

E. Crepon

We will give an overview: creation and development of major industrial groups (heavy chemistry, petrochemistry, fine chemistry, pharmacy) while emphasising the innovation and changes in progress. Following this introduction, several sessions will be dedicated to chemistry engineering techniques and to the industrialisation of processes. The preparation of silicones will be the unifying thread for all the sessions; the industrial unit will be visited with the students at the end of the course. This teaching is aimed at all students interested in chemistry and who wish to learn about the implementation of this science on a large scale. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Chemistry

45

CHI572 Experimental project Fabien Gagosz, Corinne Gosmini This experimental course is optional and corresponds to a research project carried out individually in the research laboratories under the direct supervision of an established chemist. F. Gagosz

A final report is submitted and defended before an examining jury. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

C. Gosmini

I. A rtaud

CHI581 Biological and Medicinal Chemistry Isabelle Artaud The current development of biological and medicinal chemistry is based on the use of the concepts emerging from molecular chemistry and data obtained in structural biology. The evolution of such a large domain is illustrated with some examples concerning the mechanism of selected metalloenzymes (cytochrome P-450, peroxidases, ribonucleotide reductase, nitrogenase…) and molecular pharmacology (anticancer agents, antimalarial drugs, vitamins, steroids…). The title of the different chapters is as follows: cytochrome P-450 and heme-peroxidases. Non-heme enzymes (methane monooxygenase and ribonucleotide reductase). Ferredoxines and nitrogenase. Antitumor agents (bleomycin, cisplatinum and telomerase inhibitors). DNA leavage and artificial endonucleases as potential therapeutic agents. Mechanism of action of antimalarial drugs related to artemisinin. Steroides as hormones. Mechanism of action of vitamines. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

CHI583 Frontiers in chemistry Samir Z ard A number of presentations of various topics at the frontiers of chemistry will be given at the beginning of the course. S. Z ard

The students select one topic and, with the help and guidance of a faculty member, carry out a detailed literature survey or an advanced experimental project. In either case, a written report will be submitted at the end of the course in addition to an oral presentation Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

46 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

CHI591 New reactions and natural products synthesis Samir Z ard Research in the Department is focused on the development of new reactions and the synthesis of natural products exhibiting interesting biological activities. Nature provides an astonishing variety of chemical entities, with a more or less complex structure, some of which (or their analogues) have found practical applications in medicine, biology, agrochemistry, etc. (penicillin, morphine, atropine, taxol, cyclosporine, steroid hormones, chrysanthemic acid, etc.).

S. Z ard

Their total or partial synthesis represents an ongoing challenge to the organic chemist leading to a constant refinement of the reaction arsenal. This vast area offers many opportunities in terms of short research projects suitable for training students. The internships proposed by the Department can take place either at the École Polytechnique, or in other academic or industrial research laboratories, both in France and abroad. Examples of training courses proposed in the Organic Synthesis Laboratory: ■ Synthesis of guanacastapene, a powerful diterpenic antibiotic isolated in 2000. ■ Synthesis of terpenic derivatives of the taxol family, a powerful anti-cancer agent extracted from yew. ■ Study of diastereoselective reactions to from 1.3 diols in the context of the synthesis of dolabelide, a compound with interesting cytotoxic properties. ■ Study of new free radical reactions and their application in the synthesis of natural polycyclic substances. ■ Synthesis of alkaloids of the matrine family. ■ Original approach to alkaloids from the erythrina family. ■ Creation and trapping of iminyl and amidyl type nitrogen radicals. Total synthesis of serratine. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

CHI592 Organometallic chemistry and catalysis François Nief Research in the “Heteroelements and Coordination” laboratory focuses on the interface between organic molecules and transition metals. Different fields of applications are concerned: organic chemistry, homogeneous catalysis, metallic nanoparticles, theoretical calculations, etc.

F. Nief

 New ligands for catalysis ➟ contact: extension 44 01 The environment of a metal centre brought by ligands is of the outmost importance for the kinetics of a desired chemical reaction. Steric (hindrance) or electronics variations can induce major differences in the rates.

Chemistry

47

Very recently, we developed a new class of mixed tridentate ligands (S-P-S) that gave promising results in a few catalytic processes using palladium as the metal centre. In line with these results, we plan to develop new mixed systems, bidentate (S-P, O-P…) and tridentate (O-P-O, N-P-N…), study their coordinating behaviour and evaluate their activity in various catalytic processes. Theoretical calculations on these new ligands are also carried out in the laboratory. Many collaborations with different international groups have been initiated (ETH-Zürich, University of Amsterdam, University of Barcelona, etc.). Additionally, research aimed at studying the grafting of these new systems on mesoporous materials and metal-nanoparticles has been recently launched. Ref: M. Doux, N. Mézailles, L. Ricard, Chemical Communications, 2002, 1566.  Metallic nanoparticles and applications ➟ contact: Nicolas Mézailles, extension 44 14 Organometallic complexes are key precursors in nanomaterial synthesis. Thus the reduction of very simple complexes allows the synthesis of metallic nanoparticles (nanoscaled organisation of about ten or hundred metallic atoms). The reactivity of these nanoparticles differs markedly from that of metallic surfaces and organometallic complexes. We are currently studying the applications of these metal-nanoparticles (gold, palladium, nickel, etc.) in catalytic transformations. Another important goal deals with the synthesis of new materials that can be elaborated from decomposing small organic precursor on the surface of metallic nanoparticles.  Organolanthanide Chemistry ➟ contact: François Nief, extension 44 18 Lanthanides are relatively little known, yet extremely useful, elements with fields of application that range from luminescence to catalysis, magnetism, biology, etc. We are interested in the organometallic chemistry of these elements and, in particular, using phosphorus-based ligands, we have recently obtained the first stable complexes of the Tm2+ ion. We are currently investigating the reactivity of these complexes and are seeking to synthesise the first stable complexes of the Nd2+ and Dy2+ ions. Such complexes could have applications in polymerisation catalysis. Ref: F. Nief, D. Turcitu, L. Ricard, Chemical Communications 2002, 1646. S  ynthesis and asymmetric catalysis with new phosphorus containing ligands ➟ contact: Duncan Carmichael, extension 44 15 We are interested in the design and uses of new phosphine and phosphametallocene based ligands. We have both a fundamental and applied approach: Fundamental studies such as the preparation of paramagnetic phosphorus- containing molecules having potential physicochemical applications, for example as redox- sensitive ligands, are aligned to more classical work involving the preparation of chiral phosphines for asymmetric catalysis; a project supported in part by Avecia PLC.

48 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Evaluation of the catalytic potential of the new chiral ligands will be carried out with the support of an EC financed network involving laboratories in Oxford, Heidelberg, Seville, Aarhus and Bologna, with whom exchanges can be arranged. Ref: D. Carmichael, F. Mathey, L. Ricard, N. Seeboth, Chemical Communications 2002, 2976.  Ligands and phosphorus macrocycles featuring low-coordinated phosphorus atoms ➟ contact: Nicolas Mézailles, extension 44 14 Phosphinines are phosphorus analogues of pyridines. In 1996, we synthesized the first macrocycles bearing these ligands. Since then, a number of macrocycles of various sizes and number of phosphinine subunits have been isolated. These molecules possess very peculiar properties: one of them is that they can be easily reduced and in fact, with the smallest member of the family (2 phosphinine subunits), we were able to obtain a one electron P-P bond (one of the only two reported for such bond type). With many more macrocycles at hand, bearing 2, 3 or 4 phosphinine subunits, fascinating results can be foreseen: 1 electron/3 Phosphorus centres bond, 2 electrons/3 Phosphorus centres bond, etc. A significant part of this work is carried out in collaboration with a group at the university of Geneva (Switzerland). Ref: C. Dutan, S. Choua, T. Berclaz, M. Geoffroy, N. Mézailles, A. Moores, L. Ricard, J. Am. Chem. Soc. 2003, 125, 4487.  Theoretical calculations ➟ contact: Yves Jean, extension 44 11 Nowadays, the electronic structure of ligands and complexes can be easily established through theoretical calculations using DFT and hybrid methods (quantum mechanics / molecular mechanic methods). Quantum calculations are a very useful tool to anticipate the reactivity of transition metal complexes. Some key steps of organic transformations can be virtually modelled, allowing the fine tuning of experimental conditions and the nature of the different reactions partners. Theoretical calculations are also very important to calculate complete catalytic cycles. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Chemistry

49

G. Ohanessian

CHI593 Chemistry/biology interface, mass spectrometry and quantum chemistry Gilles Ohanessian Modern physical chemistry methods allow for the characterization of biological species: high performance mass spectrometry for detecting, identifying and obtaining structural data on molecules, and quantum chemistry for the modelling of their structures and properties. This work has applications in biochemistry, environmental analysis and biomedical analysis. Mass spectrometry, combined with quantum chemical calculations, also provides a powerful means of study of chemical reactivity (kinetics and mechanisms) and thermochemistry in the gas phase, particularly for organic ions. Several projects are listed below. Others are possible in other laboratories in France and abroad: in the Laboratoire de Chimie Physique in Orsay (an example is listed), in Munich, in Canada, etc. ■D  etection of narcotic drugs in biological fluids. ➟ contact: Stéphane Bouchonnet, extension 48 05. ■ Characterization of proteins complexes involved in tumor progression ➟ contact: Julia Chamot-Rooke, extension 48 31. ■ Non-covalent interactions studied by mass spectrometry ➟ contact: Guillaume van der Rest, extension 48 43. ■ Molecular modelling of the secondary structure of peptides ➟ contact: Gilles Frison, extension 48 34. ■ Molecular modelling and prebiotic chemistry ➟ contact: Guy Bouchoux, extension 48 42. ■ Trapping and infrared fingerprinting of reactive intermediates ➟ c ontact: Philippe Maître, Laboratoire de Chimie Physique, Université de Paris XI, Orsay, 01 69 15 74 63. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

50 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

CHI594 Solid state and material chemistry nc

This research training course consists essentially in a personal research work carried out by the students in an university or industrial laboratory. The students and the professors will be in contact regularly throughout the training period. Examples: ■ Solid Chemistry Group, Laboratoire P.M.C., École Polytechnique ➟ Contact: J-P. Boilot (extension 46-51). Ultra-porous solids, organic-inorganic hybrid materials, semiconductor quantum dots, metallic nanoparticles, proton exchange membranes for fuel cells, electrodes for electrochemical storage. ■ Solid Spectrochemistry Laborator, Université Paris VI ➟ Contact: C. Sanchez, Tel.: 01 44 27 33 65. Study of transition metal oxide gels, NMR, organic-inorganic hybrid materials. ■ Solid Reactivity and Chemistry Laborator, Université d’Amiens ➟ Contact: J-M. Tarascon, Tél.: 03 22 82 75 71. Rechargeable lithium batteries, energy storage. ■ Industrial laboratories: – SAINT-GOBAIN, Aubervilliers (contact: H. Arribart, Tel.: 01 48 39 59 14): Glass properties. – ESSILOR, Saint-Maur (contact: C. Biver, Tel.: 01 55 96 47 31): Sol-gel films. – THALES, Corbeville (contact: P. Le Barny, Tel.: 01 69 33 07 69): Organic materials. – RHODIA, Aubervilliers (contact: F. Fajardie, Tel.: 01 49 37 68 98): Synthesis of colloids. ■ Growth of oxide films, Institut für Neue Materialien, INM Saarbrücken ➟ Contact: M. Aegerter, Tel.: 00 49 681 302 5226). Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Chemistry

51



Economics

ECO311 Introduction to Economic Analysis Pierre Cahuc The purpose of this introductory course is to make all first year students acquainted with the main themes of economics and to show how its analytical methods can explain income differences across countries.

P. Cahuc

The course consists in 7 “blocks”, each of which contains a 90’ lecture and a 120’ exercise class. After a first, descriptive block, block 2 shows that only part of world inequality can be explained by capital accumulation: the organization of the economy matters a great deal. Block 3 shows how markets ideally work, the case of perfect competition. Block 4 studies instead situations of imperfect competition. Blocks 5 and 6 focus on structural unemployment and short-term adjustment respectively. Finally, block 7 analyzes the impact of externalities in the economy. Each new concept will be illustrated by a comparison between developed and less-developed countries.  World inequality. 2 The neoclassical growth model and the accumulation of capital. 3 How markets work. 4 Imperfect competition. 5 Structural unemployment. 6 Short-term adjustment. 7 Externalities. Period: Spring term – 28 h – 5 ECTS

ECO431 Economic analysis: Introduction Pierre Picard, Edouard Challe This is the main course through which students can reach a systematic understanding of the forces and limits of the market mechanisms, and of the central transmission channels of economic policies. It is highly recommended to that all students attend such a basic course, that they will not find available at later stages in more professionally oriented institutions.

P. Picard

Microeconomic Analysis: ■ Consumers (sessions 1 and 2). ■ Firms (sessions 3 and 4).

Economics

53

■C  hoices under uncertainly (sessions 5 and 6). ■C  ompetitive market and social efficiency (sessions 7 and 8). ■ Imperfect competition (sessions 9 and 10). E. Challe

F. K ramarz

Macroeconomic Analysis: ■E  conomic growth: factor accumulation and convergences. ■O  ptimal growth, endogenous growth. ■E  conomic fluctuations. ■E  conomic policy, inflation and stabilisation. ■U  nemployment: facts and theories. ■M  icroeconomic foundations of theories of unemployment. ■E  conomic policy and international trade. Period: Fall term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

ECO432 Econometrics: An Introductory Course Francis K ramarz, Julien Pouget Econometrics is an academic discipline in which statistical methods are applied to the estimation and validation of economic models. This course introduces basic concepts and methods that are frequently used by econometricians (hypothesis testing, distributions, causality, linear regression, discrete response models, etc.). The presentation is illustrated by specific economic issues. For instance, how to measure income inequality, intensity of residential mobility, labor productivity, returns to education, etc.? The course may be viewed as an introduction to more advanced econometric courses that are taught in the 3rd year at Ecole Polytechnique.

J. Pouget

Layout: ■W  hat is econometrics? Aim, methods and statistical sources ■M  ethods of estimation and confidence intervals ■H  ypothesis testing ■T  he measurement of inequality ■H  ow to estimate transition intensities between discrete states? ■C  orrelation and causality ■T  he simple linear regression model ■T  he demand and supply equations model ■D  iscrete response models Period: Fall term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

54 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO433 Economy Business Alfred Galichon, Philippe Tibi This course in Economics of the Firm is aimed at students wishing to get a working knowledge of economic topics and corporate issues. On one hand it will provide students with conceptual tools, in order to help them understanding macroeconomic trends that impact business life; on the other hand it will offer operational tools for strategic, financial, and management perspectives.

A. Galichon

Each class is divided into a lecture where a strategic perspective and methodological tools are described, and sections (“petites classes”) where case studies are discusses, and prepared by each of the students. Cases are handed out prior to the class. Here is the outline of the course:  Macroeconomic perspectives The macroeconomic shocks and their impact on firms. (Volatility; globalization; scarce resources; world growth; global imbalances and crisis)

P. Tibi

2 Strategic perspectives Important tools to evaluate the dynamics of an industry and the strategy of a firm (Porter’s five forces, sector analysis, cost structures, learning curve, economies of scale, segmentation, value chain, mergers and acquisitions) 3 Innovation Responses to technological shifts, responses to a globalized economy 4 Financial and management perspectives Management tools (managing a global organization) Corporate executives will be invited to illustrate some of the axis presented in the lecture (buyout decision, strategy and technology) Requirements: no course is a pre-requisite. Most of the cases are in English: fluency in English is therefore necessary Evaluation mechanism: Evaluation is based on an exam half with multiple-choice questions and half with free answer questions Period: Fall term & Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

Economics

55

J.-F. L aslier

ECO441 Experimental project in Economics Jean-François L aslier, Yukio Koriyama, Eric Strobl, Michael Visser The experimental projects are individual research projects supervised by lecturers from the Economics Department. These projects allow students to acquire a first exeprience in economic research. The subjects concern empirical, experimental and theoric work. These subjects cover all the economic research spectre from the PREG-CECO laboratory (microeconomics, macroeconomics, applied economics, economics of the development, behavioral economics, economic history). Period: Winter term & Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

Y. Koriyama

E. Strobl

E. P erez

M. Vissier

ECO550A Economics of Uncertainty and Finance Eduardo Perez The aim of this course is to provide students with a working knowledge of the conceptual tools and the basic models of financial economics. A particular focus will be placed on the notions of equilibrium, and decision under uncertainty. Course Outline: ■ Introduction: What is finance? The financial system, instruments and markets. ■ Interest rates, compounding and bond pricing: Net present value and discounting, Term structure of interest rates ■V  aluing income streams under certainty: Life-cycle savings: What determines interest rates?, Production, impatience and equilibrium interest rates ■V  aluing income streams under uncertainty: State-space representation of uncertainty, von Neuman-Morgenstern utility, Risk aversion and risk premia, Arrow securities and portfolios, state prices and equilibrium asset pricing, optimal mean-variance portfolios, the Capital Asset Pricing Model, Introduction to the arbitrage pricing model ■C  APM and corporate financing: the Modigliani-Miler theory: debt and equity ■T  he efficient markets hypothesis: a theoretical explanation, some empirical findings ■D  erivatives and arbitrage pricing: the basic theory of arbitrage pricing, option pricing Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

56 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO550B Economics of Innovation Francisco Ruiz Aliseda The course will provide an introduction to the emerging literature in Industrial Organization and Strategic Management on innovation and research. It will cover both theoretical and empirical approaches, and will discuss a number of case studies.

F. Ruiz A liseda

The course will cover the following topics: ■ Competition and Innovation ■ Innovation and Technological Change ■ R & D Races ■ Intellectual Property Rights and Patents ■ K nowledge accumulation and development Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO551 Public policy and the law Emmanuel Breen This course is designed to introduce students to institutions, categories and methods of reasoning, in some of the great legal traditions. It will approach the legal phenomenon primarily from a public policy perspective, exploring the diversity of interactions between public policy and the law. It will first consider law as a framework and constraint for reforms, dwelling in particular on major contemporary issues in constitutional law and fundamental rights. The course will then reverse its perspective and introduce to law as a tool for policy makers, by tackling issues such for example as regulation, codification, contract or evaluation.

E. Breen

This course of an introductory nature is recommended only to students who have not been acquainted with law at licence level. It will focus, inter alia, on the insights of the « legal origins theory » which inspires the classifications of the world’s legal systems as established by the World Bank, providing students with the means to construct a comparative critique. From there, it will use this perspective to look at various contemporary legal debates, ranging from the function of adjudication, to the codification issue within the European Union, or again the legal governance of the global economy. Course taught in English at Science Po Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

57

F. K ramarz

ECO552A Intermediate Econometrics Francis K ramarz, Michaël Visser This course sets out to introduce students to the main econometrical methods used for that purpose (linear regression, instrumental variables, simultaneous equations, panel data, dichotomous variables and audits and evaluation methods). Concrete examples (estimates of production functions, wage equations, money demand and assessment of employment policies) feature prominently on the course. Economics is a discipline that, without being an experimental science, has been built up on observation of the facts and tests the accuracy of its theoretical concepts against empirical facts. Indeed, the ability to process large data sets into meaningful statistics is a much sought-after skill in the professions with a significant economic, para-economic or financial component.

M. Vissier

Syllabus :  The linear regression model (Ordinary least squares)  Hypothesis testing in the linear regression model ; generalized least squares  Endogeneity : definition and examples  Instrumental variables  The panel linear model with fixed effects  Qualitative models : logit and probit models  Other qualitative models : ordered probit, multinomial logit, etc.  Tobit model : the selection bias  Evaluation methods Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

P. Cahuc

J.-O. Hairault

ECO553 Economic Growth Pierre Cahuc, Jean-Olivier Hairault This course is devoted to the analysis of growth and cycles. The first part presents stylized facts about economic growth in the long term in a historical and an international perspective. Then theoretical and empirical approaches are used to shed light on the industrial revolution of the eighteen and the nineteen centuries and on the economic growth of modern economies. The second part analyzes cycles with applications to monetary policy and international economics. Syllabus : ■T  he source of economic growth ■S  aving, accumulation of capital and growth ■T  echnological progress and creative destruction ■G  rowth and unemployment ■C  ycle : stylized facts ■K  eynesian cycles and Lucas’ critic ■R  eal cycles and optimal fluctuations

58 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ International cycles ■ Cycles and monetary policy Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO554 Microeconomics for Public policy Francis Bloch This course proposes an introduction to the tools and methods of advanced microeconomic theory used in the design and evaluation of public policies. This course is targeted towards students who wish to acquire the basic analytical tools to analyze public policies, choose among different policy options, and evaluate the effect of public policies. It builds on traditional microeconomic analysis, and extends it into three directions : the measure of the effects of public policies, welfare economics and mechanism and market design. The course will be divided between lectures and exercices and case studies.

F. Bloch

Course outline : ■ Measure of the effects of public policies – Advanced demand theory – Compensation and surplus – Contingent evaluation ■ Welfare Economics – Preference aggregation – Welfare measures – Equality and efficiency measures ■ Informational asymmetries and mechanism design – Mecanism design theory – Clarke-Groves-Vickers mechanisms for the provision of public goods – Market design Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO555 Game Theory Rida L araki The aim of the course is to present some mathematical tools and basic results of game theory with applications including economics, social choice, biology and operations research. R. L araki

Game theory aims to analyze strategic interaction situations where several entities (agents, people, companies, automates) are promising features (actions, genes, prices, computer programs) that affect each other: the characteristics of each influence the results of all.

Economics

59

The course offers several models to represent such interactions and provide solution concepts and dynamics of learning or evolution to study them. Introduction Game Strategies Game Coalitions Social Choice Comparison and Examples Two Player and Zero Sum Games: Finite Case Minmax Theorem and Space with LP Duality Fictitous Play Two Player and Zero Sum Games: General Case Value Operator, Dervied Game Sion Theorem Duels and Recursive Structure N Player Game Dominance Rationality Equilibrium Selection NPlayer Finite Game Varieties of Nash Equilibria Nash Fields ESS and Dynamic Replications Extensive Form Games Perfect Information Games Imperfect Information Games Isbell and Kuhn Theorems Selection under Extensive Form Introduction to Stability Correlated Equilibria and Learning Incomplete Information Games Introduction to Repeated Games Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

60 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO556 Microeconomics Marie-L aure Allain, Eduardo Perez Course Objective : This course provides the fundamental concepts of microeconomic analysis. The course first focuses on general equilibrium theory, before introducing market failures (imperfect competition and public economics). Syllabus : ■ Individual Choice Theory ■ Supply ■ Demand ■ Partial equilibrium ■ General equilibrium ■ Public Economics ■ Imperfect competition

M.-L. A lain

E. P erez

Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO557 Econometrics Philippe Fevrier, Bruno Crepon This course focuses on the statistical tools needed to understand empirical economic research. P. Fevrier

Topics include statistical inference, regression, generalized least squares, instrumental variables, simultaneous equations models. List of topics : ■ Ordinary least squares : geometric, statistical and asymptotic properties. ■ Ordinary least squares : Heteroskedasticity (with applications to panel data and times series) ■ Instrumental variables. ■ Generalized method of moments (with applications to endogenous variables). ■ Selectivity. ■ Evaluation.

B. Crepon

Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

61

B. Mojon

J.-B. Michau

ECO558 Macroeconomics Benoit Mojon, Jean-Baptiste Michau This course is an introduction to modern macroeconomics. Students are initially equipped with the necessary tools to solve dynamic problems in economics. These techniques are then applied to address a number of important issues in macroeconomics, including the analysis of the business cycle. All these issues are investigated within a common framework which emphasizes the importance of microfoundations, rational expectations and general equilibrium. By the end of the course, students should have a reasonable knowledge of the current state of macroeconomics, they should be able to read a large share of the recent academic literature in the field and they should be able to address many macroeconomic policy questions.  IS-LM, AS-AD, The Phillips Curve 2 Data and Methods 3 Dynamic Programming 4 The Ramsey model 5 Real Business Cycle Theory 6 The New Keynesian Framework 7 Asset Pricing 8 Search Models of the Labor Market 9 Heterogeneity in Macroeconomics Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

P. Tibi

A. Galichon

ECO559 Corporate and financial strategy Philippe Tibi, Alfred Galichon The goal of this course is to develop a working knowledge of the interplay between strategies of firms and financial markets. In this course, students will learn to address the above question of the performance of firms through the following perspectives: ■ The link between economic and financial performance ■ The role of competitive advantage to build economic performance ■ The role of corporate governance ■ The determinants of the market valuation of the firm This course is not a mathematical course (a topic which receives excellent coverage elsewhere at Polytechnique), nor a catalog of consulting firm’s methodologies. This is not a problem-solving course either. Instead, it is expected from the students that they develop a personal thinking in an autonomous way. We trust this shall be useful to them through the course of their careers. Each class is divided in two parts. First, a presentation is given of the themes which are relevant for the understanding of the topic (eg. the interplay of markets and capitalism, the nature of competitive advantage, valuation tools, etc.) and the understanding of mechanisms

62 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

leading to market failures. Second, a case study takes place on the basis of documents distributed in advance, or with a guest speaker. Students are asked to have read these documents and provide a synthesis of their thoughts on the topic (bullet points). A particular emphasis is placed on training structured understanding of current business and economic topics. Each students is asked at some point in the course to prepare a 5mn “briefing” on a current topic. Examples from last year: “Airbus and Japan”; “Quantitative easing”; “currency war”, etc. Content: This course is divided into four main topics.  Capitalism in 2011 – Current issues – Lessons from the 2007 crisis 2 Corporate governance and the financing of the firm – Financing the firm and the Modigliani-Miller theorem – Historical perspective and international comparison (stockholder versus stakeholder models), – Economic analysis of compensation policies: stock options, bonus. 3 Competition analysis and organization theory – What are the determinants of market structure? – From market structure to economic performance, How to enhance one’s competitive position? – Generic strategies with illustrations. – Coordination and incentives as key issues of organization, – Understanding functional, multidivisional, and matrix organizations, 4 Financial analysis – Understanding accounting figures (P&L, balance sheet), – From accounting to financial analysis (internal and external indicators, cost of capital, CAPM) – Risk management – Understanding the recommendations made by analysts. No Prerequisites in Economics required Evaluation: Students are evaluated through their participation in class, oral and written presentations by groups, oral briefings. There will be a 1hr essay to complete on the day of the last course. Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

63

R. Bojilov

ECO560 Economics of Contracts R aïcho Bojilov This course has a strong methodological component. It introduces basic models in contract theory (or economics of information), which are illustrated through applications to price discrimination, taxation, insurance, compensation policies, educational choice, auctions, and regulation. The course also presents some concepts in dynamic contract theory, such as commitment, renegotiation, and incomplete contracts. Finally, it relates the covered material to mechanism design. The topics are presented through the Principal-Agent paradigm, i.e. the strategic interaction of two economic agents within a Stackelberg game: one party who possesses information affecting the welfare of both (informed party) and one who does not have this information (uninformed party). The information is either about what the informed party does (hidden action) or about what her characteristics are (hidden information). Depending on the type of information and who acts first, the course focuses on three types of models: ■S  creening models, which involve hidden information and in which the uninformed party acts first; ■S  ignaling models, which again involve hidden information but the initiative belongs to the informed party; and ■M  oral hazard models, which involve hidden action and the uninformed party moves first. It then considers some issues arising from the repeated interaction of the informed and uninformed parties. At the end, the main topics of the course are reviewed within a brief introduction to mechanism design. The course builds on basic concepts in game theory and decision-making under uncertainty. Knowledge of strategic and extensive games of imperfect information is recommended. There are 9 main lectures (1:30 each) followed by two-hour exercise classes whose purpose is to familiarize the students with the techniques involved. Evaluation is based on a final written examination and weekly problem sets. List of Lectures  Introduction to contract theory: information, uncertainty, and decisions 2 Screening: a basic model 3 Screening: extensions and applications 4 Signaling: review of related game theory and an introduction to auctions 5 Signaling: models of costly and costless signaling 6 Moral hazard: a basic model 7 Moral hazard: extensions and applications 8 Dynamic contracts 9 Introduction to mechanism design Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

64 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO561 Business cycles Zsofia Barany This course is devoted to the analysis of economic fluctuations and macroeconomic policies. We present the stylized facts of business cycles and present methods to estimate the sources of fluctuations. We start by the traditional aggregate-supply aggregate demand model to account for the fluctuations. We then lay down the basic real-business cycle models with intertemporal choices of saving, consumption and labor supply under uncertainty and shocks. We present methods to solve these stochastic models and estimate their empirical relevance. We then analyze the role of money, nominal rigidities and real rigidities in new Keynesian models to explain the effect of demand shocks and supply shocks on output and unemployment. This framework will be used to explain the effect of monetary and fiscal policies and discuss the credibility of public policy.

Z. Barany

Syllabus :  Business Cycles : Stylized Facts  The Aggregate Supply – Aggregate Demand model  Phillips curve  Real Business Cycle Model  Money and Fluctuations  Unemployment dynamics  Imperfect competition and Coordination Failures  New Keynesian Models  Monetary and Fiscal policy Course taught in English at Science Po Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO562 Econometrics and Evaluation of Public Policy Christian Belzil The objective of the course is to introduce students to some of the most fundamental microeconometric techniques. Although most of the models/techniques covered in class have been developped independently from the Evaluation literature, they may all be used in conjunction with an objective to evaluate some public policies. The course will emphasize both theory (modeling), and applications. At the end of the course, the student should have accumulated a sufficiently large technical background in order to understand the most part of the micro-econometric policy evaluation literature. However, more structural approaches (based on explicit utility maximization) will not be covered in class, because of time constraints. In practice, there will be 7 sections discussed in class.

C. Belzil

The following topics will be covered: ■ Introduction to Estimation: The Method of Maximum Likelihood ■ Binary and Multinomial Discrete Choice Models ■ Censored/Truncated Regressions, and Sample Selection Models

Economics

65

■L  inear Panel Data Models ■T  reatment Effect Models ■S  tatic and Dynamic Discrete Choice Panel Data Models ■D  uration Data Analysis Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

J.-F. L aslier

ECO563 Public Economics, Welfare, and Institutions Jean-François L aslier The course is an introduction, as complete as possible, to the various aspects of modern Public Economics : welfare economics, externalities and public choice theory, political economy. It first presents the classical theory of market failures due to externalities and public goods. This part is illustrated by interventions from practionnioners about the regulation of transports, of telecomunications, and of the environment. The course also studies the Economics approaches to welfare and justice, from the empirical and the analytical points of view. It then turns to economic theories of Politics and institutions. The course is tought in English. List of topics:  Theory of public goods and externalities.  Management of public monopolies and regulation.  Environmental regulation.  Income taxation and redistribution.  Empirics on welfare and justice: opinions, experiments.  Economic theories of welfare and justice : Bentham and Arrow  Equity in practice: Inequality measurement, no-envy.  Intergenerational concerns.  Economic theory of democracy. Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

J.-P. Hansen

ECO564 Economy of the Energy Sector: Introduction Jean-Pierre Hansen Course Outline ■R  eview of Microeconomic Tools – Content: Surplus Maximisation; Monoploy and Regulation; Oligopoly; Strategic Complements and Substitutes; Potential Competition. – Economic concepts: Ramsey-Boiteux; Cournot Equilibrium; Bertrand; Stackleberg; Price Limiting.

66 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ Oil Economics – Content: Economic and historic data (cartels and shocks); optimum price; geopolitical aspects. – Economic concepts; Hotelling model for non-renewable resources; dominant firm (Forchheimer) et cartel formation. ■ Electricity Economics – Content: Economics of a non-storable good; Competition and regulation; Strategies of European Players; Political and institutional questions; – Economic concepts; Concentration indices; Stackleberg game. ■ Natural Gas – Content: Economic and geopolitical Aspects; New market structures; – Economic concepts: Oligopoly; transaction costs; taxonomy of strategic actions. ■ Principles and practise of regulation – Content: Theories of forms of regulation and economic equilibria in network industries; Historical and comparative perspectives (between industries and countries) – Economic concept: Ramsey-Boiteux Regulation; additional cost (Averch-Johnson), price cap, potential competion; – Practical tools: Case studies: le GRT-gaz belge Fluxys (capital cost, WACC, compatible and institutional aspects) ■ Compaaritve economic calculations of different branches of electricity production – Economic concept: average costs and mariginal long and short term costs; fixed and variable costs – Practica tools: risk analysis ■ Industry case study: Production equipment market ■ Geopolitical Case Study: Russia Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO565 Sustainable Development and Environment Patricia Crifo, Bernard Sinclair-Desgagné The course provides a general understanding of economic problems associated with environmental issues, sustainable development, and analyses their remedies. P. Crifo

Four main dimensions are covered. The first one focuses on environmental assessment, and on the diagnosis of environmental problems. The second one introduces the economic

Economics

67

concepts appropriate to deal with risk, long term and externalities, and applies them in the context of depletable and renewable resources. The third dimension examines organisational instruments available to manage environmental problems. Finally, we study the management of pollution and technological risks. B. SinclairD esgagné

Outline:  Introduction to environmental economics, natural resources and sustainable development  The economics of non-renewable natural resources  The economics of renewable natural resources  Evaluating the environment  Instruments of pollution control: taxes and permits  Organisational instruments I: Control -incentives- disclosure  Organisational instruments II: corporate environmental and financial performance  Regulation, standard and norms  Innovation , eco industries, precaution Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

P. Rey

ECO566 Industrial organization Patrick Rey The exercise of monopoly power: pricing, durables and discrimination. Strategic interaction: competition in terms of price, quantity and capacity; market segmentation and strategic positioning. Tacit collusion, investment and innovation, strategic entry barriers. Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

L. Linnemer

ECO567 Organizational Economics and Corporate Finance L aurent Linnemer The first part of this course consists of four classes devoted to economic theories of firm organization. We will begin with the discussion on “boundaries of the firm”. When is it optimal to outsource, when is it better to produce in-house? When does the market dominates authority as a coordination device between agents? To understand which hierarchies emerge, we will then discuss the optimal circulation of information flow within the firm. We will also try to understand the emergence of the multidivisional firm as an optimal coordination device. However, if the firm allows to coordinate employees optimally, it gives rise to incentive problems. We will thus discuss the benefits and limitation of the various tools that firms use to restore motivation among their employees. Finally, we will conclude this part of the course with economic theories of authority and corporate culture, issues that were, until recently, mostly discussed by sociologists and management specialists.

68 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

The second part of this course (three classes) will focus on the economics of corporate finance. The main tool will be contract theory. First, we will seek to understand the trade off between debt and equity finance. We will show that, for most firms, debt finance is optimal and that investment is in general suboptimal. We will then focus on the venture capital industry, a very specific financial sector that finances firms through outside equity, instead of debt. We will try to understand how, and why, venture capital firms do it. Finally, we will shift the focus toward large, listed firms that do not have dominant shareholder. We will discuss the costs of such an ownership structure, and the role of takeover as a discipline device. Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO571 Political Sciences Nicolas Sauger This course covers major contemporary topics of “quantitative sociology”, a branch of sociology where testing theories is a central issue. N. Sauger

The main goal of this course is to present key contemporary academic research projects based on new theories derived from important sociological traditions, comparative data and innovative statistical models. This course offers an overview of key issues and contemporary developments in comparative politics. Designed for students in economy, it provides the conceptual and theoretical background and the methodological skills for the study of politics in different institutional and cultural settings. One key question is the extent to which institutions shape politics and policies, and hence economic and social outcomes. Doing so, we review central issues such as democracy, governance, and collective action, especially in the context of globalisation. This course also provides an introduction to the behavioral foundations of contemporary politics, looking at models of party competition, theories of voting behavior, lobbying. This course is structured into 12 weekly lectures of 2 hours followed by 2 hours of applied works on the topic in small groups (“conférences”). They consist in a series of key readings for the discipline, oral presentations of case studies, and replication of results of the literature on Stata. There will be a final exam for the lectures. Additional assignments will be given in “conférences”. The final exam represents 40 per cent of the final grade. Course outline:  Introduction: political science and politics. 2 Comparison: research designs, sources, and methodological issues. 3 Rationality, institutions, and culture. 4 The modern state.

Economics

69

5 Autocracy and democracy. 6 Democratic institutions. 7 Government and governance. 8 Regime and institutional change. 9 Elections and electoral systems.  Social cleavages, political parties, and party systems.  Political participation.  Lobbying and state-society relations. Additional references will be provided through shared Zotero libraries and an Internet portal. Evaluation mechanism: The final grade will be based on STATA homework and on a final paper. Course taught in English at Sciences Po Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

I. Mejean

ECO572 International Economics Isabelle Mejean The objective of this course is to provide students with the basic toolkit in both international trade and international macroeconomics. Although the key models are presented in depth, the focus is put on how to use them and interpret their results. There is no single textbook for this class but a reading list is available at www.cepii.fr . Tentative programme:  Globalization and comparative advantage  The neo-classical model of international trade  International trade under imperfect competition  Trade policies  Location choice  Intertemporal choice and the balance of payments  The exchange rate  Exchange-rate dynamics  Foreign-exchange crises Numerus clausus : 50 Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

70 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO574 Game Theory and Economic Analysis Jörgen Weibull, Rida L araki, Yukio Koriyama Game theory is a mathematically formalized theory of strategic interactions. One important field of application is economics, where game theory is used to analyze a vast variety of interactions, ranging from individuals within organizations, to firms competing in markets and nations engaged in international negotiations. In most instances, no single party, or player, can determine the outcome single-handedly; the outcome usually depends on several or all participants’ behavior. What is a player’s best current move depends in part on moves already made, expected future moves, and on how others’ future moves are influenced by the player’s own current move. Hence, players’ actions, information and expectations may be intertwined in a complex and fascinating pattern. The analysis of these interdependences is precisely what game theory is all about. This course provides an introduction to non-cooperative and evoutionary game theory, two main fields within game theory. Our course contains rigorous mathematics as well as a variety of applications to economics. We will also briefly consider applications to political science (rational voting and electoral competition) and biology (adaptation of behaviors towards optimality). Participants will learn to master central game-theoretic concepts, methods and results that are used in modern economics, political science and evolutionary biology.

J. Weibull

R. L araki

Y. Koriyama

Course outline :  Introduction  Informal examples  Preference representation  The extensive and normal forms  Normal-form analysis  Extensive-form analysis  Evolutionary stability  Population dynamics  Euclidean games  Repeated games Course taught in English Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO575 Marketing and Business Development – Introduction Philippe Ginier-Gillet, Bruno Martinaud Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

71

B. C œure

ECO581 Economic Policy Benoît C œure This course illustrates how economic theory can shed light on public decision-making and provide a structured approach to some of today’s key economic policy discussions, with a focus on France and the European Union. The reference textbook by Agnès Bénassy-Quéré, Benoît Coeuré, Pierre Jacquet and Jean Pisani-Ferry was published in French by Editions De Boeck under the title Politique économique (revised edition, April 2009, available at Ecole polytechnique and Sciences Po libraries) and in English by Oxford University Press in August 2010. The course is organized as a seminar and relies heavily on student participation. It is divided into nine four-hour lessons (see the attached syllabus). Each of them, except the introductory one for practical reasons, focuses on a particular policy domain and is divided into three parts: 1) an introductory lecture delivered by the teacher(s) on the topic of the lesson, 2) a reading by a group of students of a landmark theoretical or empirical paper which may be recent or older but pervasively relevant, and 3) a presentation by a group of students on a current policy issue, put in perspective against its theoretical background. The rules of the game are the following. There will be groups of three or four, depending on the total number of students. Each group will present a theoretical paper and a policy issue during two different classes. In both cases, the oral presentation should last around 30’ and be based on a PowerPoint or equivalent handout. It is recommended that each group provides the necessary number of copies for other students and teachers to take away. All students are expected to participate in the discussions following the presentations and will be assessed accordingly. Article presentations. The teachers can provide the articles in case they are not easily available at the library. In their presentation, students are incited to: – introduce the article’s background and rationale: new explanation of already known economic facts, theoretical controversy, access to new empirical data… – explain the author’s goal and methodology: modeling strategy, main assumptions, outline of the demonstration; – put the article in perspective and discuss with a critical mind the significance and originality of the results achieved, the realism of the assumptions, parcimoniousness of the modeling technique, etc. Policy presentations will by definition be more rooted in empirical and institutional facts, but they should nevertheless be problematic and explicitly rely on theoretical arguments: students may explain how economic theory and empirical studies have helped shape the policy discussion, or refer to theory to express their own judgment, or both. On each proposed topic, students will receive in advance a brief reading list with suggested empirical sources and references. But this will only be an indication and students are incited to make their own search. Particular attention should be given to the data used in tables and

72 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

figures: students are strongly encouraged to produce their own figures rather than cut-andpaste them from the Internet; accordingly, they should be able to trace sources and explain the nature and limits of the data. There will be no final exam. Students will be assessed against their article and policy presentations. The mark will value the thoroughness and accuracy of the handout as well as the conciseness and clarity of the in-class presentation. Proper use of the students’ theoretical knowledge will be particularly valued. Marks will be adjusted depending on participation in classes. Tentative Programme:  Concepts and limits of economic policy  Fiscal policy  Monetary policy  International financial integration and exchange-rate policy  Tax policy  Growth policies  Labour market policies  Financial stability  Environment policies Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO582 Economics and competition policy Philippe Chone, David Sevy The course has an applied economics bias: each lecture presents the relevant economic models and an analysis of prominent court cases heard under the various legal systems (United States, EU and France).

P. Chone

The main topics covered are: relevant market concept, market power and restrictive practices, control of concentrations, abuse of dominant position (predatory pricing), vertical restrictions, competition law and regulation. Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS D. Sevy

Economics

73

É. Strobl

ECO583 Growth and Development Éric Strobl One way to think about the difference between the ”Growth Theory” part of the course and the ”Development Economics” part is that the former is more ”macro” and the latter more ”micro”. Nevertheless both sections deal with similar issues and the tools/papers studied in both sections are complementary. It is assumed that all students have followed a graduate level course in macroeconomics and are familiar with the tools of dynamic programming. The objectives of the course are the following: ■ To present the basic workhorse models of the field ■T  o review empirical evidence, confront the evidence with the theory and identify research challenges. This course will cover several of the main topics current in the fields of growth and development economics. List of topics: 1 Business cycles vs. long-run growth. Evidence. Factor accumulation, the Solow model and convergence.  Endogenous population growth, Solow vs. Malthus.  Human capital: Extending the Solow model. Externalities and the Lucas puzzle.  Optimization in continuous time (Hamiltonians): refresher. Research and Development, and the Romer model. Scale effect: implications and evidence.  Evolution of the literature on a number of growth-related issues.  Growth and development.  The role of institutions and history.  Poverty.  Civil Conflict.  Health and Economic Development.  L abor markets.  Intra-Household Allocation of Resources in Developing Economies  The Role of Trade in Economic Development Organization of the course: Each half of the course is graded out of 100 marks. As far as the «Growth Theory» section is concerned, the 100 marks are divided as follows: 2 short Problem Sets graded out 10 marks each 1 long Problem Set graded out 20 marks 1 open book exam graded out 60 marks Course Content Lecture 1: ■ Intoduction Business cycles vc. long run growth Some cross-sectional and time series evidence ■F  actor accumulation Solow model

74 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Lecture 2: ■ Optimization in continuous time (Hamiltonian) Lecture 3: ■ Problem Set 1 (short) ■ Factor accumulation (continued) Convergence Endogenous population growth ■ Human Capital Extending the Solow model Evidence (part 1) Lecture 4: ■ Problem Set 2 (short) ■ Human Capital (continued) Externalities: evidence and applications The Lucas puzzle Lecture 5: Learning by doing and openness to trade Lecture 6: ■ Research and Development The Romer model Lecture 7: ■ Problem Set 3 (long) ■ Research and Development (continued) Scale effect: implications and evidence Lecture 8: ■ IN CLASS EXAM Course taught in English Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

ECO584 Decision theory Itzak Gilboa Course taught in English at HEC Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

75

M. A bdellaoui

ECO585 Prospect theory Mohammed Abdellaoui, Nicolas Vieille List of topics: ■ Incomplete information and common knowledge (5 hours) ■ Repeated games (4 hours) ■ Sequential equilibrium and perfect Bayesian equilibrium (3 hours) ■ Bargaining games (3 hours) ■ The Shapley value (3 hours) Course taught in English at HEC Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

T. Foucault

ECO588A Asset Pricing Thierry Foucault This course is an introduction to the modern theory of asset pricing and portfolio theory. It develops foundations for more specialized courses on securities valuation (e.g., derivatives pricing, continuous time finance, empirical estimation of asset pricing models, market microstructure etc…). Topics covered include (i) CAPM, mean-variance analysis, CCAPM, Arrow-Debreu pricing, factor pricing, arbitrage, (ii) asymmetric information and asset pricing, and (iii) liquidity and asset pricing. Organization: T  he course is organized in 8 sessions of three hours. E  valuation: – Graded assignments (4 assignments): 40% of the final grade-To be prepared alone. – Final Exam (open-book): 60% of the final grade. Final exam is planned on March, 23. Presence is compulsory. Course Outline: (may be modified depending on time constraints) ■L  ectures 1 and 2: Equilibrium in Security Markets ■L  ectures 3-4: Mean Variance Analysis, CAPM ■L  ecture 4: Factor pricing ■L  ecture 5: Multi-period extensions ■L  ecture 6-7: Asset Pricing with asymmetric information ■L  ecture 8: Liquidity and asset pricing Course taught in English at HEC Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

76 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO588B Corporate Finance Uli Hege, laurent Frésard This is an introductory graduate course to modern corporate finance. Its main objective is to give students exposure to the modern theories and current research issues in corporate finance. We will also look into empirical research in corporate finance and empirical research methods.

U. Hege

The course will begin with an overview of theories of the capital structure, and then introduce fundamental contributions in the theory of financial contracting. In the second half of the course, we will proceed to a more topical approach and cover the following issues: IPOs, Venture Capital, Financial Intermediation, Internal Capital Markets, and Takeovers and Corporate Governance. Course Organization and Grades: This course requires an extensive workload and preparation from students. Most of the sessions will contain paper presentations by students that will form an integral part of the course work. A student paper presentation is an integral part of the course and is obligatory. Students do their presentations in groups of three that they will choose from the distributed list of presentations. Please sign up for one paper before 20/01 (after class or per email). Students should prepare a 20 min. critical presentation of the paper, and be prepared to answer questions about it. Presentation and Classroom Participation: 25% Final Exam: 75% Course outline: ■ Lecture 1: Theories of the Capital Structure ■ Lecture 2: Theories of the Capital Structure and Financial Contracting ■ Lecture 3: Security Design, Financial Contracting, Venture Capital ■ Lecture 4: IPOs, Financial Intermediation, Internal Capital Markets ■ Lecture 5: Takeovers and Corporate Governance; student presentations ■ Lecture 6: Student presentations Course taught in English at HEC Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Economics

77

L. Calvet

ECO588C Financial Econometrics L aurent Calvet, Veronika Czellar This course will familiarize the students with the technical tools of financial data analysis, with emphasis on asset pricing and time series analysis. The course will be accompanied by twelve hours of lab sessions for computer programming and applications. ■M  aximum Likelihood Estimation and Generalized Method of Moments ■R  egime-Switching Models ■D  ynamics of Financial Returns – ARCH and GARCH – Stochastic Volatility – Multifrequency Modeling – Pricing Multifrequency Risk ■T  he Cross-Section of Expected Returns – CAPM – Multifactor Pricing Models Course taught in English at HEC Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

M.-L. A lain

ECO591 Microeconomics and Business Strategies Marie-L aure Allain This option sets out to enable students to put the formal knowledge acquired at the college into practice in the course of an autonomous, personal experimental project undertaken within a business. Topics that lend themselves to such a project include, purely by way of indication: ■ Competitiveness analysis of a business division; ■ Financial performance of an assets portfolio according to different criteria based on businesses’ social responsibility; ■ Efficacy of particular aspects of regulatory or antitrust (mergers, concentrations, vertical relations, dominant positions etc.) policies; ■ Impact of particular government industrial competitiveness policies (for example, policies to do with climate change); ■ Economic and financial performance study of an investment project or a business division; ■ Steering a research and development project either in-house or with external partners; ■ Optimisation of a supply chain in a production and distribution system; ■ Incorporation of corporate governance-related stakes (value creation, environmental and social responsibility etc.) into the management and key business indicators with a view to their use in the management cycle. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

78 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

ECO592 The macroeconomic and Political Economy Francis Bloch The macroeconomic and political economy options propose studying that which concerns the principal domains (for example, the determants of change; nature of unemployment) or certain contemporary which are faced by national economic policies (for instance, single currency, German unification, monetary union adjustments…) or finally problems of international economics: strategies of development, choice of regime change, international specialisation… Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

ECO593 Bank, Finance Antoine Frachot The topics of research options in banks and research institutions that are concerned with economic and financial studies of a microeconomic nature. These are integrated in the analytical frameworks and development tools with often concrete and immediate implications.

F. Bloch

A. Frachot

Internships taking place within banks and financial institutions are often close to microeconomics. They consist in economic analysis or development of tools which are supposed to be of practical use rapidly. These internships must be linked to courses taught within the Economics department and should not be oriented solely to applied mathematics without any economic content. Potential topics are the following: ■ Valuation of companies in the context of an Meger & Acquisition deal ■ Risk analysis of some market or group of counterparties ■ Strategic analysis of a market ■ Macroeconomics and banking business ■ Behavioral analysis of market participants ■ Etc. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Economics

79



Humanities and Social Sciences

HSS311 (Re) Thinking Organizations Sylvain Bureau, Éric Godelier Syllabus : You are, or will, deal with the management of companies, public institutions or associations. You might create your own company or even buy one. You will need to understand how organizations work (or do not work), beyond myths and clichés. To better address the main challenges, we will present six key managerial issues related to organization (production, innovation, modernization, sales, finance and control).

S. Bureau

Each session will be organized around one case study presented by one of the major players of the empirical situation described. Then, a professor will give a short lecture to generalize the potential learning. É. Godelier

For each session, you will have the opportunity to share thoughts and questions with the practitioner and the professor: Subject ■ Entreprendre et vendre

Professor S. Bureau

Case study Sinéo

■ Concevoir et innover ■ Gérer et informatiser ■ Organiser et produire ■ Financer et moderniser ■ Compter et piloter

G. Garel Swatch P. Mareine Jeux olympiques E. Godelier Total P. Mareine Direction Générale des Finances Publiques P.-J. Benghozi Easy jet

Final test: At the end of this seminar, you will take a two-hour assignment (sit-in exam, individual and with no documents). You will be asked to answer several questions related to each session and solve a case study which was not presented during the course. Period: Spring term – 12 h – 2 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

81

Lecture – Fall term

A. Finkielkraut

HSS431 The "living-together" Crisis Alain Finkielkraut Since the turn of this new century, we have constantly been referring to the question of "us". We have seen a crisis of authority, the rise of incivility, the transformation of social relationships due to new communication technologies, the ban on visible symbols of religious or political convictions at school, the bill to ban wearing full Islamic veils in public, debates on national identity, on colonialism and post-colonial history, on affirmative action, on the merits of multiculturalism and of the republican model to integrate children of the immigrants.

We ask ourselves if our societies can still meaningfully be called communities or if they are already a patchwork of fragmented communities and if this evolution should be promoted, softened or fought. In this moment of uncertainty and nagging, it seems appropriate and even necessary to think about the structuring principles of living together within modern Europe nations, and in particular France. Period: Fall term – 16 h – 2 ECTS

82 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Lecture – Spring term HSS421 Corporate stakeholders: an introduction Éric Godelier This course aims at giving students a general background in corporate life, its internal and external operations, as well as underlying its importance in our societies as an economic, technical and social institution. By general background, one must understand an accurate knowledge of how the corporation is works but also an objective but critical analysis of the individual and collective representations which usually exist within firms. Instead of a list of ready to use utilitaran standardized intellectual frames, both theoretical concepts and operationnal tools will be used to fullfil this objective. Therefore, this course will examine different viewpoints using management tools and organization sciences but also Social Sciences which have studied corporate actors and structures or organization dynamics (sociology, psychology, history or economy).

É. Godelier

Corporation is one particular form of organizing collective action besides other kinds of organizations (Public and private association for example). All of them have to face common issues like hierarchy and authority, decision making or managing the organization. At the same time, a corporation is a specific institution because of its economic and social function: producing goods and services in order to maximise profit. Since the xixth century its forms, means and doctrines have changed. Its actors, the share of power amongst them, their way of thinking and behavior have evolved. Since then, the corporation’s real and symbolic weight, its influence on work and consumption models have been reinforced. Introduction: From "entrepreneur" to stakeholders companies. ■ What is management? ■ The decision and information issue in corporation. ■ Leadership, authority and power. ■ Corporate structures and organizations. ■ Models and practices of corporate strategy. ■ Corporations, a social problem? (xix-xxth centuries). NB: course for the "Law, Economics, Political Science" group Period: Spring term – 14 h – 2 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

83

HSS422 Economic history Jean-Yves Grenier

J.-Y. Grenier

Seven conferences: ■ 1750-1850: the industrial revolution; its preparation, its evolution, its mechanisms. ■ 1850-1914: the triumph of Capitalisml: its changes and social issues. ■ Technical progress and innovation. ■ 1919-1939: from WWI to WWII. ■ The "30 Glorieuses": the postwar thirty years of prosperity and the new instruments of economic policy. ■ The contemporary crisis in perspective. ■ The welfare state: development and crisis. NB: course for the "Law, Economics, Political Science" group Period: Spring term – 14 h – 2 ECTS

HSS423 De l’architecture à la ville K arim Basbous NB : Course for the 'Architectures and Arts' group K. Basbous

Period: Spring term – 14 h – 2 ECTS

A. D ulphy

HSS424 History: Cultural and political history of intellectuals Anne Dulphy Why dedicate a course to the cultural and political history of intellectuals when that very notion has been considered obsolete for a few decades? Because in France, more than in other countries, they have continued to wield moral and political authority. Before studying them, we need to define them. To assume the function of intellectual, a person of knowledge and culture – confirmed by their competence, reputation and authority – must enter the field of public action, call on public opinion, and become involved in social matters. Intellectual activity on its own is not sufficient. As it is widely known, it was with the Dreyfus affair that the word intellectual was coined, in reference to an emerging social category. But, as pointed out by Charles Péguy, there were “intellectuals before the word” – who will be depicted in the first two sessions dedicated to the Middle Ages and the 18th century: schoolmasters, humanists, people of letters, philosophers, etc. After the session dealing with the “inner French war” caused by the Dreyfus scandal, the course will move on to a theme-based approach, examining several areas of

84 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

commitment of intellectuals, while striving to avoid certain well-known avenues in order to focus on major topics. Conference titles: ■ The genesis of intellectuals in the Middle Ages ■ The birth of the figure of the intellectual in the 18 th century ■ The coining of the word “intellectual”: the Dreyfus affair ■ Intellectuals and the nation: Barrès, Maurras, Péguy ■ Intellectuals and totalitarianism: ■ Intellectuals between war and peace ■ Intellectuals and unified Europe NB: course for the "Humanities" group Period: Spring term – 14 h – 2 ECTS

HSS425 Art History Hervé Loilier Painting, sculpture, engraving… These words stand for so many different styles that over the past, they have somewhat lost their original meaning. A Raphael madonna, a baoule mask, a Picasso collage or just about anything even remotely artistic, can either be celebrated or totally destroyed by the almighty art critics. In order to fully understand this situation, one should be aware of the historical background, hence this series of conferences, which endeavor to shed a new light on a few of the most outstanding historical art themes from the Renaissance to modern times.

H. Loilier

Course plan: ■ The Florentine Renaissance. ■ E xpansion of Renaissance Art and the Mannerist crisis. ■ Baroque and classicism. ■ Around Impressionism. ■ A rt Theories at the turn of the 20 th century. ■ A bstract art and Surrealism. NB : Course for the 'Architectures and Arts' group Period: Spring term – 14 h – 2 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

85

Lecture – Fall term

A. Finkielkraut

HSS522 Culture today Alain Finkielkraut, Dominique Rincé The “cultural scene,” as we are currently pleased to call it, has undergone considerable changes since the end of the sixties, and these changes affect both the modus operandi, meaning the behaviour, of the people who create it, and the ways in which it is used or misused, meaning the attitudes of the public that “consumes” books, films, plays or works of art. The proposed series of lectures sets out to review this present-day cultural scene of ours, in which creation and consumption are two sides of the same coin, and in which ovations are but the prelude to neglect, best-sellers are reduced to clear, and true passion verges on fleeting fashion.

D. Rincé

Artistic creation today: how, for whom, why bother? We shall be putting all these questions, and more, to the people who produce, promote, ponder or review the contemporary arts. Topics addressed on the course: ■ Presence of the novel. ■ A bsence of poetry. ■ Readings of contemporary art. ■ The theatre called into question. ■ Cinema 100 years on. ■ Philosophy makes a comeback.

NB: course for the "Humanities" group Period: Fall term – 12 h – 2 ECTS

86 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

HSS523 Ethique et philosophie de l’action Isabelle Delpla NB: course for the "Humanities" group Period: Fall term – 6 Blocs – 12 h – 2 ECTS

I. D elpla

HSS524 Strategies and geopolitics Yves Boyer NB: course for the "Humanities" group Period: Fall term – 12 h – 2 ECTS

HSS525 Innovation-based strategies and design systems Christophe Midler The industrial sector has embarked upon capitalism based on intensive innovation. Renewing products more rapidly; anticipating usages and trends so as to translate them into original, attractive offers; drawing on technological resources to generate change while still retaining control over it: these are the imperatives that must be faced if today’s businesses are to remain competitive and even to survive.

Y. Boyer

C. Midler

For over a decade now, this innovation imperative has been driving a veritable revolution in design practices. Innovation has become a matter of more collective, systematic and measured procedures, from research, exploring requirements and formulating innovation strategies right through to the development and industrial-scale manufacture of products. New professions are gaining ground, such as design and project management; traditional functions, for example engineering and marketing, have been profoundly altered by new methodologies such as competitive engineering, computer-aided design and the highly original economic relationships that direct cooperation between companies. From the theoretical angle, we observe a profound parallel shift in theoretical approaches to managing innovation. While the word “innovation” has been around for a long time both in economics and management, it has generally been used to celebrate the individual genius of the innovator blocked by organisations (the idea of organisation has until now been in quite strong contradiction to that of creativity!). For twenty years now, research has enabled the formulation of more precise and functional theories on the reasoning involved in collective creative processes, the procedures for interaction that they give rise to, and the performance to which they lead. The objective of this course is to introduce these contemporary dynamics of innovative enterprises and the theories that underpin them in the field of management sciences.

Humanities and Social Sciences

87

Course overview ■ Company strategy and competition through innovation. ■ Historical perspective of design processes structuration. ■ A formal approach of design reasoning and typology for innovation processes. ■ Contemporary dynamics of design organizations and processes (2 conferences) : industrial research, project engineering & style. ■ Inter-company cooperation in innovative projects. NB: course for the "Law, Economics, Political Science" group Period: Fall term – 12 h – 2 ECTS

HSS526 Introduction to Cognitive sciences Yves Frégnac NB: course for the "Humanities" group Y. Frégnac

Period: Fall term – 6 Blocs – 12 h – 2 ECTS

88 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Seminare – Fall term

Law, Economics, Political Sciences

HSS411A1 International Institutions, Governments and Economics Philippe Huberdeau Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS411A2 International Institutions, Governments and Economics Pierre-Marc Renaudeau Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS411B An Introduction to economic and financial problems Philippe Mareine, Jean-Yves Grenier Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS411C Understanding the Firm Éric Godelier, Sylvain Bureau

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS411D Corporate Law Olivier Silhol

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS411E Communication and the media Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

nc

HSS411G French Government, Institutions and Economics Simon Bertoux Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities

HSS412A French modern Literature: analysis and criticism Dominique Rincé Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS412B Introduction to Moral and Political Philosophy Cynthia Fleury Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

89

HSS412C Political history of France in the 19th century: legacies and modernity (1814-1870) Isabelle Backouche Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS412D History of international relations in the 20th century Anne Dulphy Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS412E Business intelligence & information warfare Philippe L aurier, Philippe Wolf Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS412F A history of religions Dominique de Courcelles

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS412G General Sociology Pierre François

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Architecture and Arts

HSS413A Art History Hervé Loilier

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS413B Architecture K arim Basbous

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS413C1 Drawing Pierre Gilou

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS413C2 Drawing Gilles Gressot

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS413D From baroque to rock Solveig Serre

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS413E Infography Jérôme Coudray

90 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Seminares – Winter term Law, Economics, Political Sciences

HSS414A French Government, Institutions and Economics Olivier Cuny Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414B An introduction to economic and financial problems Philippe Mareine Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414C International Governments, Institutions and Economics Simon Bertoux Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414D Corporate Law Olivier Silhol

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414E Strategic analysis and marketing Florence Charue-Duboc Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414F Geopolitics and Strategy Yves Boyer

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414G The engineer's work within a company Marie-Anne Dujarier, Sylvain Bureau Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS414H Politics & political culture Anne Dulphy

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities

HSS415A Linguistics Elena Soare

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS415B Psychology Henri Cesbron L avau

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

91

HSS415C Social Anthropology Michel Naepels

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS415D History of Paris. Paris, the capital. Urban history and cultural construction Isabelle Backouche Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS415E Philosophy Alain Finkielkraut

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS415F Science, Technology and Society Andrea Bréard Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS415G Economic sociology Pierre François

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Architecture and Arts

HSS416A Architecture Brice Piechaczyk

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416B Computer graphics and modelisation 3D applied to architecture Philippe R aby Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416C Painting Hervé Loilier

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416D1 Drawing Paul Magendie

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416D2 Drawing Gilles Gressot

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

92 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

HSS416E Sculpture Michel Pigeon

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416F Engraving José-Maria Espanol-Ruiz

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416G Music Violaine Anger

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS416H Design Maurille L ariviere, Michel Andrieux

Period: Spring term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS441 Experimental Projet in Humanities and Social Sciences Florence Charue-Duboc Period: Spring term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

93

Seminares – Winter term Law, Economics, Political Sciences

HSS511A Public Affairs Thomas Revial

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511B Du résultat de recherche à l'innovation Jacques Cochard Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511C Multicultural management and business performance (X-HEC) Éric Godelier, Eve Chiapello (HEC) Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511D Droit Public, Droit privé Georges Decocq

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511E Projet management Gilles Garel

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511F Corporation and Digital Economy: Organization and Business Models Pierre-Jean Benghozi Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511G Creation and first developments of an innovation compagny Romain Beaume Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511H Geopolitics I: Contemporary world challenges: the case of Eurasia Isabelle Facon Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS511J Corporate and information strategies Patrice Allain-Dupré, Julie Petrich, Anne Bimar Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

94 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

HSS511K Sustainable development Guillaume Sainteny

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities

HSS512A Philosophy Sophie Nordmann

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS512C Ethnology Michel Naepels

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS512D Greek ans latin civilizations Sébastien Morlet

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS512F Brain and cognition Yves Frégnac

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Architecture and Arts

HSS513B Architecture and urbanism Dominique Châtelet

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513C Painting Dominique Pagés

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513D Drawing Paul Magendie

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513E Sculpture Michel Pigeon

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

95

HSS513F Engraving José-Maria Espanol-Ruiz

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513G Infography Philippe R aby

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513H Music Anne Roubet

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513I Discovering Paris National Opera Violaine Anger Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS513J Interaction Design Virginia Cruz, Nicolas Gaudron

96 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term – 24 h – 1 ECTS

HSS561 Exploration methodology of the innovation domains Romain Beaume, Christophe Midler Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS562 Business cases of innovvation Philippe Ginier-Gillet, Bruno Martinaud Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS571/581 Microthesis on sustainable development Guillaume Sainteny HSS571 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS HSS581 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS572/582 Microthesis on sustainable development Guillaume Sainteny HSS572 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS HSS581 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS573 Strategy, organization and process of the innovative firm Romain Beaume, Pierre-Jean Benghozi, Christophe Midler Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS574 Creation and developments of an innovative company Tomas Paris, Frédéric Iselin Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS575 Complex systems Projet Pakdaman Khashayar

HSS583 Managment of innovation Florence Charue-Duboc

Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

97

HSS584 Management Multiculturel Éric Godelier

Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS585 Projet de systèmes complexes Pakdaman Khashayar Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

HSS591A Economic systems and sustainable development Jean-Yves Grenier, Guillaume Sainteny Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591B Strategic approach and competitive intelligence within the firm Dominique Rincé, Patrice Allain-Dupré Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591C1 A study of the world of the firm Marie-Anne Dujarier, Sylvain Bureau Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591C2 Strategy of innovation and Conception Christophe Midler Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591C3 Internship Master IIT/DOCTIS Alain Jeunemaitre, Herve Dumez Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591C4 Chaire Renault Éric Godelier, Eve Chiapello

Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS591C5 Digital innovation and regulation Pierre-Jean Benghozi Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

98 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

HSS591D The french civil service Philippe Mareine

Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS592A Social and political philosophy, epistemology and cognitive sciences Yves Frégnac Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS592C Science Studies Andrea Bréard

Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS592D History and international policies Anne Dulphy, Yves Boyer Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS592E Ethnology and Sociology Michel Naepels, Pierre François Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

HSS593A Urban planning, architecture and construction K arim Basbous Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Humanities and Social Sciences

99



Informatics

INF311 Introduction to computer science Francois Morain This introductory course is targeted for first year students who have none of few knowledge in computer science. The first part deals with the basis of programming common to a vast majority of programming languages. It introduces object orientation, one of the main programming style in use nowadays, and exposes how that eases software conception. Those notions are developed and implemented using the Java programming language. The second part of the course gives the main different ways to represent data: trees, graphs and associative maps, and develops their basic algorithms.

F. morain

Finally, the last part provides students with conceptual tools (finite automata, boolean circuits, etc.) used to modelize concrete problems and verify the correctness of a program. This course will require some personal work, since learning a programming language and related tools requires significant individual effort. Period: Spring term – 40h – 5 ECTS

INF321 Principles of programming languages Éric Goubault This course is available to first year students, who already have some basic knowledge and experience in programming. É. Goubault

Its main purpose is to present the organizing principles of programming languages, whose design, since the middle of the 20th century, has deeply changed our relation to language in general, to machines and to complexity. This course will systematize the knowledge about programming languages that the students have often got, in an empirical way, when writing programs. The students will also become familiar with the conceptual tools that will allow them to learn new languages during and after their studies. Period: Spring term – 40h – 5 ECTS

Informatics

101

INF421 Fundamentals of Programming and Algorithms Léo Liberti Advanced programming in Java, introduction to algorithmics. L. Liberti

This course follows and complements INF311, ensuring that students attain competencies comparable to those having followed INF321. The course emphasizes dynamic data structures (such as trees and graphs), develops Java programming skills and offers an introduction to algorithms. Requirements: INF311 Evaluation mechanism: One class lab rated, one exam (3h). Period: Fall term – 36h – 5 ECTS

A.-H. Cohen

INF422 Components of a computing system: Introduction to computer architecture and operating systems Albert-Henri Cohen A simple and synthesized introduction to an important aspect of computer science and technology: computing systems architecture, from both hardware and software points of view. These concepts and interfaces are important to understand and harness modern computing systems, from embedded and consumer electronics to the largest networks. This courses is adapted for the level of students who followed INF321 or INF421. It is also opened for students who followed INF311though they must be prepare for heavier work during the first weeks. The labs rely on a virtual machine for Google’s Android platform for smartphones. Requirements: INF311 or INF321 Period: Fall term – 36h – 5 ECTS

O. Bournez

INF423 Foundations of Computer Science : Logic, models, computation Olivier Bournez This course presents the foundations of Informatics as a scientific discipline. While the idea of using machines to perform computation is old, it is in the 30s that Alan Turing, Alonzo Church, Kurt Goedel and others have identified the concepts behind what became computer science as we know it today.

102 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Their work revealed that reasoning and computing were deeply connected, so these concepts must be understood in the longer tradition of logic and the foundations of mathematics, from Peano to Zermelo via Hilbert and others. These concepts also have the admirable property of still being up-to-date, despite the impressive technological progress. While other courses teach students how to program algorithms, this course identifies the framework of what can or cannot be done, in terms of ■ computability: some problems cannot be solved by a machine; ■ and complexity: some problems cannot be solved in a reasonable time On these questions rely many cryptographic technologies and the famous $1 000 000 problem «P=NP». Contents ■ Propositional and predicate logic: Formulae, models, satisfiability, validity, provability ■ Examples of theories: arithmetic and set theory ■ Computational model: Turing machines, computability, decidability, the halting problem, universal machine ■ Complexity classes: P, NP, problem reduction, NP-completeness, SAT problems Requirements: None. On the other hand, this course is a pre-requisite for the themes “Algorithms and optimization” and “Languages, proofs, and computation” of the Computer Science programme in third year. Evaluation mechanism: Written exam. Period: Fall term – 36h – 5 ECTS

INF431 Algorithms, networks and languages Benjamin Werner, Thomas Clausen, François Pottier This second semester course complements the general vision of the area. It provides the background that engineers require. The first half is dedicated to more advanced aspects of algorithms and programming. The second half introduces new themes (object oriented programming, concurrency, parsing, etc.). An important part of the course is the writing of a programming project, part of which will be carried out through lab work. This programming assignment requires individual work. The long computer science course, INF431, provides students with the core knowledge in computer science that any engineer, whatever his domain, must know: Modeling, treatment and representation of information and software, communicating systems, designs for the conception of algorithms.

B. Werner

T. Clausen

This course is a general prerequisite for all computer science courses in the third year.

Informatics

103

The course is organized in three parts. ■ The first part mainly deals with algorithmic, that is, with systematic problem-solving and with the efficient organisation of data. We highlight the notion of graph as well as related problems and techniques. F. Pottier

■ The second part introduces the concepts of multiple actors and interaction between actors. We study concurrent algorithms (executed by multiple processors located within a single machine and communicating through shared memory) and distributed algorithms (executed by multiple machines communicating through a network). ■ The third part is devoted to a closer study of programs, the concrete artefacts that we use to express algorithms. We study how programs are analysed and executed by a machine. We introduce a set of techniques that allow detecting certain programming mistakes or (more ambitiously) guaranteeing that a program behaves exactly according to what is desired. Throughout the course, we practice programming. The Java language is used in the course, in the lab, and in a programming project that is carried out in teams of two students. Period: Spring term – 72h – 10 ECTS

T. Clausen

INF441 Experimental project in computer science Thomas Clausen, Dominique Rossin, Christoph Dürr, Renaud Keriven, David Monniaux, X avier Rival, Jean-Marc Steyaert When accessing a web-page, how does the data (images, text…) get from the web-server to your computer, across the Internet? Which protocols make “the net work”, and upon which algorithms and paradigms are those protocols constructed? Sending information across a (dynamic) network, such as the Internet, in an optimal fashion depends both on the topology of the network, as well as on physical constraints, challenging the design of adaptive algorithms.

D. Rossin

C. Dürr

Different options are available, each having a numerus clausus. Period 1 (Sept - Oct.): No options available Period 2 (Oct. - Jan): Web - Safe Software Period 3 (Jan - Apr.): Web - Eff. Prog. - Bioinformatics Period 4 (Apr - Jul): Web - Net - Image

■ Web Application Option: (resp. D. Rossin) Prerequisite: None In 2011, the number of web sites was approximately 155000000 compared to the 54000000 of 2004. Moreover, these sites offer more and more personnalized services: agregators, shared workspace or blogs. This new deal parallels the increase of well-suited technologies meeting these demands.

104 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

This course aims at tackling the relevant development problems from a practical point of view. Among the techniques: – Object oriented programming in PHP. – Introduction to data bases through MySQL. – Security, maps and geolocalisation, javascript and Ajax.

R. Keriven

This course is mainly composed of programming labs. The students will have to build a long term project like the development of a Web application dynamically maintaining a library (clients, stock, booking, etc.), a blog web site, etc. During the labs, some of the key aspects of modern computer science and its industrial realizations will be approached. D. Monniaux

■ Efficient programming (C. Dürr) Prerequisite: INF 311-421 ou INF 321, INF 431 strongly recommended. The Modal efficient programming has two goals. Learn how to implement quickly a program and how to find the quickest algorithm and implementation for a given problem. This course will develop the programming skills required for some job offers in computer science (for example Google). The idea is that methods in project management for software engineering can only be understood after some programming experience. As for the course content, we will review a large number of algorithms for combinatorial problems, graph problems and computational geometry. In addition the students will implement these algorithms and solve problems from the ACM programming contest (ICPC). We will also train for team work and read source code.

■ Ad-hoc Networking (T. Clausen) Prerequisite: None The goal of this MODAL is to explore three questions: How does one write network-enabled applications, such as a file-sharing application, an on-line game or even a web-server?

X. Rival

J.-M. Steyart

We will explore the programming principles, constraints and primitives, needed to develop communicating systems, as well as basic considerations for distributed algorithms enabling e.g. Skype and IRC; How does the Internet really work? We will explore the protocols for communicating between two computers on the Internet, as well as the protocols for managing the Internet and ensuring that no matter where we are, we can always access www.carlabruni.com routing, DNS… We will explore both the algorithmic underpinnings that make the Internet work, as well as how they manifest themselves in actual protocols.

Informatics

105

What are the technologies behind terms such as "switch", "router", "hub", "IPv6", "VPN" etc? This MODAL is composed of a small number of "background lectures", followed by a selection of "technology lectures", with topics chosen in consultation between students and teachers. During the lab exercises students, in groups of 2-3, will undertaking developing a project: a "wireless ad-hoc network" among laptops and cell-phones, a distributed file-sharing application, a chat-system, a distributed web-server…

■ Numerical Processing (R. Keriven) Prerequisite: None Today, images are not only consumables anymore: we produce them every day. And every day, we discover new applications: virtually walking in the street (Google Streetview); browsing our own photos in 3D (Microsoft PhotoSynth); searching automatically for our friends in them (face recognition in Google Picasa); and so on. The computational photography MODAL introduces novel and playful interactive techniques that reinvent the experience of creating, sharing and consuming visual content Initial lessons will introduce common knowledge and techniques. They will be illustrated on computer. The major part of the course will consist of programming assignments. Students will have to design their own solutions, requiring previously seen techniques as well as specific ones.

■ Development of safe software (D. Monniaux and X. Rival) Prerequisite: None. Nowadays, many control softwares implement safety critical functions in systems like airplanes, trains or nuclear power plants. A software bug may have catastrophic consequences, as was the case for the first flight of the Ariane 5 launcher. This Modal proposes a practical introduction to the techniques for the verification of software systems similar to those that can be found in real embedded systems. For the Lab sessions, we will use the Lego Mindstorms robots, and the Lejos programming language. The amphis will first present the notion required for the Lab sessions and will introduce the mathematical foundations required to understand software verification (including indecidability and its consequences on software verification, common program reasoning techniques such as abstract interpretation or model checking, practical use of these techniques in real systems). These notions will be put to work in the Lab sessions in order to verify simple properties about the robots motion and reaction.

106 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ Bioinformatics (resp. Jean-Marc Steyaert) Prerequisite: None Experiments in Biology lead to a large amount of information. This local information allows the reconstruction of complex structures, these being complex because of their size or their architecture. The large-scale information processing of the data allows the building of descriptive or explicative models for biological phenomena. Many software packages of current use are built from simple programmatic methods. We will learn to extend these methods and apply them to real examples. We could envision addressing problems such as: pathological gene detection, high-throughput sequencing, and genome reconstruction. This modal can be seen in two different ways:  a set of programming projects in a field not being computer science 2 a concrete introduction to bioinformatics. Evaluation mechanism: The validation of this module relies on a project except for efficient programming which has a classical examination. Period: Winter term & Spring term – 36h – 5 ECTS

Informatics

107

G. Schaeffer

INF550 Design and Analysis of Algorithms Gilles Schaeffer This is an advanced course in the design and analysis of algorithms. It reviews in particular fundamental paradigms like flows and matchings, linear programming… NP-completeness is discussed with a focus on polynomial reductions, from fundamental problems (SAT, cliques, vertex cover, bin packing, traveling salesman problem, Hamiltonian paths, integer programming…). Several ways to analyze algorithms are considered: various notions of complexity, like worst case, average case, smooth analysis, amortized or parametric complexity (potentials, treewidth, or kernelization); measures of output quality (approximation factor for combinatorial optimization, competitivity for online algorithms). Requirements: Minimal prerequisite are: some elements of algorithmics (arrays, lists, trees; sorting algorithms), of complexity (upper and lower bounds on the worst case complexity of sorting), and some familiarity with mathematical tools (induction, etc). Having taken INF431 or some algorithmic course of similar level is useful. Evaluation mechanism: Written exam at the end of the course. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

S. Lengrand

INF551 Logic and computability theory Stéphane Lengrand Computer science and contemporary logic have been in a constant dialogue. For instance, computer science has borrowed to logic some of its fundamental concepts, such as that of algorithm and formal language. Conversely, today, proofs are often considered as programs. This course in an introduction to the fundamental concepts of logic - computable function, proof and model - stressing their impact on computer science, for instance for the definition of programming languages or for the design proof search or proof checking programs. Requirements: Definitions and proofs by induction. Evaluation mechanism: Written exam (2 or 3 hours). Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

108 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF552 Computer Vision and Augmented Reality Renaud Keriven This course aims to give students an introduction to computer vision, in particular to three-dimensional vision and to object segmentation. R. Keriven

Opportunity will be taken to have an overview of the applications of computer vision to virtual reality, the art of mixing real and virtual images. Tackled topics will be: image segmentation; 2D special effects; discrete and continuous shape optimization for; the geometry of cameras; stereovision; three-dimensional models acquisition from images (shape, texture and motion); 3D augmented reality and special effects. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF553 Databases and information management Michalis Vazirgiannis Digital Data are everywhere and are produced in breathtaking paces. Sample cases include traditional corporate data, images, data from scientific experiments, biodata, dynamic data collections (Web Graph, Social Networks, citation graphs), distributed and volatile data (from mobile devices, sensors). Science and Technology face a grand challenge to efficiently store these data and offer intuitive and effective methods to browse, query and learn from them.

M. Vazirgiannis

The “Data base& Information Management” course forms a core part of computer science programme. The objective of the course is to equip the demanding student with an introduction, overview and hands on experience on the fundamental - as well as advanced - methods and technologies for modeling, processing, querying and learning from large scale - and potentially networked data. The course syllabus includes Relational Model, SQL, Database Design, Indexing, query processing& optimization. Also deals with advanced web - data base interfaces (web services). Eventually advanced topics will be presented, such as web search engine architectures, indexing multidimensional data, spectral data analysis, dimensionality reduction, ranking algorithms and an introduction to learning from data& graphs. Requirements: For the PA in Informatics any of the basic computer science course such as (programming, algorithms, systems) suffices. For other PAs need: a.to be familiar with basic concepts of Informatics (programming languages, data structures, algorithms) and b. have some fundamental programming experience. Evaluation mechanism: Exams after the end of the course. Assignment/project evaluation will be taken into account. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

Informatics

109

F. Nielsen

INF555 Fundamentals of 3D Processing Frank Nielsen This course provides a concise introduction to common notions, methodologies, data structures, and algorithmic techniques arising in the fields of computer graphics, computer vision, and computational geometry. The central goal of the curriculum is to provide a unified framework for the rich interdisciplinary field of visual computing by describing essential 3D techniques illustrated with plenty of instructive examples. The lectures cover the following topics: abstract data structures, coordinate pipelines, images, meshes, animations, randomization, robustness and high dimensions for effective 3D. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

D. Krob

INF556 Software systems modelling Daniel Krob This lecture intends to present the main steps of a software system modelling method. It is organized around the learning of a software modelling process based on a rigourous mathematical semantics. The lecture shows in particular how to design the operational (i.e. the specification of the external interactions) and functional (i.e. the organisation of the internal functions) architectures of a software system. It relies on the UML (Unified Modelling Language) norm which is used to represent these different architectural views.  Introduction to software modelling - Elements of context 2 Introduction to software modelling - Architecture framework 3 Operational modelling - Software environment 4 Operational modelling - Needs modelling 5 Operational modelling - Operational contexts 6 Operational modelling - Software use cases 7 Operational modelling - Operational scenarios 8 Fonctional modelling - Software functions 9 Fonctional modelling - Functional dynamics Requirements: INF431 Evaluation mechanism: Synthesis project to realize within a 2-student group (operational & functional modelling of a chosen software) Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

110 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF557 Introduction to networks Thomas Clausen This introductory course approaches computer networking in a top-down fashion: what are the mechanics of a program (say, a WWW-server or a chat system such as Skype) that needs to communicate with another program? How does one write such programs? How is resilience against losses ensured? What happens when a packet is being delivered across the Internet? What algoritms make a network card work? And, why are network architectures often refered to as a ”protocol stack“?

T. Clausen

This course presents an abstract and architectural top-down approach to computer networking. Among other topics, we will study: ■ Network Architectures ■ Distributed Algorithms ■ Transport and Routing Protocols ■ Link-Layer Protocols ■ Group Communications Requirements: INF321 or INF311+421 are required; A good dose of curiosity is recommended. Evaluation mechanism: According to the guidelines provided by the DE, this course will be evaluated by an oral exam (20 min) or a written exam (3h), depending on the number of students registered. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF558 Information Theory Jean-Pierre Tillich ■ Discrete probability: review and notation. ■ Entropy – Mutual information – Typical sequences. ■ Source models – First Shannon theorem. ■ Source coding – Huffman code – Arithmetic code. ■ Lossless data compression – Adaptative Huffman code – Lempel-Ziv. ■ Channel models – Capacity – Second Shannon theorem – Joint source channel coding coding theorem. ■ Error correcting codes – Soft decoding. ■ Convolutional codes – Viterbi algorithm – Turbo-codes. ■ Block codes – LDPC codes. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

J.-P. Tillich

Informatics

111

O. Temam

INF559 Computer architecture Olivier Temam The aim of this course is to understand the structure of a CPU and of a complete hardware system, the constraints which have led to current architectures and their programming. The stages of the cours are : combinatorial and sequential circuits, the architecture of the RISC CPU, assembly language programming of a CPU, hardware system (peripherals, interruptions, physical and virtual memory), superscalar processor systems and others to come, programming and performance. The main course chapters are: ■ Number representation & coding ■ Boolean logic circuits ■ Arithmetic & Logic Unit ■ Introducing time and memory in circuits ■ Control and data paths ■ Computer architecture evolution ■ A simple microprocessor (LC2) ■ Assembly-Level programming ■ System hardware ■ Current microprocessors: ■ Pipeline ■ Branch prediction ■ Caches ■ Superscalar execution ■ Multi-Cores Requirements: You must know how to program in Java or in C or in C++. Evaluation mechanism: - Exam (3 hours) - Optional projects Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

É. Goubault

INF560 Distributed and Parallel Computing Éric Goubault Concurrency and distribution are pervasive in computer science and technology, from the simple PC, already multi-core, all the way up to super computing grids, but also graphic cards, PC clusters, distributed databases, and supercomputers. Obtaining interesting speedups is a difficult task, and needs to rethink applications, with a view to key parameters of the target architecture. This course gives a thorough introduction to concepts and techniques of parallele and distributed algorithmics, programming and semantics, with on hands exercises.

112 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Exercises’ sessions are designed to allow students to experiment two important models: PC clusters with JAVA RMI and intensive parallelism, with graphic cards under C/CUDA. Requirements: Having taken INF431 or some course of similar level Evaluation mechanism: Oral presentation of projects Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF561 Using randomness in algorithms Olivier Bournez, Frédéric Magniez This course provides an accessible presentation to some of the central ideas in modern computer science, and more precisely on using randomness in algorithms in order to optimize available resources (time, space, communication…). The course will end by an introduction to quantum information theory, and quantum algorithms. Taking random decisions allow the design of more efficient algorithms than their deterministic analogues for many important problems, such as primality testing, SAT solving, graph algorithms, and some algebraic problems. Another important application of probabilistic techniques consists in compressing the space memory required to solve a given problem, as in today streaming algorithms. In the later context, the complexity analysis is based on communication complexity, a notion that is also studied for optimizing printed circuit boards. The ultimate stage consists in substituting randomness by the use of quantum phenomena in computer science. Without any prior knowledge in quantum mechanics, one can approach those notions as computer scientists. The use of quantum paradoxes leaded to cryptographic protocols and algorithms, with no randomized analogues.

O. Bournez

F. Magniez

Note: This course is a fusion of last year courses «Algorithms and complexity» (INF561) and «From randomized computing to quantum computing» (INF581). The covered themes will be: ■ Randomized algorithms and techniques ■ Space complexity ■ Streaming algorithms ■ Communication complexity ■ Interactive proofs ■ Introduction to quantum computing Requirements: This course is for students of Computer Science department, who preferably attended to Design and analysis of algorithms. The course will be given in english if one student does not understand french. Evaluation mechanism: The evaluation will consist in writing notes on a part of the course, together with a written test. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

Informatics

113

L. Castelli Aleardi

INF562 Computational geometry: from theory to applications Luca Castelli Aleardi, Steve Oudot Computational geometry is a rather novel field whose aim is to study the properties of geometric objects such as point clouds, arrangements, geometric graphs or triangulations, both from a combinatorial and from an algorithmic point of view. This course proposes a walkthrough of the discipline, to illustrate its variety in terms of topics as well as its potential in terms of applications. In this context, we will introduce a panel of theoretical questions, from very classical (e.g. computing convex hulls or Delaunay triangulations) to very recent (e.g. reconstruction from unorganized point clouds, approximation of geometric NP-complete problems, or effective proximity queries in high dimensions).

S. Oudot

Our goal will be twofold: on the one hand, to emphasize the elegance and theoretical soundness of the proposed approaches; on the other hand, to illustrate their practicality through a range of applications in computer graphics, robotics, machine learning, and image processing. Requirements: Minimal prerequisite are: some elements of programming (Java) and algorithmics (arrays, lists, trees; sorting algorithms) and some familiarity with mathematical tools (elementary geometry, induction, etc). Having taken INF431 or some algorithmic course of similar level is useful. Evaluation mechanism: oral Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

F. Pottier

INF564 Compilation François Pottier During this course, we study and write a compiler from a simple imperative language, baptised Pseudo-Pascal, to MIPS assembly language. This allows measuring and bridging the gap between high-level languages and machine languages. The course also allows discovering non-trivial techniques and algorithms and expressing them in a very high-level language, namely Objective Caml. Requirements: All obligatory courses from “Languages, Proofs, Computation”. It is strongly recommended to take “Introduction à la théorie des langages de programmation” (INF554) as well as the Objective Caml crash course (“mise à niveau”). Evaluation mechanism: Written examination. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

114 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF565 Verification David Monniaux, Xavier Rival Nowadays, many systems are controlled by increasingly complex softwares. Moreover, the consequences of a software bug may turn into a disaster, as in embedded systems (for instance in aeronautics or in medical systems) or in systems which manipulate sensitive data (as in banking systems). The design of hardware faces similar challenges. Manual techniques or heuristic approaches will not cope with this level of complexity. The purpose of this EA is to study how critical systems can be guaranteed to be “bug free“, using specialized software tools, and to implement such techniques in the design of a certified system. More precisely, this EA will introduce verification techniques such as: ■ program static analysis and abstract interpretation ■ model checking ■ computation of solutions for proof obligations in Hoare logics ■ interactive theorem proving.

D. Monniaux

X. Rival

This EA will introduce the foundations of those techniques and also how they can be applied in pratice, using tools such as Coq, Why/Alt-Ergo, Astrée, Java Pathfinder... The lab sessions will first show the resolution of basic problems about security in computer systems. After this initial phase, students will take projects. Those may be based on the programming for the Lego Mindstorms system, on the certification of a small compiler for a functional language, the design of a small abstract interpreter, or on other projects proposed by the students. Remark: this EA corresponds to the merging of lectures INF563 “Analyse statique de programmmes“ and INF565 “Systèmes de preuve“. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF566 Networks, Protocoles Thomas Clausen The objective of the course is to present a general overview of the protocols and the network applications, while focusing in particular on the Internet protocols. We will describe how the protocol mechanisms function and, according to the interest, why one option or another was adopted. We will compare the advantages and the inconveniences of the possible solutions while taking into account the constraints of “realism”.

T. Clausen

The course is organised into 7 blocks. ■ The first block briefly presents the basic notions, as well as a comparison of the approaches adopted by the telephone network and the Internet. ■ The second block concerns local networks. The physical layer will be described, as well as the protocols for multiple accesses to a communications channel. ■ The third block explains the techniques for addressing and routing on the Internet.

Informatics

115

■ The fourth block describes the protocols for controlling communications such as TCP. ■ The fifth block concerns protocol architectures. We will present effective techniques to implement “network” applications. ■ The sixth block describes multipoint protocols and applications on the Internet. ■ The seventh block discusses the different approaches available to supply good quality service on the Internet. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

P. Jacquet

INF567 Mobile and wireless networks Philippe Jacquet This course is part of the telecommunication and computer networking curriculum at the computer science department. The objective of this course is to investigate practical and theoretical concepts in the particular area of wireless mobile networks. Mobile networks concentrate most of the difficulties that are inherent to computer networking: an hostile communication medium (the radio), a need for very reactive protocols in order to face fast configuration changes, hard limits on algorithm complexity due to strictly limited computational capacity of router, and a need of true quality of service. The relevance of the applications of these networks don’t need proof - these are already integral parts of our modern way of life. This course reviews fundamental concepts in information theory and algorithm complexity, showing in passing why the emergence and expansion of wireless networking necessitated creation of a truely new generation of technological breakthroughs during the 90’s. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF568 Cryptology Francois Morain The aim of the course is to analyze the theory and practice of modern cryptology. F. morain

The first task will be to construct cryptographic primitives, such as encryption and signatures. These will be used to build more complex protocols (authentication, key exchange, etc.) closer to real life examples. Modern encryption techniques will be considered, symetric ones (DES, IDEA, AES) and asymetric ones (RSA). The security of these schemes will be analyzed: hard problems (integer factorization, discrete logarithm, etc.), OAEP-type security proofs. We mix theory and practice as much as we can. Algorithms and protocols will be programmed in Java,. or similar. Requirements: The courses of the first semester: INF557 and INF558, or equivalent courses. Evaluation mechanism: Projects. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

116 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF569 Theory and Practice of Information Systems Yves Caseau This course proposes an in-depth survey of the “information system“ concept, as one my encounter in the IT (Information Technology) department of a large company. Y. Caseau

It is built on a series of case studies which exemplify the problems that occur when companies manage their complex IT application portfolios. On the other hand, it also proposes a more global and scientific vision of information systems, which relates to the fields of complex systems, distributed systems, enterprise and data architecture. Three categories of topics will be covered: the economy and the governance of the information system (from the CEO’s point of view), performance and quality of service (from the internal customer’s point of view), mastering the complexity and managing the architecture (from the CIO’s perspective). This course aims at delivering the proper skills suited to numerous roles within the enterprise: business (internal customer) or IT department, management or development. It does not demand any specific requirements as far as IT skills are concerned; on the other hand, it should provide practical and theoretical skills, deemed to be directly valuable in a corporate environment, to students who wish to contribute to IT projects. For instance, we will cover topics such as metrics, distributed transactions, reliability, business processes or service-oriented architecture (SOA). Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF570 Peer-to-Peer Networks Fabrice Le Fessant The objective of this course is to understand the principles of large-scale distributed applications, such as peer-to-peer systems. Starting from a presentation of existing peer-to-peer applications (from Gnutella to Bittorrent), we will introduce the issues that such applications must face. Then, we will present different solutions to these problems, considering both unstructured networks (from naive flooding to efficient epidemic protocols) and structured networks (from well-known distributed hash tables to more complex structures), always focusing on the basic principles of these protocols.

F. Le Fessant

We will also focus on some important applications, such as state-of-the-art file-sharing systems (involving network-coding techniques or incentives mechanims) and storage systems (involving source-coding techniques and coordinate systems). We will also present some measurement studies of real file-sharing networks and describe simulation techniques to evaluate performances of peer-to-peer systems during their development. Finally, we will present some security issues arising in peer-to-peer systems, such as guarding from Sybil attacks, protecting the confidentiality of data and the anonimity of users.

Informatics

117

 Peer-to-Peer Architectures General Concepts, History 2 Unstructured Networks: connected networks 3 Unstructured Networks: epidemic protocols 4 Structured Networks: Distributed Hash Tables 5 Structured Networks: Complex Structures 6 P2P File-sharing 7 P2P Storage Systems 8 Measurement Studies and Simulations 9 Security in Peer-to-Peer Networks Evaluation mechanism: The course will be concluded by an oral exam, evaluated according to the usual scale (A-F). Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

R. Keriven

INF577 Image and Geometry Project Renaud Keriven, Frank Nielsen The EA “Image and Geometry Project” is an in-depth research project, consisting of the independent study of a topic related to one of the courses INF552, INF555, INF562 and INF584. This project is a first initiation to research: students will have an opportunity to be involved in a recent research topic and its applications, thorought the reading of scientific papers, as well as the design and development of related algorithmic solutions.

F. Nielsen

Evaluation mechanism: Students will be supervised by one of the instructors involved in the “filière” Image and geometry, during Period 1 or Period 2. For the final validation, students will be asked to submit a short report and to give a talk: students will provide a resume of main results concerning their readings, which will be validated by experimental results, based on the implementation of algorithmic solutions. A list of topics will be proposed at the beginning of each period. Student may choose independently a different topic (not appearing in the proposed list), but the two following conditions must be satisfied: the topic must be related to Image or Geometry areas, and the agreement of the corresponding instructor must be obtained. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

118 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF580 Constraint Programming and Combinatorial Optimization Christoph Durr Constraint Programming (CSP) consists in specifying a problem as constraints between several variables. The different existing resolution methods differ by the manner to propagate forbidden values for some variables. There are many solvers available, and constraint programming has proven to be quite useful for the industry.

C. Durr

This course presents the theoretical foundations of constraint programming and shows how to use it to solve some specific real life problems. A constraint programming library will be introduced, and used for some practical exercises. Evaluation mechanism: 40% project in pairs, 60% final written exam Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF582 Data mining: statistical models and combinatorial search for information Jean-Marc Steyaert The search for information and the reconstruction of structures and functional properties from biological sequences (RNA and proteins) builds upon computer science and mathematics models, notably syntactic and probabilistic.

J.-M. Steyart

Usual examples are regular expressions and Hidden Markov Models (HMM). One of the most common methods used is that of learning. The purpose of this course is to introduce these methodological elements from the viewpoint of the computer scientist, and study its strengths and limitations. We will review modeling and classification methods such as SVM, and others such as cluster building and hierarchical trees. It should be noted that these techniques can be applied successfully to other areas of information engineering, and are grouped under the generic name of data minig. Some of these methods are also known as machine learning. This course is complementary to the course BIO552-Computational Biology and to the course INF553-Data Bases Evaluation mechanism: Students will be evaluated on the basis of presentations done during the lectures and of a project at the end of the course. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

Informatics

119

A.-H. Cohen

INF583 Operating systems principles and programming Albert-Henri Cohen Introduction to operating system principles, internal structure, and programming interface. This course introduces the principles and design of modern operating systems (internal view) as well as operating system programming interfaces (external view). The course covers topics in concurrency, resource abstraction and virtualization, and their translation into operating system components (processes, memory management, file systems, communication). We will deconstruct the links between the low level components of the kernel and higher level services, considering key notions in concurrency, modularity and protection. We will also learn how to write programs that interact with operating systems. The course will conclude with introductory presentations about active research and innovation areas in distributed systems, virtual machines, and embedded systems. The course will be more advanced than during the previous years, with prerequisites from INF422. Requirements: INF422. The C programming language is used to describe and program operating system components (not C++). A basic knowledge of C is sufficient (as a complement to a good understanding of the principles of programming languages), but students are encouraged to learn more along the course’s time frame (documentation is provided). Evaluation mechanism: Written exam, support materials allowed. Optional project. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

E. Eisemann

INF584 Image Synthesis: Theory and Practice Elmar Eisemann This course presents algorithms and techniques related to computer graphics. The presented methods have numerous applications in different domains such as scientific visualization, video games, simulators, special effects, animated movies and many others. The focus of the course will be on interactive computer graphics. We will (depending on the final schedule) address several topics: the basic principles of image synthesis, object representations, geometric and hierarchical transformations, graphics cards and the graphics pipeline, realistic rendering (including global illumination and effects, such as reflections), expressive rendering, animation, particle and physics simulations, and rendering control (including previsualization systems used by professional artists in the movie industry). We will introduce the basics, as well as state-of-the-art solutions that currently receive much attention in research. The course will also show several real-world scenarios that demonstrate the usage of the techniques, illustrated with examples from the movie and game industry. The course will be given in French, with a course documents provided in English. Questions can be asked in both languages. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

120 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

INF585 Programming C++ Léo Liberti The aim of this course is to give some hands-on C++ knowledge to students with limited pregress computer science know-how. The working environment is Unix (Linux). L. Liberti

Command of the C++ language: syntax and simple examples. Introduction to memory and pointers. Basic usage of the Standard Template Library (STL). Function and operator polymorphism. Cursory introduction to software architecture. Basic object design and implementation. Class inheritance. Some notes on development and debugging techniques on Linux. A selection of advanced topics among: advanced pointer usage, virtual inheritance, advanced STL usage, template programming. This course assumes a prior knowledge of at least one other general-purpose programming language (Java, C, Fortran, Visual Basic ...). Requirements: Learning C++ requires a strong interest in some of the internals of the machine architecture and operating system, mostly because of the possibility of accessing memory at any given address through pointers. Thus, a modicum of pregress computer science knowledge is required for this course. As the working environment is Unix (Linux), students are expected to be able to work in such an environment, and to use common command-line Unix tools such as ls, cp, mv, cd, mkdir, rmdir. The text editor of choice is Emacs and the compiler is the GNU C++ compiler. Evaluation mechanism: The examination procedure changes each year, but the most important part of the evaluation is in the class project. Each year a subject is chosen and two «software architects» are appointed for the project. Their task is to put together and coordinate teams of students in order to produce a sufficiently complex code. An auxiliary part of the evaluation is by practical or oral exam. Period: Spring term – 36h – 4 ECTS

INF586 Network security Julien Cervelle This course is part of the telecommunication and computer networking curriculum at the computer science department. The objective of this course is to understand how Internet and local area networks security works - or rather, how it should be working.

J. Cervelle

We’ll be exploring network security across all protocol layers – including hacking WiFi, understanding how routing protocol attacks are possible, identify how TCP connections can be hi-jacked and analyze general network intrusion techniques. Given such understanding of Internet vulnerabilities, we’ll examine a selections of protocols and architectures currently employed for securing the Internet and, to some degree, providing a robust world-wide communications infrastructure. This includes understanding and analysing protocols and techniques such as SSL, SSH, VLAN, VPN, WPA2, Kerberos…

Informatics

121

The goals of this course is first to get the general concepts of network attacks and security in order to easily learn about new attacks and new security techniques. Its second goal is to present the full spectrum of threats that the Internet and Internet applications are exposed to, as well as to provide a comprehensive understanding of the security tools currently available for countering these to be able to analyse risks in conrete cases and propose a proper security solution. Requirements: INF557 Introduction to networks or equivalent Period: Spring term – 36h – 4 ECTS

L. Castelli Aleardi

INF587 Image and Geometry Project Luca Castelli Aleardi, Steve Oudot, Elmar Eisemann The EA “Image and Geometry Project” is an in-depth research project, consisting of the independent study of a topic related to one of the courses INF552, INF555, INF562 and INF584. This project is a first initiation to research: students will have an opportunity to be involved in a recent research topic and its applications, thorought the reading of scientific papers, as well as the design and development of related algorithmic solutions.

S. Oudot

Evaluation mechanism: Students will be supervised by one of the instructors involved in the ”filière” Image and geometry, during Period 1 or Period 2. For the final validation, students will be asked to submit a short report and to give a talk: students will provide a resume of main results concerning their readings, which will be validated by experimental results, based on the implementation of algorithmic solutions. A list of topics will be proposed at the beginning of each period. Student may choose independently a different topic (not appearing in the proposed list), but the two following conditions must be satisfied: the topic must be related to Image or Geometry areas, and the agreement of the corresponding instructor must be obtained. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

E. Eisemann

O. Bournez

INF591 Internship in computer science Olivier Bournez Research Internships in Computer Science deal with a large and diverse set of questions, that illustrate most of the aspects of contemporary research in Computer Science. These questions go from theoretical problems that students sometime solve with very innovative ideas to industrial applications, but always with a strong scientific and technical content. The proposed internships are issued from a wide request to the best academic and industrial international research centers They allow the student to realize that innovative developments, in particular industrial ones, are based, most of the time, on a strong corpus of

122 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

theoretical notions. They also allow to realize the amazing complexity, of today computerized systems. For instance, behind a casual microprocessor, hides a long production chain that goes from the modular conception of the circuit to the mask design and to verification and validation algorithms. In the same way, the complexity of software that must be able to execute on thousands of machines is such that there is no hope to design such software without a systematic methodology. The students who have decided to pursue a research carrier will confirm their choice for a specific domain, and will discover the organization of a research lab. The others will gain some familiarity with the world of research and innovation that almost all of them will be in contact with during their carrier. This internship will also be an occasion, for some of them, to chose to pursue their academic studies in grad school to prepare a doctorate, that is the reference diploma in international computer industry. It is required to have followed one of the Specialization programproposed by the Computer Science department to profit from this internship. Examples: ■ Air Liquide SA Paris – Développement d’une application de traçabilité utilisant le réseau GPRS ■ Air Liquide SA Paris – Research & development of software tools for optimization and automation of supply chain management activities in Air Liquide ■ Aldebaran Robotics Paris – Coordination des mouvements d’un essaim de robots humanoïdes ■ A madeus SAS Sophia-Antipolis - Hotel bargain finder ■ A rmines Paris – Réalité augmentée temps-réel pour les effets spéciaux numériques et la réalité virtuelle ■ A XA Life Insurance Tokyo Japon – Cluster analysis for market segmentation ■ Carnegie Mellon University Pittsburh USA – Implementing, evaluating and testing algorithms designed with the research group for scene labeling and object detection in images and videos ■ ENS Ulm Paris - Lattice Cryptography ■ ENS Ulm Paris – Programmation synchrone pour GPU ■ EPFL Lausanne Suisse – réalité augmentée sur des surfaces déformables ■ France Télécom Issy les Moulineaux – HTTP adaptive streaming et CDN ■ Grenoble INP Grenoble – Exploitation de la présnce de multiples puits dans les réseaux de capteurs IP ■ Hyperpanel Lab Saclay – Etude et mise en œuvre d’algorithmes de diffusion haute performance ■ Imagine Champs sur Marne – Détection automatique de points de fuite dans les images et application au recalage de façades ■ INRIA Bordeaux Talence – Learning joint-task from demonstration ■ INRIA Orsay – Préalgèbres d’Heyting et normalisation forte de preuves ■ INRIA Rhône Alpes Montbonnot – Attribute-based image retrieval ■ INRIA Rhône Alpes Montbonnot - Problème de Déformations multi-résolution sur le graphique ■ INRIA Rhône Alpes Saint-Ismier – Flownoise : textures procédurales animées de fluides ■ INRIA Rhône Alpes Saint-Ismier – Private location-based services ■ INRIA Rhône Alpes Saint-Ismier - Temporally coherent stylization of 2D animations ■ INRIA Rocquencourt - Simulation d’un réseau de voitures ■ INRIA Rocquencourt – Optimisation d’un algorithme de routage temporisé

Informatics

123

■ In-Situ, LRI, Paris-Sud Orsay – From a labtop to a Wll-size Display ■ Institut des Systèmes Intelligents et de Robotique Paris – Etalonnage simultané d’un réseau de N caméras ■ Institut Systèmes Intelligents et de Robotique PS6 Paris – Navigation visuelle et détection de personnes ■ K DS Le Plessis Robinson – Développements Web 2.0 ■ Keio FST University Yokohama Japon – Language support for dependable operating systems ■ L aboratoire d’informatique Grenoble – Orthogonality in the linear-algebraic lambda-calculus ■ LIMSI Orsay – Synchronisation et alignement sous-phrasique pour les textes littéraires parallèles ■ Lincs Paris – Amélioration d’un prototype de VoD distribuée ■ LIP6 Paris – Mise en œuvre logicielle/matérielle d’algorithmes de traitement du signal en virgule fixe ■ LIP6 Paris- Un radar pour l’Internet ■ LIX Palaiseau – Etude des réseaux Ad-Hoc ■ LORIA Nancy – Etude du regroupement décentralisé d’une flotte de robots ■ MeilleursAgents.com Paris – Détection de doublons dans un corpus d’annonces immobilières ■ MIT Cambridge USA – Computational photography : 4D Fourier transform of light field for refocusing applications ■ Orange Issy Les Moulineaux – Dimensionnement multi-services des réseaux LTE pour la mobilité des utilisateurs ■ Philips Hambourg Allemagne – Das Verfahren für die Lösung von Problemen im Bereich der automatischen Segmentierung ■ PRESANS XTech Ecole Polytechnique Palaiseau – Machine learning for named-entity recognition ■ Princeton University CSD Princeton USA – Topic models : stochastic optimization in the face of changing ■ Sagem Défense Sécurité Massy – Evaluation d’algorithme de QoS à partir d’un environnement d’émulation réseau ■ Scalr San-Francisco USA - Converstion rates at Scalr ■ SUPAERO Toulouse – Navigation long terme pour un robot d’exploration planétaire ■ Systran Paris – Adaptation incrémentale de modèles de traduction face à un flux continu ■ Systran Paris – Incremental adaptation of machine translation to incoming data streams ■ Technicolor R&D France Cesson Sevigné – Retrieving movie scenes from snapshots ■ Télécom ParisTech Paris – Application des voxels en informatique graphique ■ Thalès Bristol UK – Generate and display data to optimize the system engineering function ■ Total Immersion Suresnes – Détection et suivi d’objets faiblement texturés ■ Univ. Laval / DIGL Québec Canada – Apprentissage basé sur les méthodes Bayesiennes non paramétriques ■ Université de Bordeaux1 Talence – Optimisation de la mission d’un drône ■ University McGill SCC Montreal Canada - Depth from focus by a hybrid human-computer vision system ■ V isio Nerf Nuaillé – Développement de logiciel pour un capteur 3D Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

124 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012



Languages and Cultures

Arabic LAN411ARA Beginner 1 Jean Tardy

Period: Fall term – 60h – 3 ECTS

LAN421ARA Beginner 2 Jean Tardy

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471ARA Advanced 1: West and East between Knowledge and Power Abdelwalid Fayala Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN481ARA Advanced 1: West and East between Knowledge and Power (follow-up) Abdelwalid Fayala

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN511ARA Beginner 3 Abdelghani Benali

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN571ARA Advanced Abdelghani Benali

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

125

Chinese LAN411CHN Beginner 1 Gang Bai

Period: Fall term – 45h – 3 ECTS

LAN421CHN Beginner 2 Gang Bai

Period: Spring term – 45h – 3 ECTS

LAN451CHN Intermediate 1 Gang Bai

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN461CHN Intermediate 2 Gang Bai

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN481CHN Advanced Gang Bai

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN511CHN Beginner 3 Gang Bai

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN551CHN Intermediate 3 (Advanced Beginner) Gang Bai Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN571CHN Advanced Gang Bai

126 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

English LAN411ANG Speak Easy 1 Athéna Lavabre

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN421ANG Speak Easy 2 Athéna Lavabre

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN431ANG Beginner 1 Florent Gusdorf

LAN441ANG Beginner 2 Marie Liénard-Yétérian, Denis Hirson

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN443cANG An Introduction to American Government Florent Gusdorf Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN451ANG Intermediate Florent Gusdorf

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462aANG Framing the South Marie Liénard-Yétérian

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462bANG Rock’n Roll music Chantal Schütz

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462cANG Anglophone Theatre Declan Mc Cavana

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462eANG Literature of the Fantastic Christopher Robinson Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462fANG The Gothic and the Grotesque Marie Liénard-Yétérian Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

127

LAN462gANG Contemporary Crime Fiction and its Origins Julie Mc Donald Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463aANG X-Pression Denis Hirson

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463bANG Ireland Julie Mc Donald

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463cANG An Introduction to American Government Florent Gusdorf Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463dANG The red-hot news forum and the cool editorial Denis Hirson Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463fANG Around the World in English Dennis Davy Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463gANG Cool Britannia Fabienne Robinson

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463hANG British Humour Stephen Brown

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463kANG Australia Fiona Rossette

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463mANG They Made America Florent Gusdorf

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN464aANG Language and Sport Stephen Brown

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN464bANG The Art of Advertising Karin Morgan Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

128 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

LAN465aANG Business Communication Kathryn English Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN465cANG Business English Kaye Jonathan

LAN471ANG Advanced Chantal Schütz

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482aANG American Theater: reading, watching, improvising Marie Liénard-Yétérian Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482cANG Act Up Declan Mc Cavana

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482dANG The Empire of Ice Cream Christopher Storey Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482eANG Inner Worlds, Outer Spaces Christopher Robinson Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482fANG Ghosts Over The Bayou Marie Liénard-Yétérian Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482gANG Rock’ Around the Clock Chantal Schütz Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482hANG Words and Music Chantal Schütz

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483cANG South African Writing and Society Denis Hirson

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

129

LAN483dANG Of me I sing Christopher Storey

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483eANG British Humour Stephen Brown

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483gANG When Harry Met Sally, Coltrane, and Krushchev Christopher Storey Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483hANG American Dreams, American Experience Géraldine Raymond Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483lANG Australia Fiona Rossette

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN484aANG Brand Britain Karin Morgan

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN485aANG Business English Kaye Jonathan

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN492ANG Travail Dirigé Chantal Schütz

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN531ANG Beginner 3 Marie Liénard-Yétérian

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN532aANG Lower Intermediate Level 3: Theatre Group Chantal Schütz Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN534aANG Speak Easy 3 Stephen Brown

130 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN551ANG Talking Headlines Denis Hirson Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552aANG British Cinema Julie Mc Donald Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552bANG Art made in USA 1900-1960 Sarah Perves Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552cANG American Theater :reading, watching, improvising Marie Liénard-Yétérian Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552dANG A Moveable Feast Denis Hirson Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553aANG History goes to the movies Florent Gusdorf Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553cANG British Humour Stephen Brown Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553dANG The World Seen through British Newspapers Dennis Davy Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553fANG Crossing Lights Teresa Hinoki Dejean Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553gANG Britain and France - 1000 Years of Tensions and Dissension Lawrence Mc Carthy Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN553hANG Around the World in English Dennis Davy

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

131

LAN554aANG Debating Declan Mc Cavana

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN554bANG Speaking out on Economic Issues Jean Pierre Stewart Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN554dANG Playing Around with Communication Roderic Stein Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN554eANG Speak Business Jean Pierre Stewart Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572aANG Art made in USA 1900-1960 Sarah Perves Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572bANG American Cinema Géraldine Raymond, Marie Lienard-Yeterian Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572cANG American theater: reading, watching, improvising Marie Liénard-Yétérian Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572dANG X-citing the Spark Denis Hirson Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572eANG Theatre in English Chantal Schütz Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572gANG Mean Streets Across the Continents: Contemporary Crime Fiction Julie Mc Donald Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573aANG Australia Fiona Rossette

132 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573bANG Of me I sing Christopher Storey

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573dANG The World Seen through British Newspapers Dennis Davy Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573fANG Crossroads Teresa Hinoki Dejean

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573gANG France and Britain Lawrence Mc Carthy Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN574aANG Debating Declan Mc Cavana

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN574cANG Creative Writing : Exploring the Imagination Joe Ross Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN574dANG Playing Around with Communication Roderic Stein Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN591ANG Travail Dirigé Chantal Schütz

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

133

French as a Foreign Language LAN469FLÉ Préparation au TCF Isabelle Schaffner, Olivier Bertrand, Yoann Barbereau

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN472aFLÉ Le cinéma français Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN472bFLÉ L’humour Français Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN472cFLÉ Atelier Théâtre 1 Yoann Barbereau

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN472dFLE Littérature : le récit court Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN472iFLE Histoire et Chansons (PEI A1 A2) Djamila Cherbal Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN473bFLÉ Politique française : partis et institutions Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN473cFLÉ La Francophonie dans tous ses États Djamila Cherbal Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482aFLÉ Littérature : le récit court Isabelle Schaffner Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482bFLÉ Paris vu par… la Littérature, la Peinture, la Photographie, la Chanson et le Cinéma Isabelle Schaffner

134 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482cFLÉ L’humour Français Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482dFLE Le cinéma français Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482eFLE Panorama de la littérature française Olivier Bertrand Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482fFLE Atelier Théâtre 2 Yoann Barbereau

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483aFLÉ Le Mythe Antique dans la Culture Française Olivier Bertrand Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483bFLÉ Histoire de la Langue Française Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483cFLE Langue et société Djamila Cherbal

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN559FLE Préparation Intensive au TCF Isabelle Schaffner, Olivier Bertrand, Yoann Barbereau Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN571FLE Français écrit avancé Isabelle Schaffner Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572aFLE Panorama de la Littérature Française Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572bFLE Paris vu par… la Littérature, la Peinture, Isabelle Schaffner

la Photographie, la Chanson et le Cinéma Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

135

LAN572cFLE La Pensée en Mouvement chez les Auteurs Français : entre Littérature et Philosophie Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572dFLE Approche de l’art contemporain Yoann Barbereau Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572eFLE Atelier Théâtre 3 Yoann Barbereau Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572fFLE L’humour Français Isabelle Schaffner Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572gFLE Le cinéma français Isabelle Schaffner Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572hFLE Littérature : le récit court Isabelle Schaffner Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572iFLE Histoire et Chansons Djamila Cherbal Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572jFLE Théâtre français du XXe siècle Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573aFLE Politique française : partis et institutions Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573cFLE La Francophonie dans tous ses États Djamila Cherbal Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573dFLE Le Mythe Antique dans la Culture Française Olivier Bertrand

136 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573eFLE Histoire de la langue française Olivier Bertrand Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN574aFLE Le français des Affaires Annie Reavley Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN576FLÉ Français Master Annie Reavley, Myriem Sfar, Joëlle Bonenfant, Elena Gueorguiva-Steenhoute, Catherine Armand Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN591FLE Travail Dirigé Isabelle Schaffner

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

137

German LAN411ALL Beginner 1 Daniel Argelès

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN421ALL Beginner 2 Daniel Argelès

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN431ALL Advanced Beginner 1 Margot Fetizon-Taureck

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN441ALL Advanced Beginner 2 Margot Fetizon-Taureck

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN451ALL Intermadiate 1 Daniel Argelès

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462aALL Streifzug durch deutsche Literatur und Musik Margot Fetizon-Taureck Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462cALL Kreatives Schreiben – Beispiel Krimi Sylvia Gehlert Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463aALL Deutschlandbilder Arwid Peterat

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463cALL Berlin ist immer eine Reise wert… Heidi Knorzer Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463dALL Deutsche Geschichte – Deutsche Frauen Isabel Habicht Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471aALL Advanced Daniel Argelès

138 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471bALL Cours préparatoire au « Zentrale Oberstufenprüfung » ZOP - C2 Margot Fetizon-Taureck Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482bALL Bewegte Geschichte(n) in bewegten Bildern Heidi Knorzer Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482cALL Berlin, Wien, Paris Arwid Peterat

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483aALL Berlin ist immer eine Reise wert… Heidi Knorzer Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483bALL Die Welt im 21. Jahrhundert Denis Henry-Greard Period: Spring term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN511ALL Beginner 3 Heidi Knorzer

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN531ALL Advanced Beginner 3 Daniel Argeles Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552aALL Von Bach zu Berg Daniel Argelès Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552bALL Theateratelier Christine Velan

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552cALL « Kreatives Schreiben » am Beispiel einer Kriminalgeschichte Sylvia Gehlert Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552dALL Journalismus Christine Velan

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

139

LAN553aALL Alltagskultur Christine Pototschnig

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN555aALL Wiir heben ab ins all : Raumfahrt in Europa Sylvia Gehlert Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572bALL Von Bach zu Berg Daniel Argelès Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573cALL Aktuelles aus Deutschland Birgit Reimann Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN574aALL Debatte Margot Fetizon-Taureck

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN591ALL Tutoring Daniel Argelès

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 3 ECTS

140 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Italian LAN411ITA Beginner 1 Alessandra Chiodelli-Mc Cavana

Period: Fall term – 60h – 3 ECTS

LAN421ITA Beginner 2 Alessandra Chiodelli-Mc Cavana

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN451ITA Intermediate 1 Manuela Morabito

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN461ITA Intermediate 2 Manuela Morabito

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471ITA Advanced 1 Manuela Morabito

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN481ITA Advanced 2 Manuela Morabito

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN511ITA Advanced Beginner 1 Federica Veneziani Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN551ITA Intermediate 3 Alessandra Chiodelli-Mc Cavana

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN571ITA Advanced 3 Alessandra Chiodelli-Mc Cavana

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

141

Japonese LAN411JAP Beginner 1 Yuka Kito Neubronner

Period: Fall term – 45h – 3 ECTS

LAN421JAP Beginner 2 Yuka Kito Neubronner

Period: Spring term – 45h – 3 ECTS

LAN511JAP Beginner 3 Yuka Kito Neubronner

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN531JAP Advanced Beginner Yuka Kito Neubronner Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN551JAP Intermediate Yuka Kito Neubronner

142 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Russian LAN411RUS Beginner 1 Marina Koch Lubouchkine, Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Fall term – 45h – 3 ECTS

LAN421RUS Beginner 2 Marina Koch Lubouchkine, Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS LAN441RUS Advanced Beginner 1 Cédric Pernette

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN451RUS Intermediate 1 Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN461RUS Intermediate 2 Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471RUS Advanced 1 Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Fall term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN481RUS Advanced 2 Cédric Pernette

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN511RUS Beginner 3 Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN531RUS Advanced Beginner 2 Cédric Pernette Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN551RUS Intermediate 3 Anastasia Forquenot de la Fortelle

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN571RUS Advanced 3 Cédric Pernette

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

143

Spanish LAN411ESP Beginner 1 Cristina Marinas y Depasse, Anne-Marie Jolivet, Marc Zuili Period: Fall term – 60h – 3 ECTS

LAN421ESP Beginner 2 Cristina Marinas y Depasse, Anne-Marie Jolivet, Marc Zuili Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN441ESP Advanced Beginner 1 Buisson Marise, Marie Carmen Giralt, Elvira Lopez Fernandez Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN451ESP Intermediate Cristina Marinas y Depasse, Anne-Marie Jolivet, Maria Gonzalez Aguilar Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN462cESP Un director: Pedro Almodóvar Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN463bESP España desde 1975 hasta nuestros dias Maria Casado Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN471ESP Advanced 1 Cristina Marinas y Depasse, Anne-Marie Jolivet

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482bESP Pintura Española Cristina Marinas y Depasse

Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482cESP Flashback sur Almodóvar Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN482dESP El cine y el humor en español Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

144 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

LAN482eESP Film à film et séquence à séquence. L’Analyse filmique en espagnol Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483aESP Geopolitica de América latina Jean-Baptiste Thomas Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN483bESP Civilización española : España desde 1975 hasta nuestros días Maria Casado Period: Spring term – 30h – 3 ECTS

LAN511ESP Advanced Beginner 2 Cristina Marinas y Depasse Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN531ESP Beginner 2 Cristina Marinas y Depasse

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN532aESP Clase temática Monique Plaa Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552aESP Clase temática Monique Plaa Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552eESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma espagnol Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552fESP Pintura Española Cristina Marinas y Depasse Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN552gESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma latinoaméricain Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572aESP Clase temática Monique Plaa Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

Languages and Cultures

145

LAN572bESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma espagnol Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572dESP Théâtre Marie Carmen Giralt

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572fESP Pintura Española Cristina Marinas y Depasse Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN572gESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol – cinéma latinoaméricain Anne-Marie Jolivet Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN573aESP America latina Jean-Baptiste Thomas Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN583aESP Geopolitica de América latina contemporánea Jean-Baptiste Thomas Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS

LAN591ESP Tutoring Cristina Marinas y Depasse

146 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Period: Fall term & Winter term – 30h – 4 ECTS



Mathematics

MAT311 Real and complex analysis Frank Pacard This series of lectures is an introduction to real and complex analysis. The lectures are organized around 4 central themes: ■ Lebesgue’s theory of measure and integration; ■ Fourier analysis; ■ Hilbert spaces and variational methods; ■ the theory of holomorphic functions (functions of one complex variable which are complex differentiable).

F. Pacard

This course aims to give to all students some common base of knowledge in functional analysis, opening up the way to many different fields : pure mathematics, applied mathematics, mechanics , theoretical physics… In particular, this course is an important tool box for the second and third year courses in pure and applied mathematics in particular, MAT431 and MAT432, which are the natural extensions of this course. The theory of measure and integration developed by H. Lebesgue is a key tool in many branches of mathematics and is commonly used in applications (e.g. in numerical analysis). This theory also offers a natural framework to probability theory which is presented in the second year’s course in applied mathematics (MAP432) and it is the foundation of geometric measure theory. Illustration through applications in Fourier analysis and in the definition of Hilbert space will be given. Fourier analysis finds many applications in the solvability of partial differential equations but also in signal processing (see course MAP555)… Hilbert spaces theory is at the crossroad of analysis and geometry, it constitutes a first step towards the theory of operators and spectral theory, this is also an essential tool for the solvability of variational problems (see the course in optimization MAP431) and partial differential equations (see the courses MAT431, MAT432 or MAP431) which arise in physics as well as in mechanics (heat equation, wave equation Schoedinger’s equation). The theory of holomorphic functions finds a variety of applications either in pure mathematics (number theory, minimal surfaces and geometry…) or in applied fields (fluid mechanics…). The mathematical concepts introduced in this course will be illustrated by applications: the use of Fourier analysis in the modeling of diffraction in optics, the use of Hilbert spaces in quantum mechanics and in variational problems, the use of holomorphic functions in fluid mechanics (aerodynamics) or in the study of minimal surfaces…

Mathematics

147

No particular prerequisite are needed to follow this course beside the background of «classes préparatoires». Nevertheless, one lecture will be devoted to some complements in topology (topology of normed vector spaces and metric spaces) since these are essential both in the development of the theory of Lebesgue’s integration and the theory of Hilbert spaces. Period: Spring term – 36h – 5 ECTS

F. Golse

MAT431 Distribution Theory, Fourier Analysis and Dynamical Systems François Golse, R aphaël K rikorian This course gives a first presentation of several fundamental notions in analysis, dynamical systems and geometry. Students following this course will master important mathematical tools used in applied mathematics, physics, mechanics and economics. It is most recommended to students interested in a master program in either pure or applied mathematics. The course starts with the basic theory of differential equations. We insist on the dynamical and geometric viewpoint, especially on the notion of stability, illustrated by concrete examples. The geometric part of the course includes the formalism of submanifolds of the Euclidian space.

R. Krikorian

The course goes on with a presentation of the theory of distributions, introduced by Laurent Schwartz in the late 1940s. This theory is the natural framework for both Fourier series and Fourier integrals. The final part of the course is devoted to the analytical properties of the main partial differential equations from mathematical physics. ■ Differential equations, vector fields. ■ Flows, linearization, perturbation theory. ■ Notion of stability. Examples from mechanics. ■ Notions of submanifold and of tangent space. ■ Transport equation, method of characteristics. ■ Distributions: derivation, convolution, regularization. ■ Fourier analysis. ■ Poisson and Laplace equations. Harmonic functions. ■ Heat equation. ■ Wave and Schrödinger equations. Period: Fall term – 72h – 10 ECTS

148 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAT432 Fourier analysis and spectral theory Yvan Martel The first objective of this course is to improve the students’ knowledge on some mathematical notions useful in others Sciences, mainly in Fourier analysis and spectral analysis. The second objective and main thread of this course is to introduce the student to some elementary techniques of resolution of partial differential equations to illustrate these notions. In particular, the mathematical notions studied in this course are systematically applied to the study of several universal partial differential equations (PDE) from Mathematical Physics: Laplace equation, Burger equation, heat equation, wave equation and Schrödinger equation.

Y. Martel

Plan: ■ Method of characteristics; first order PDE. ■ Convolution; Laplace and Poisson equations. ■ Preliminaries on Hilbert spaces; Fourier series; heat equation. ■ Fourier transform in L2; linear PDE with constant coefficients. ■ Elements of spectral theory; second order elliptic PDE. MAT432 cannot be taken simultaneously with MAT431 Period: Fall term – 36h – 5 ECTS

MAT441 Experimental projet in Mathematics Romain Dujardin The purpose of the Applied Module in the Mathematics Laboratory is to introduce students to certain contemporary mathematical topics, based on a collaborative approach. This process is comparable to that used by most professional mathematicians to advance in their research and acquire new knowledge.

R. Dujardin

In each of the subjects studied, the professor will present the problem posed and the basics of the particular field. With the help of the professor, the students will be required to expand their knowledge through personal and bibliographic research that they will subsequently present to the rest of the group. Depending on the problem examined, students may also be asked to do computer simulations. This will also be the opportunity to illustrate in an original way the content of the other mathematics courses, in particular the mainstream courses. Here is a list of the proposed subjects. ■ Random nodes (Julien Marché) ■ Apollonian packing, discrete groups and tessalation (Gilles Courtois) ■ Kleinian groups: based on the book Indra’s Pearls (Romain Dujardin) ■ Complex discrete system analysis and circle packing (Romain Dujardin) More detailed information on those subjects is available on the mathematics department’s website. Period: Winter term & Spring term – 36h – 5 ECTS

Mathematics

149

D. Hernandez

MAT451 Algebra and Galois Theory David Hernandez Galois theory appeared in the xix th century to study the existence of formulas for solutions of polynomial equations (in terms of the coefficients of the equation). This extremely powerful and efficient theory gave birth to an extensive part of modern algebra theory. Nowadays it is a very active research area. We will first introduce basics of Algebra (groups, rings, algebras, quotients, field extensions…) so that we can explain and prove fundamental results of Galois theory, as well as some of its most striking applications. Beyond the importance of the subject, the course is a good introduction to Algebra and its applications in various domains, certainly in mathematics, but also in Computer Science (finite fields), Physics or Chemistry (group theory) for instance. No prerequisite is necessary. Period: Spring term – 36h – 5 ECTS

J. Lannes

MAT452 Fondamental Group, Covering Spaces and Knot Theory Jean Lannes Fundamental group theory is one of the first developments in Algebraic Topology. This theory associates to every topological space a group, its fundamental group; and to every continuous application between topological spaces it associates a homomorphism between their fundamental groups. Using algebraic arguments, it allows obtaining results of a topological nature, for example Brouwer’s therorem of a fixed point. The covering for a space is a “twisted product” of this space by a discrete space. The theory of coverings is intimately linked to that of fundamental groups: The covering of a space corresponds essentially to sub groups of the fundamental for this space (this correspondence must be seen as a topological analogy of the Galois correspondence for body theory). The coronidis loco for the course will be the theory of nodes: we will use the preceding theories to study an important invariant of a node, that is the fundamental group of its complement. Period: Spring term – 36h – 5 ECTS

150 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAT551 Dynamical Systems Jérôme Buzzi Dynamical systems have a key position in mathematics and their applications: ”it is fundamental to solve differential equations“ according to Newton’s secret motto (loosely translating from the latin). It was so at the creation of celestial mechanics and modern physics, it is so today with the generalized use of models (to understand evolution, crystals…) the analysis of which, often requires tools from dynamical systems theory.

J. Buzzi

Functional analysis and numerical analysis deal with the existence and uniqueness of the solutions of such models as well as approximation schemes to these solutions. Dynamical system theory has a different, complementary focus: its goal is to establish the long term properties of these systems (for instance, the impossibility of medium term precise predictions or the the statistical analysis of long term behavior). Though it may surprise the mathematical apprentice, dynamical systems also arise in some aspects of pure mathematics. Indeed, some problems of geometry and number theory have elegant and fruitful translations into dynamical questions. The goal of this course is to explain some of these links while introducing some of the most fundamental ideas and techniques of the modern theory of dynamical systems. The course is designed both for students who plan to continue studying this theory and for students who only want to understand what this is about. Program Topological Dynamics: ■ irreducibility: transitivity, mixing, minimality; ■ Birkhoff recurrence theorem; ■ limit sets and attractors; ■ examples of coding using symbolic dynamics; ■ topological chaos and entropy. Probabilistic Dynamics (or ergodic theory): ■ Poincaré recurrence theorem; ■ irreducibility: ergodicity, mixing, unique ergodicity; ■ ergodic theorems of von Neuman and Birkhoff; ■ Bernoulli schemes; Applications Hyperbolic geometry: ■ hyperbolic plane; ■ modular surface; ■ geodesics et horocycles; ■ ergodicity of the geodesic flow; ■ unique ergodicity of the horocyclic flow;

Mathematics

151

Number theory: ■ equidistribution of the fractional value of P(n), when n ranges over the integers and P is a fixed polynomial with degree at least 2 and at least one irrational coefficient; ■ expansion in integer basis of typical or well-chosen numbers; ■ continued fraction expansion and the Gauss map; ■ the Gauss map and the modular surface Organisation: The teaching will rely on the lecture notes, slides for every meeting and at least one problem to be handed-in. There will be exercice classes where students will present their solution of the assigned problems. Prerequisite: The content of course MAT431 (systèmes dynamiques, analyse de Fourier et distributions) will not be used as such with important exceptions like the Cauchy- Lipschitz theorem on solutions of ODE. However the mathematical sophistication corresponding to this course will be necessary. All necessary tools from measure theory and topology will be briefly presented (or recalled) and used as “black boxes”. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

G. Chenevier

MAT552 Algebraic number theory Gaëtan Chenevier Algebraic number theory is the study of the arithmetic properties of algebraic numbers. We are interested in particular to the unique factorization property, that is ”unique factorization of elements as a product of prime elements”, in the rings of the form Z[x] where x is an ”algebraic integer”, such as Z[i] (Gaussian integers), Z[2^{1/3}]… This question is crucial in the study of diophantine equations, the most famous example being Kummer’s (and Fermat’s?) approach to Fermat’s last theorem, but also in many other questions in mathematics such as the theory of integral quadratic forms, the theory of normal forms for endomorphisms with integer coefficients, the theory of complex multiplication… It turns out that the unique factorization property only holds «for ideals» in general (Kummer, Dedekind), the failure being measured by a finite abelian group called the ideal class group, and whose mysteries are still at the heart of modern arithmetics. The case of quadratic integers, that is of Z[x] where x^2=d is an integer, is historically the most important one. It will be discussed in detail. In this case the theory is related to the classification of binary integral quadratic forms (Legendre, Gauss). For instance, we know from Fermat that if p is a prime with p = 1 mod 4 (that is, such that -1 is a square modulo p), then p is a sum of two square. How to explain that if -5 is a square mod p, that is p = 1,3,7,9 modulo p, then p is exclusively either of the form x^2 + 5 y^2 or of the form 2 x^2 + 2 xy + 3 y^2 (with x,y integers)? (Euler, Lagrange). We will obtain many results of this kind. This will lead us to the notion of ”genus” of a quadratic form (Lagrange, Gauss), which is the starting point of the famous class field theory.

152 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Contents: number fields, algebraic integers, Dedekind ring, ideal class group, Dirichlet units theorem, binary quadratic forms, class number formula, genus formula. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

MAT553 Topology 1 Andrei Moroianu The goal of algebraic topology is to associate to every topological space some algebraic invariants (numbers, groups, vector spaces etc.) in order to distinguish them, or better to classify them (up to homeomorphism). The first part of the Differential Topology lecture (Autumn) will illustrate this philosophy in the framework of differential manifolds (fundamental and unavoidable objects in almost all branches of mathematics) for which we will construct invariants that will be real vectorial spaces, namely de Rham cohomology. We will then harvest in a very elegant manner the fruit of this construction - Brouwer Fixed Point Theorem, non-existence of vector fields on even-dimensional spheres, invariance of the dimension by homeomorphism, etc. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

MAT554 Nonlinear Analysis R aphaël Danchin The combinations of tools coming from different areas of mathematics like dynamical systems, harmonic analysis, functional analysis or variational methods, has led to spectacular developments in the study of nonlinear Partial Differential Equations over the past thirty years. These new powerful methods nowadays allow a study of complex models in direct connection with the physical modelization. This class will be devoted to the study of a central object in the modern theory of nonlinear waves which appears in various physical situations like fluid dynamics, nonlinear optics or astrophysics: the soliton or solitary wave. This exceptional object discovered at the end of the 19th century is a nonlinear wave which propagates without deformation in a nonlinear medium.

A. Moroianu

R. Danchin

The aim of the class is to derive a self contained proof of the orbital stability of the ground state solitary wave obtained by Cazenave and Lions in 1983 for the nonlinear Schrodinger equation. The proof will require the introduction of a variety of basic tools at the heart of the modern theory of nonlinear Partial Differential Equations. Here is a tentative plan of the course: Class 1. Functional analysis: Lp spaces, Hilbert spaces, weak convergence. Class 2. Sobolev spaces. Class 3. Sobolev injections and classical inequalities. Class 4. Linear Schrodinger equation in RN: dispersion. Class 5. Strichartz estimates.

Mathematics

153

Class 6. Local/Global existence for the nonlinear problem: notion of critical space. Class 7. Solitary waves: existence by variational techniques. Class 8. The concentration compactness lemma. Class 9. Orbital stability of the ground state. The techniques introduced in this course turn out to be appropriate for handling a large class of active research programs. Here is a nonexhaustive list of related subjects where personal work on documents will be preponderant. They will lead to the presentation of a memoir and an oral defence. ■ Concentration and blow up for the nonlinear Schrodinger equation. ■ Nonlinear transport and minmizers of the energy: on the stability of galaxies. ■ Global existence for critical nonlinear wave problems ■ E xistence and stability of multisolitary waves for waves in a canal ■ Vortex patches for incompressible perfect fluids. ■ Solitons for a shallow water equation (the so-called Camassa-Holm equation). ■ The incompressible Euler equation. Prerequisite: MAT431 Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

MAT556 Groups and Representations Anna Cadoret This course introduces the fundamental concepts of groups and group actions, which constitute a formalization of the idea of symmetry of an object or a system. The most important instances of group actions are linear actions on vector spaces, also called representations. We start with finite groups, the simplier case, where the main ideas of the general theory already clearly appear, and which has numerous applications (chemistry, cristallography, combinatorics). We explain how representation theory is the non commutative analog of Fourier transformation on the real line or the circle. We continue with the study of continuous groups, called Lie groups, considering mainly matrix groups. We reduce their representation theory to the representation theory of their Lie algebras. These groups appear as symmetry groups, or gauge groups, in quantum mechanics. New theoretical results in representation theory involving algebra, differential geometry and analysis are published every day and the field of application is constantly growing. Course plan:  Groups, group actions: examples. 2 Representations of finite groups, irreductible representations, Schur lemma, Fourier transform, Peter-Weyl theorem, characters. 3 Compact groups: Haar measure, Peter-Weyl theorem. 4 Linear groups and Lie algebras. Lie correspondence. Differential of a representation. 5 The groups SO(3) and SU(2), and their irreducible representations. 6 Representations of SU(3) and quarks. Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

154 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAT561 Nonlinear Schrodinger equation: from Bose Einstein condensates to supersolids Amandine Aftalion The aim of this course is to show how a mathematical model can provide information on phenomena such as condensed matter physics, nonlinear optics, fluid mecanics or biological invasions. We will introduce mathematical tools coming from nonlinear analysis: calculus of variations, spectral analysis, perturbation theory, properties of existence and uniqueness of solutions, maximum principle and holomorphic functions. We will focus on Bose Einstein condensates, for which we will present recent experiments and observations of vortex patterns. We will also describe a model of quantum solid. We will see how estimates on the order of magnitude can provide physically interesting information. This course is introductory. The notes were written in collaboration with Jean Dalibard (Physics departement) and Christophe Josserand (Mechanics). Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

MAT562 Discreet Mathematics, Combinatorial Arithmetical and Codes Julia Wolf The aim of this course is to develop some of the central results in arithmetic combinatorics, and to illustrate the connections between this dynamic branch of mathematics and the world of theoretical computer science. Methods from arithmetic combinatorics are frequently used to solve problems in number theory. For example, they played a crucial role in the proof of a celebrated theorem by Green and Tao, who showed a few years ago that the prime numbers contain arbitrarily long arithmetic progressions. In theoretical computer science, these methods have also found numerous applications, for example in the context of property testing (deciding efficiently whether a given object has a certain property), or that of pseudo-random generators (which are essential to data security in everyday life). Apart from combinatorial methods we shall use a variety of probabilistic inequalities as well as the discrete Fourier transform (but in a finite setting, where convergence problems do not arise). The majority of results presented in this course are barely a few years old, allowing students to get a real taste of cutting-edge research in the mathematical sciences.

A. Aftalion

J. Wolf

We will be covering the following topics: * regularity and removal lemmas for sets and graphs * structure of sum sets, and a special case of Freiman’s theorem * higher-order Fourier analysis, in particular the quadratic inverse theorem * applications in computer science, for example property testing * pseudo-random generators and the Goldreich-Levin theorem * hardness amplification and error-correcting codes Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

Mathematics

155

MAT563 Topology 2 Jean Lannes Algebraic topology associates to topological data some ”algebraic invariants” (numbers, groups, vector spaces…) in order to distinguish them, or even to classify them. J. Lannes

The course will deal with the following subjects: ■ singular homology (the exposition of this theory will be parallel to the one of de Rham cohomology which is the core of the course ”Topology 1”); ■ vector bundles; ■ characteristic classes. Prerequisite: It will be preferable to know the contents of the course “Topology 1” (MAT553) Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

J. Tilouine

MAT565 Fermat Last Theorem, Elliptic Curves and Modular Forms Jacques Tilouine «Fermat’s Last Theorem» claims that for any prime p >2, if x,y,z are integers such that x^p + y^p = z^p, then xyz = 0. This has been a motivation for Number Theory for more than 350 years until its solution by A. Wiles in 1994. In the xix th century, Kummer made a decisive contribution to this problem by solving it for numerous prime exponents p by a method which founded Algebraic Number Theory. We present part of his work; then we introduce elliptic fundations and modular forms, and we study some of their arithmetic properties. These objects are crucial in Wiles’ proof. Prerequisite: MAT431: Distribution Theory, Fourier Analysis MAT451: Algebra and Galois Theory Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

G. Allaire

MAT/MAP567 Transport and diffusion Grégoire Allaire, François Golse The goal of this course is to study mathematical models of transport and diffusion which are used in many applied fields pertaining to the transport of energy. Typical examples are the chain reaction mechanism in nuclear reactors, the greenhouse effect in climatology, radiative transfer in thermics and astrophysics, as well as various models governing the dynamics of structured populations. After a first mathematical presentation of these models, it will be shown that diffusion is the limit of transport in a highly collisional regime. Then the notion of critical mass or size will be explained in the simplest possible cases, avoiding in particular functional analytic techniques. Numerical methods, including finite differences and MonteCarlo algorithms, will be discussed.

156 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Maximum enrolment: 60 students Prerequisite: One of the following courses: MAP411, MAP431, MAT431, MAT432. Evaluation mechanism: Final written exam Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS F. Golse

MAT568 General Relativity Jean-Pierre Bourguignon, David Langlois General Relativity is one of the major physical theories developed in the 20 th century. It all came from the insight of Albert Einstein. It fundamentally modifies the Newtonian concept of gravitation, and proposes to view the effects of this interaction as resulting from curvature of space-time, the non trivial geometry being the consequence of the presence of masses. It is a prototypical example of how sophisticated mathematical theories can contribute to theoretical physics. This theory is fundamentally non-linear. As such it allows a rather comprehensive presentation of the tools of modern differential geometry, with spectacular and far-reaching consequences. Since, without making the presentation less natural in any way, it is possible to present at the same time Riemannian and Lorentzian geometries, this course can be attractive for students interested in Mathematics or in Physics.

J.-P. Bourguignon

D. Langlois

Fundamental tools lying at the heart of the course are tensor fields, covariant derivatives, curvature, and geodesic curves. Their studies are illustrated by physical models of General Relativity such as the Schwarzschild metric and black holes. The system of Einstein equations which governs the physical theory has also some bearing on Riemannian geometry. A systematic study of systems of Partial Differential Equations of this type is not yet available but recent major progress has been archieved, and for the first time global results are available. This unit has been thought through as an integrated course, mixing Mathematics and Physics. Therefore, students are encouraged to floow at the same time the course in Physics with the same name, either as a course (PHY568) or as One of the objectives is to stress the unity of methods but also from time to time the differences in points of view between mathematicians and physicists. Keywords: Riemannian metrics, Lorentzian metrics, covariant derivatives, curvature, Einstein equations. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

Mathematics

157

MAT571 In-depht Study ■ M AT551 (Dynamical Systems): In depth studies linked to the Non-linear Analysis module will be offered. Their structure will be flexible. Personal work on documents will be preponderant, possible preceded by a few introductory courses. They will lead to the presentation of a memoir and an oral defence. ■ M AT552 (Algebraic number theory): In depth studies linked to the Non-linear Analysis module will be offered. Their structure will be flexible. Personal work on documents will be preponderant, possible preceded by a few introductory courses. They will lead to the presentation of a memoir and an oral defence. ■ M AT553 (Topology 1):Example of themes that could be dealt with: Thom’s Cobordism Theory and characteristic classes of fibre spaces – which may permit us to display the famous “Milnor’s exotic sphere”, manifold in dimension 7, homeomorphism of a standard sphere but not diffeomorphic. ■ MAT554 (Nonlinear Analysis):The in-depth studies which will prolong this course may be: – Camass-Holm Solitons and equations – Weak solutions for the Euler equations in Lagrangian formulation; works of Y. Brenier and A. Shnirelman; Compact support solutions in space-time or in decreasing energy. – Studies in turbulence pockets and theory by J.-Y. Chemin – Regularity of fluid trajectories. – Besov spaces Kato type theorems for the Navier-Stokes equations – The Euler incompressible equation – Fluides faiblement compressibles. – Fluids in rapid rotation. – Navier-Stokes equation with small viscosity; Prandtl’s boundary limit equation. ■ M AT556 (Groups and Representations): In depth studies linked to the Groups and Representations module are offered. – Weights and roots, representations of compact Lie groups – Applications of group and algebraic Lie theory to integrable systems, Toda networks – Young Diagrams, representations of symmetric groups, Pauli’s principles – Kac-Moody Algèbes – Introduction to Quantic Groups – Hidden symmetries of the hydrogen atom – Fullerenes and Group Theory Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

158 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MAT575 Symmetry groups in physics : In-depth study David Renard, Denis Bernard ■ Introduction: Noether theorem and applications, quantum version ■ Generalities on group theory and representation of SU(2) ■ SU(3) and quarks ■ Linear compact groups ■ Complex semi-simples Lies algebras and their representations ■ Poincaré-Lorentz groups and Dirac equations ■ Heisenberg and Virasoro algebras ■ Physical interpretation of Heisenberg and Virasoro algebras ■ Gauge theory Period: Fall term – 36h – 4 ECTS

D. Renard

MAT581 In-depth study ■ M AT561 (Nonlinear Schrodinger equation from Bose Einstein condensates to supersolids): Each course is likely to provide topics, either on the mathematical or the physics side, for further personal works. This will be adapted to each student’s will and intention. It will be based on the reading of some documents and will lead to an oral presentation and a written memoir. ■ M AT562 (Discrete mathematics, arithmetic combinatorics and computer science) Depending on student interest, the following topics can be given a more number-theoretical or predominantly computational orientation. * best known upper and lower bounds for removal lemmas, which are very recent yet accessible to participants of this course * Freiman’s theorem in finite abelien groups, and other structure theorems for sets with small sumset * approximate subgroups in cyclic groups of prime order, which play a central role in transferring results from the context of vector spaces over finite fields to general abelian groups * Roth’s theorem, which gives an upper bound on the density of sets that do not contain any 3-term arithmetic progressions * derandomisation of probabilistic algorithms, in particular the Nisan-Wigderson construction, a recent and astounding result in computer science that allows one to convert probabilistic algorithms into deterministic ones ■ MAT563 (Topology II): Example of themes that could be dealt with: Cobordism Theory, “Milnor’s exotic sphere” (7-dimensional manifold homeomorphic but not dieomorphic to the standard sphere), derived functors, homology of discrete groups, theory of characteristic classes à la Chern-Weyl…

Mathematics

159

■ M AT565 (Fermat Last Theorem, Elliptic Curves and Modular Forms): Second Case of FLT, Dedekind zeta functions, Dirichlet L functions, Kronecker-Weber, modular forms and Lagrange-Jacobi theorem, etc. ■ MAT567 (Transport and diffusion) – Shape optimization and application to a problem in nuclear engineering. The goal of this project is to study a method in shape optimization for a problem related to fuel loading in a nuclear reactor. The problem is to arrange different types of nuclear fuels with prescribed total mass so as to optimize the reactor’s performance. The original approach proposed here uses a method in shape optimization based on the theory of homogenization. Roughly speaking, it is assumed that the various types of fuels can be «mixed», and one optimize their proportion at each point in the reactor’s core. Numerical computations (using diffusion models) use the FreeFemm++ software. – Homogenization of a diffusion model. The goal of this project is the homogenization, i.e. averaging, of a diffusion model in a periodic setting. The factorization strategy for a purely periodic medium will be studied first (in the 1-d case with Scilab, possibly in 2-d with FreeFem++). The next step is to perform numerical simulations on the more delicate case of the juxtaposition of two different periodic media. A typical application is the computation of nuclear criticality in a reactor. ■ MAT568 (General relativity) This course offers several directions for independent work: typically student prodominantly trained in Physics, who take PHY568 as a course, can look to more mathematical aspects of the Theory of General Relativy; other qustions connected to extensions of the Theory of General Relativity can also be considered; they often involve geometric concepts that play an important role in the development of modern Differential Geometry. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

D. Renard

MAT591 Algebra and combinatorics David Renard Etymologically, algebra is the science of calculation. In a technical sense, it is that part of mathematics whose goal is to discover and study “structures”, independently of the context in which they may appear. As a domain in its own right, algebra was born in the 19th and 20th century, when it became necessary to organize and structure the different tools and methods developed during this particularly fruitful period. As examples of these types of structures, we can mention groups, rings, associative algebra, fields, and more recently, an even further degree of abstraction, categories. Once removed from their original context, and studied for themselves, these structures often return to their natural element better understood. Sometimes this gives birth to spectacular generalisations. Algebra is thus not the research of pure abstraction in itself – that would be sterile, and worse, a source of confusion. To the contrary it is an absolutely indispensable attempt to

160 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

clarify and unify. It could be said that algebra is the cement of mathematics. Without it, mathematics would have been unintelligible a long time ago. Period: Winter term – 36h – 4 ECTS

MAT592 Analyis and applications François Golse Many applications of mathematics to the sciences involve classical theories such as harmonic analysis or the analysis of partial differential equations. These theories are of crucial importance in very different contexts. Most of the projects presented here are of an essentially theoretical nature (although some of them may involve numerical simulations). The models considered cover an extremely broad scientific spectrum. In most of the branches of Analysis, other subjects can be proposed on a case by case basis, in France or in other countries.

F. Golse

This list of examples below is by no means exhaustive ■ The equations of quantum mechanics. The Schrödinger equation is considered from different viewpoints. For example, the study of resonances (a generalization of the notion of eigenvalue) for the linear Schrödinger equation is related to the search of metastable states. Nonlinear Schrödinger equations are used in molecular chemistry, in nonlinear optics, or in condensed matter physics. The mathematical theory of these equations involves functional analysis combined to asymptotic methods of a more geometrical nature. ■ Wave equations and General Relativity Einstein’s equations are a system of nonlinear partial differential equations, whose mathematical analysis raises extremely challenging problems. Dispersive phenomena appear on simplified models analogous to the classical wave equation. One of the keys to understand these phenomena is microlocal analysis, a branch of Fourier analysis developed in the 1970’s. ■ Kinetic models Kinetic models describe different physical systems (gas, ionized gases, plasmas...) using a statistical approach at the microscopic level (molecular or atomic). These are, in general, partial differential equations with nonlocal terms, which present a variety of important problems in mathematical physics (such as for instance, the speed of convergence to equilibrium states, or the connection between the kinetic theory of gases and fluid dynamics.) The analysis of these models involves a great variety of mathematical tools, with, in certain cases, interesting interpretations from the probabilistic viewpoint. ■ Models in biology or in medecine Some mathematical models in biology (for instance in population dynamics) or in medicine (modeling of cerebrovascular accidents) lead to systems of partial differential equations of the type known as ``reaction-diffusion systems’’. This is a very active field of applications for specialists of partial differential equations.

Mathematics

161

■ Geophysical fluid mechanics The simplified models for geophysical fluids involve the classical equations of hydrodynamics (Navier-Stokes) and take into account the Coriolis acceleration due to the Earth’s rotation. This leads to fascinating mathematical questions, such as the understanding of boundary effects (Ekman layers), depletion of nonlinearities, quasi-geostrophic approximation… The mathematical tools used are the theory of parabolic systems of partial differential equations and Fourier analysis. ■ Solitons and qualitive study of solutions The description of solutions of the Korteweg de Vries (KdV) equation and Schrödinger equation with cubic nonlinearity in space dimension one is a very active branch of mathematics, of great importance from the physical viewpoint. Indeed, the KdV and nonlinear Schrödinger equations are considered as universal Hamiltonian models in infinite dimension and appear in a very great variety of physical phenomena. Solitons are particular solutions of these equations, of the type known as ``traveling waves’’. In addition, the special nature of the nonlinearities in these equations is such that solitons preserve their shape after interactions, and therefore behave like colliding particles. Solitons are extremely important to understand the long time behavior of solutions of the KdV or the nonlinear Schrödinger equations. Examples of projects proposed in the last few years ■ Wavelets and characterization of chirps (ENS Cachan). ■ Variational problems with 2 phases and their free boundaries (MIT, Cambridge, USA). ■ Topological methods in fluid mechanics (Cérémade, Université Paris-Dauphine). ■ Wavelets and compression (ENS Cachan). ■ Automatic analysis of wake-sleep states (ENS Cachan). ■ Asymptotic expansion of high order fields diffracted by a semi-infinite cone with mixed surface characteristics (CEA, Bruyères-le-Châtel). ■ Interfaces in problems with phase transition (Université Pierre-et-Marie Curie). ■ Sobolev’s and Strichartz’s inequalities: applications to Schrödinger’s equation (CMLS, Ecole polytechnique). ■ Carleman’s Inequalities and applications (CMLS, Ecole polytechnique). ■ Wavelets and nonlinear approximations (Princeton University, USA). Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

C. Margerin

MAT593 Geometry Christophe Margerin Geometry has so many aspects, it is difficult to find a domain in mathematics with no claim nor relevance to it: algebraic, differential; real, complex or even p-adic. It ranges from arithmetic to global analysis, not to forget non-commutative geometry. This section is mainly concerned with the study of manifolds equipped with some extra structure, like a Riemannian or Hermitian metric, a symplectic form, a complex structure, or a Poisson bracket on its function algebra.

162 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Invariants can be associated to these structures, which may be numbers but also more sophisticated algebraic objects like groups. Hopefully, interesting properties of the underlying differential manifold can be read on these invariants, possibly leading in best cases to some classifications (e.g. flat metrics). A manifold can be identified with its function ring: to go to non-commutative geometry, one will have to substitute operators for functions: a first invariant will then be the analog to the spectrum of the Dirac operator on a (regular) Riemannian manifold. Sampling of titles of previous internships: – Clifford modules and spinor geometry – Nets of quadrics – Groups acting on origamis – Positive mass theorem – Atiyah-Singer index theorem and signature of a 4-fold – Differential structures in low dimensions – A polarized view of string topology – Constructing hyperkahler metrics – Poisson homogeneous spaces – Yang-Mills on non-commutative 2-tori – Some properties of the action of SL (2,R) on the moduli space of holomorphic differentials – Polytope group up to isometries and cutting – Hodge conjecture in Kähler geometry – Submersion theorem in subriemannian geometry – L2 methods in complex geometry – pseudoholomorphic curves symplectic invariants Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

MAT595 Dynamical systems Charles Favre The theory of dynamical systems deals with the long-term study of the action of a given transformation on a phase space. Physical systems are often described by differential equations, that naturally induce continuous flows, hence lead to such a study. Since in general a differential equation cannot be integrated, one can try to obtain qualitative informations by discretizing the time parameter, and consider discrete dynamical systems.

C. Favre

These two categories can be divided further into several sub-classes in terms of the nature of the transformation itself and the structure it may preserve (measurable, topological, dierentiable, symplectic, holomorphic, algebraic). These classication remains of course porous, but allows one to build general concepts adapted to each of these classes. However the role played by significant examples that exhibit new dynamical phenomena cannot be under estimated. Most of the time these examples give new orientation to the current research. Let us give in more details some ideas for a possible research internship.

Mathematics

163

■ Symbolic dynamics. The phase space is given by a finite alphabet, and the transformation is a shift on coordinates. The description of these sequences uses basic results from ergodic theory such as entropy. ■ The geodesic flow. It is a natural flow on every surface whose study is particularly interesting in the case of negative curvature. Its dynamics allows one to describe global geometric properties of the surface. ■ Hamiltonian systems. These systems naturally appear in the context of classical mechanics. Delicate technics allow one to either construct periodic orbit (in the three body problem for instance) or to describe their stability (like in KAM theory). ■ D ynamics in low dimensions. The study of the family x 7! ax(1 􀀀 x) on the interval [0; 1] exhibits spectacular bifurcation that gives a good introduction to chaos theory. This family extends to dimension 2, where one can observe strange attractors. ■ Holomorphic dynamics. Iteration theory of complex polynomials is very rich, and mixes complex analysis together with plane topology. One can visualize many dynamical aspects of this iteration process and get various fractal images whose interpretation are usually extremely difficult to get. G. Chenevier

■ Algebraic dynamics. Even though the iteration of rational maps in higher dimensions mixes several deep theories, some questions can be attacked numerically, like the description of the growth of degrees. Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

MAT596 Number theory and Algebraic Geometry Gaëtan Chenevier Number Theory Number Theory fascinates by the simplicity of its statements and the impredictability of its solutions. The techniques used in Number Theory come from virtually all branches of Mathematics, and there is almost one branch of Number Theory by branch of Mathematics with small paths (or highways) allowing to travel between them. For example, Fermat’s last theorem, stated around 1650 required for its solution the combined efforts of an impressive number of mathematicians during almost four centuries. Its final solution in 1994, through works of Ribet, Wiles and Taylor, runs over more than 200 pages of research papers relying on several thousand pages borrowed to various fields of mathematics (Complex Analysis, Representation Theory, Harmonic Analysis, Algebraic Geometry…). In the same spirit, the “congruent number problem” (which integral numbers are the area of a pythagorian triangle with rational sides) dates back from the 10th century (at least), but one had to wait until 1983 before Tunnell found a simple criterion for a number to be non-congruent, or, assuming Birch and Swinnerton-Dyer conjecture (one of the seven “one million dollar problem”), congruent.

164 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

In another direction, prime numbers have generated a wealth of conjectures. The prime number theorem, imagined by Euler, was proven in 1896 only, using the whole theory of holomorphic functions, and more specifically, the properties of Riemann’s zeta function in the complex plane. Riemann hypothesis, stated in 1858 (another “one million dollar problem“), which has deep consequences on the distribution of prime numbers, has resisted so far all the attempts made by mathematicians to tackle it. Nobody knows where from the solution is going to come. Green and Tao have proven in 2004 that the set of primes contains arithmetic progressions of arbitrary length, solving in this way a long standing question. Their proof combines ideas coming from Probability and Ergodic Theory. It is conjectured (the abc-conjecture) that, if a+b=c, with a,b,c coprime integers, then c cannot be much bigger than the product of the prime numbers dividing abc. A proof would allow (in principle) to determine the solutions in rational numbers of equations in two variables. The present attacks on this conjecture use Arakelov Geometry which is a combination of classical Algebraic Geometry and refined Analysis on Manifolds. The above-mentionned problems give a reasonnable idea of the variety of questions still open in Number Theory, but do not cover all the themes it deals with (are missing, amongst others, transcendental numbers, algorithmic questions, applications to Cryptography…). Algebraic geometry Algebraic geometry is the study of systems of polynomial equations. Both the problems and the techniques are multiple : geometric (for example, we know well that the choice of the form for the chimneys for nuclear plants is due to the existence of numerous lines suitable for the housing of quadratic surfaces), arithmetical (for example, what can be said of the integral solutions, or more simply modulo p solutions, of the equations y^2=x(x-1)(x-t) or x^n+y^n=z^n), analytical, even logical and so on. In fact it is a great crossroads. Over the last decades, we have discovered surprising interactions with physics as well. Examples of research internships in number theory and algebraic geometry:  Classification of quadratic forms over the field of rational numbers, Hasse-Minkowski theorem : two quadratic forms over Q are equivalent if and only if they are equivalent over R and over the field of p-adic numbers for each prime p. This leads for instance to a classification of the quaternion algebras over Q. 2 On the number of solutions of systems of polynomial equations with coefficients in Z/ pZ or in a finite field : an introduction to Weil conjectures or to the Sato-Tate conjecture. 3 Let Q be a monic irreducible polynomial with integer coefficients. Is there a precise rule that, given a prime p, allows to guess the way the reduction of Q modulo p factors in Z/ pZ[X] ? This elementary problem is still open, and we might look at some special cases. A famous conjectural solution has been given by Langlands.

Mathematics

165

4 One of the multiple aspects of the theory of elliptic curves (e.g. the Weierstrass theory over C, the structure of the group of solutions over the rationals or a finite field…) 5 Algebraic curves over a field k, for instance the zero locus in k^2 or in the projective plane of a given polynomial in two variables over k. When k=C, a non singular algebraic curve has a «genus» which is the number of handles of the associated Riemann surface : how to define this genus for fields of characteristic p ? 6 Sphere packing problems, unimodular lattices and theta series. Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

J. Lannes

MAT597 Algebraic topology Jean Lannes Algebraic Topology consists in the search and study of invariants, algebraic in nature, associated to topological spaces and continuous maps between those spaces (the fundamental group is an example of such an invariant, higher homotopy groups, homology groups are other ones). Born at the end of the 19 th century (the memoir Analysis Situ by Henri Poincaré is usually thought of as its birth certificate), Algebraic Topology had an impressive development during the whole 20 th century. This development is far from being finished and many questions are open (the computation of the homotopy groups of spheres for instance). The applications of Algebraic Topology are spectacular and varied: ■ fixed point theorems, ■ knot theory, ■ classification of vector bundles, ■ classification of differentiable manifolds, among others. Of course the richness of these theories afford a broad choice of subjects for research internship, ranging from geometry to pure algebra. Period: Spring term – 480h – 20 ECTS

166 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012



Mechanics

MEC431 Continuum Mechanics Patrick Le Tallec The course objectives are to give a basic knowledge of continuum mechanics, its challenge and main concepts. Upon completion of the course, the student is expected to be familiar with the notions of strain and stress tensors, to be able to write and use the fundamental equations of motions in the framework of three dimensional continuum mechanics, to understand the problematic of constitutive laws and to solve elementary problems in elasticity. The course introduces the general concepts of Continuum Mechanics and implements them on simple examples in Fluid and Solid Mechanics.

P. Le Tallec

It studies three dimensional continuum mechanics, strains and stresses under three aspects: ■ Macroscopic modelling of continuous media, introducing the main strain and stress tensors, and explaining what they physically represent and how they are used to express conservation laws, equilibrium equations and constitutive laws; ■ Introduction at a microscopic scale of the material behavior of gases and elastic solids, from the description of their microscopic states and equilibrium distributions; ■ Solution of equilibrium problems in three dimensional elasticity. This solution step uses the Principle of virtual work to write, analyse and solve the problems under consideration, and to validate the solutions which are obtained. It gives the opportunity of tackling many practical situations which are relevant in science, technology and industry. and to confront students with problems of stress distribution, discontinuous solutions, incompatible deformations and geometric instabilities. Definition of a continuum: Deformation and strain tensors. Kinematics. Conservation laws. The Cauchy stress field model for the internal forces in the continuum. Principle of virtual work. Microscopic modelling of a continuum: phase space, statistic entropy, equilibrium distribution. The elastic model : microscopic and phenomenological approach, applications to polymers and metals. Phenomelogical approach to constitutive laws. Equilibrium problems in elasticity: equations in large deformation, linearisation, geometric and elastic stiffness. Solution by the displacement method. Variational methods. Implementation. Prerequisite: none, except a good mathematical background. Period: Fall term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

Mechanics

167

P. Huerre

MEC432 Fluid Mechanics Patrick Huerre Fluid Mechanics is concerned with the physical description of a wide variety of phenomena commonly encountered in Geophysics, Biomechanics and the Engineering Sciences. The objective of the course is to present the main conceptual tools necessary to gain an understanding of the dynamics of fluid flows. The conservation laws governing compressible viscous flows will be first presented; they will then be used as a foundation to examine large Reynolds number flows. Content: ■ K inematics: general motion of a material fluid element, vorticity. ■ Physical properties of fluids: definition of a fluid, representation of internal stresses. ■ Fundamental laws: conservation of mass, momentum, energy. Newtonian fluids: NavierStokes equations, exact solutions. ■ Dimensional analysis and similitude: Vaschy-Buckingham-pi theorem, similitude, experimentation and modelling, self-similar solutions. ■ Vorticity and circulation: balance equation, Kelvin’s, Lagrange’s and Helmholtz’ theorems, Biot-Savart law. Ideal fluid flows: Euler equations, Bernoulli theorems. d’Alembert’s paradox. ■ Boundary layers: introduction to the method of matched asymptotic expansions, boundary layer on a flat plate. Prerequisite: Continuum Mechanics (MEC431) Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

H. Le Treut

J.-M. Chomaz

MEC433 Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics Hervé Le Treut, Jean-Marc Chomaz, Thomas Dubos The atmosphere and the ocean are key factors affecting the Earth global environment at all temporal and spatial scales, very largely through their role in transporting water, energy, chemical components. Many features oppose those two fluids: the very rapid motion of the atmosphere determine the global distribution of climatic zones, but they have no memory, whereas the considerable inertia of the ocean is on the contrary guiding the long-term evolution of climate. The basic principles which govern their circulations are however very similar: both fluids have a limited vertical extension, are strongly stratified in density (because they are heated), and move along a revolving sphere. Their description constitutes an important domain of Geophysical Fluids Dynamics(GFD). The Coriolis forces, the Pole-Equator contrasts explain why the motions are predominantly organized at global scale. The course is divided in 3 parts, of 3 blocks each:  Introduction to Geophysical Fluid Dynamics. The notions presented here derive from general mechanical concepts and can be applied to a variety of rotating or stratified devices. They can also be illustrated by laboratory expe-

168 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

riments. Dimensional analysis will be used to filter the equations and retain the component suitable to describe the planetary scales, which are of larger importance for climate description. 2 Reconstruction of the general circulation of the atmosphere. Two very different dynamical regimes will be opposed: in the inter-tropical area the atmospheric motions are organized through large stable convective cells, whereas at midlatitudes the circulation is highly unstable with a succession of cyclonic perturbations.

T. Dubos

3 Reconstruction of the general circulation of the ocean The ocean is set in motion through changes in its density (resulting from temperature and salinity changes), through the Earth rotation, but also though the direct action of the wind. The two atmospheric and oceanic boundary layers which develop at the air-sea interface control the exchanges of momentum, water, energy, pollutants betweens the two fluids, and thus strongly regulate the environment. We will consider separately the mechanisms which control the circulation of the global ocean, and the more specific equatorial domain, characterized by instabilities such as the El Nino oscillation. Although the bulk of the course is Fluid Mechanics, it also constitutes an introduction to environmental sciences, in some of its key areas: meteorological forecast, climate changes and, to a lesser extend, air pollution. It is accessible to students without any prior experience in Mechanics – if they are ready for some initial adaptation. Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

MEC434 Waves and vibrations Emmanuel De Langre, Didier Clouteau The objective of this course is to explore the influence of the “time” variable in Mechanics. Numerous examples from solid and fluid mechanics are used to illustrate the relation between spatial and temporal evolution of mechanical systems. ■ Waves: temporal evolution of perturbations in a continuum, spatial evolution in reponse to forcing. Dispersion of waves. Reflections ■ Modes: self-oscillations of a continuum. Modal description of a displacement. Modal projection of forces. Dynamical response: impulses, convolution, caracteristic time scales. ■ Non-linear dynamics: Duffing and Van der Pol oscillators as models of several physical phenomena. Non-linear waves. Solitons

E. De Langre

D. Clouteau

Evaluation mechanism: Final written exam Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

Mechanics

169

X. Amandolese

MEC441 Experimental Project in Mechanics Jean-François Caron, X avier Amandolese, Michaël Le Bars, Gilles Forêt Initiation to various fields of mechanics by means of an experimental approach The Laboratory Project in Mechanics is proposed three times: during fall term (second period, november-january), during winter term (february-april) and during spring term (apriljune). Objectives and methods During the Lab classes of Mechanics, a series of structured courses initiates students to a specific domain (ex: aerodynamics, granular flows, sound, composites, ruin of structures). This is followed by a project proposed by students or teachers. The pedagogical path consists in carefully formulating the problems, confronting observations to simple theories, refining them, elaborating on their limits, application conditions, etc., aiming altogether to realise an object or to obtain a practical result. Projects are structured on industrial objects (planes, sport items, music instruments, automobile…) or processes in various domains (medicine, civil engineering, architecture, weather forecast, geophysics, etc.) Subjects in fluid mechanics In the series on Granular flows, Aerodynamics, interfacial phenomenon, geophysical fluids and weather forecast , one observes and analyses flow regimes in a variety of situations. This leads to understanding complex phenomenon applied in projects such as airplane wings, grain tanks, local weather forecast, etc. Subjects in solid mechanics In the Composite structures, Acitve structures, Civil engineering and Ruin of structures series, one establishes links between mechanical properties of materials and properties of structures using them (breaking limit, dynamics, inhomogeneous strain, etc.). This is achieved by means of tests, simulations, theoretical analyses and leads to designing, building, and testing structures suited for a given application. Subjects in dynamics In Acoustics, vibration and active control as well as in two themes in common with the Physics department Acoustics and holography and Instabilities and chaos, dynamical problems are studied in the context of Mechanics. Various experimental techniques are proposed: optical interferrometry, sound analysis, guided wave detection. Signal processing is largely used in view of various applications. A detailed presentation of themes and subjects is available (in French, with pictures) on the Mechanics department website: www.enseignement.polytechnique.fr Prerequisite: For some subjects: MEC431 or MEC432 Evaluation mechanism: Written report and oral presentation Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

170 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC551 Plasticity and Fracture Jean-Jacques Marigo, Eric Charkaluk, Eric Lorentz, Renaud Masson To discover and model the inelastic behavior of materials and mechanical structures This course is devoted to the behaviour of structural materials subjected to stresses exceeding their elasticity limit, resulting in irreversible phenomena. Two sources of irreversibility, plastic deformation and crack propagation, which are essential when assessing structural safety, will be discussed.

J.-F. Marigo

■ Plasticity: yield surface, hardening, plastic flow rule, principle of maximal plastic work, incompatibility of plastic strains and residual stresses, plastic dissipation, limit loads, evolution problem, energetic properties, numerical methods. ■ Brittle fracture: stress concentrations, stress singularities, toughness, critical size of defects, energy release rate, propagation criterion, energetic principles, numerical methods. Prerequisite: MEC431 or any equivalent course with an introduction to Continuum Mechanics Evaluation mechanism: Final test Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC552 Computational fluid dynamics Peter Schmid Computational fluid dynamics (CFD) develops and analyzes numerical methods for the solution of partial differential equations arising in fluid dynamics. This course gives an introduction to computational techniques for fluid flow covering elliptic, parabolic and hyperbolic equations. Algorithms and their convergence properties will be emphasized and applied to a variety of fluid dynamical problems.

P. Schmid

Finite and compact difference approximations. Potential flow and boundary value problems. Stokes flow and initial value problems. Incompressible Navier-Stokes flow. Wave motion and hyperbolic problems. Open flows and boundary conditions. Flows in complex geometries. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC553 Modelling of slender structures Patrick Ballard Many solid structures encountered in civil or industrial engineering have one characteristic length much larger than the two others: such solids are slender. To study such slender solids, one may wish to develop a theory of the one dimensional continuum.

P. Ballard

The non-linear theory of elastic beams and rods is build along the general scheme already used to develop the non-linear theory of the three dimensional elastic continuum.

Mechanics

171

■ Geometrical description and kinematics of rods. ■ Modelling of internal and external forces by use of duality. Derivation of the equation of motion by use of the virtual power principle. ■ General form of the elastic constitutive law and handling of internal constraints. ■ Linearization around the natural state and study of elastostatics and elastodynamics under the infinitesimal transformation assumption. Calculations of trusses. ■ Linearization around a prestressed state. Study of bifurcations points (buckling) and limit points (snap-through) of equilibrium curves. Stability. Flutter. ■ Consistency of both points of view of elastic beam and three dimensional elastic continuum: the linearized elastic beam theory is asymptotically obtained from the linearized three dimensional elasticity at the limit of very large slenderness. Application to the calculation of the constitutive law of an elastic beam from the knowledge of the three dimensional constitutive law. Prerequisite: MEC431: Continuum Mechanics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

A. Sellier

MEC554 Compressible aerodynamics Antoine Sellier This course examines basic phenomena taking place in high-velocity flows due to strong compressibility effects. The unsteady occurrence and key properties of plane and/or curved shock waves are investigated and quite different subsonic, transonic and supersonic flow regimes about bodies or airfoil profiles are distinguished and carefully addressed. ■ Fundamentals for non-viscous fluid flow: continuum approximation, eulerien description and basic equations. ■ Compressible steady one-dimensional flow. Application to the Laval nozzle. ■ Compressible unsteady one-dimensional flow. The theory and method of characteristics. Riemann invariant. Simple wave and applications (shock tube, expansion and compression waves). ■ Plane surfaces of discontinuity. Plane shock wave: occurrence and key properties. ■ Compressible steady two-dimensional flow. Characteristics. Riemmann invariants and simple waves. Prandtl Mayer expansion. Compression waves focussing and shock wave formation. ■ Oblique and steady shock. Properties and application to supersonic air-intakes. Curved shocks. ■ Linearized two-dimensional compressible and steady flows. Potential approximation. Application to thin airfoil profils. Main properties and applied force and torque for subsonic, transonic and supersonic regimes. Prerequisite: No prerequisit, but some acquaintance with fluid mechanics would be useful for a deeper understanding of the theoretical methods. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

172 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC555 Turbulence and vortex dynamics Pierre Sagaut The first objective of the course is to present: ■ a physical description of turbulence (what is it composed of, which types of eddies, where does it come from) ■ the fundamental ideas that provide a consistent description of the phenomenon (Kolmogorov cascade) ■ the principles and concepts that guide turbulent modelling (Reynolds equation, statistical averaging, eddy viscosity…)

P. Sagaut

The second objective is to use these notions for the description of turbulent jets, wakes, mixing layers, channel flows, along with dispersion of pollutants in the atmosphere and the oceans. Vorticity dynamics at high Reynolds numbers. The two-dimensional case. Point vortices. Stability. Turbulence in natural flows. Statistical techniques in turbulence: Turbulent diffusion, homogeneous and isotropic turbulence, Spectral description. The Kolmogorov equilibrium cascade. Dissipation and fractals. Chaotic systems. Vorticity dynamics in three dimensions. Vortex stretching. Shear turbulence. Turbulence near walls. Introduction to numerical simulations. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC556 Earth dynamics: magnetism, earthquakes, volcanoes, tsunamis Emmanuel Dormy, Jean-François Semblat Goals of the course. In this course, we introduce the fundamental mechanisms allowing the analysis of the structure and dynamics of the Earth. We rely on various methods previously presented in Continuum Mechanics, but also introduce new concepts to address geomagnetism, mantle rheology, faults and interfaces in the crust, and the propagation of seismic waves at small and large scales. Course content The analysis of seismic wave propagation reveals the internal structure of our planet. Thermal convection in the core and in the mantle is then introduced. The consequences of thermal convection include magnetic field generation in the Earth core and surface tectonics. At the scale of the Earth crust, faults dynamics allows to describe the mechanisms generating earthquakes. We introduce seismic wave propagation in stratified media (including damping phenomena in soils and rocks) and the amplification of seismic waves in surficial geological structures. Beyond the characterization of natural hazards (excitations), these developments finally allow an introduction to risk analysis (in terms of consequences) for earthquakes, tsunamis and volcanoes.

E. Dormy

J.-F. Semblat

Prerequisite: MEC431: Continuum Mechanics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Mechanics

173

A. frangi

MEC557 The Finite Element Method for Solid Mechanics Attilio Frangi This course aims at introducing the formulation and application of the Finite Element Method in the context of continuum mechanics. This includes themes of static elasticity, linear dynamics and more advanced non-linear applications. The presentation of theoretical issues is always accompanied by practical exercises based on simple Matlab codes made available by the teachers during hands-on sessions. Prerequisite: Continuum Mechanics (MEC431) Evaluation mechanism: Written exam at the end of the course Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

J.-M. Chomaz

MEC559 Laboratory research project Jean-Marc Chomaz This new course is meant for students eager to engage in a personal project which brings them closer to the world of research. The research project is one or two semesters long. Students are expected to spend one day a week in one of the four laboratories associated with the Department of Mechanics (Laboratoire de Mécanique des Solides, Laboratoire de Météorologie dynamique, Laboratoire d’Hydrodynamique, Unité de Mécanique de l’ENSTA in Palaiseau). MEC559 designates the research project of the first semester and MEC569 the research project of the second semester. The project is individually monitored by a supervisor or «Maître de stage». Each student acquires on his/her own the concepts necessary to succesfully carry out the project and to contribute significantly to a piece of research of international standing. This objective requires a strong motivation and personal dedication. The theoretical, experimental or numerical research projects may be of a fundamental nature as well as applied. The topics encompass all the fields under investigation in the four laboratories: solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, meteorology, oceanography, biomechanics, acoustics, fluid interaction structure, MEMs… Each project is proposed by a researcher, the «Maître de stage» or supervisor, who guides the study and facilitates the understanding of the new concepts necessary for the completion of the project. The updated list of subjects is presented on the web site of the department (www.enseignement.polytechnique.fr). Students interested in this course may obtain details from the person in charge (chomaz@ ladhyx.polytechnique.fr) and directly from the «Maître de stage» or supervisor for each project. Projects are individual and their number is limited to 20. They are assigned to the students according to their inclination after an interview with the person in charge who will collect also the opinion of the «Maître de stage». Selection is mainly a function of the motivation of the student. The project is evaluated on the basis of a final report that should highlight the main scientific results and of a 30mn oral presentation followed by 15mn of questions. The defense com-

174 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

mittee is composed of the person in charge of the course, the «Maître de stage»or supervisor and a faculty member from the department of Mechanics. The same project may be continued for a second semester. In that case, the second report and presentation should make clear the additional work done during the second semester. The continuation of the same project over two semesters is encouraged since more ambitious objectives may be defined. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC561 Fluid-structure interactions Emmanuel De L angre This course is aimed at the understanding of the basic phenomena that control the interactions between simultaneous motions of fluids and solids. Applications are found in the domains of transport and nuclear engineering, aeronautics and civil engineering, biomechanics and microelectronics, among others. E. De Langre

Course outline:  Dynamic dimensional analysis in fluid-structure interactions Introduction. Variety of interaction configurations Dimensionless parameters in a coupled problem Dimensional analysis of balance equations 2 Interaction of a solid with a resting fluid Reduced low speeds and small displacement Added stiffness. Application to ships Added mass. Confinement Effects of fluid viscosity Effects of a free surface. Coupling with sloshing modes 3 Aeroelasticity Reduced high speeds. Static instabilities Instability induced by mode coupling. Applications: aircraft wings, pipe with internal flow, cable in wake, Flexible panel located in supersonic flow, rotating machine shaft. 4 Strong coupling Instabilities induced by drag crisis or lift crisis. Unsteady effects. Tacoma bridge Coriolis damping Instability of a fluid chord: propagation of stable and unstable waves.

Mechanics

175

5 Flow forcing Effects of turbulent separation on obstacles Coupling of movement and wake Response to flow turbulence Prerequisite: Fundamentals of solid and fluid mechanis are needed. A course in dynamics is useful. Evaluation mechanism: Final written exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

N. Triantafyllidis

MEC563 Stability of Solids: from Structures to Materials Nicolas Triantafyllidis Stability plays an important role in engineering, for it limits the load carrying capacity of all kinds of structures, from submarine hulls and consumer beverage cans to rocket casings and electronic thin films. Many failure mechanisms in advanced engineering materials are stability-related, such as localized deformation zones occurring in fiber-reinforced composites and cellular materials, used in aerospace and packaging applications. Moreover, modern biomedical applications, such as vascular stents, orthodontic wire etc., are based on shape memory alloys (SMA’s) that exploit the displacive phase transformations in these solids, which are macroscopic manifestations of lattice-level instabilities. The class starts with the introduction of the concepts of stability and bifurcation for conservative elastic systems through finite degree of freedom examples. We continue with the general theory of Lyapunov-Schmidt-Koiter (LSK) asymptotics for elastic continua, followed by one-dimensional (beam) and two-dimensional (plate) examples from continuum mechanics. A connection is made with numerical (FEM) methods for determining the stability of elastic structures. The course subsequently addresses the issue of scale in the stability of solids. In particular the relation between instability at the microscopic level and macroscopic properties of the solid is studied for several types of applications involving different scales: composites (fiber-reinforced), cellular solids (hexagonal honeycomb) and finally SMA’s, where temperature- or stress-induced instabilities at the atomic level have macroscopic manifestations visible to the naked eye. Prerequisite: MEC431 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

176 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC564 Micro-scale viscous flows and complex fluids Antoine Sellier Nowadays more and more applications of importance involve micro-scale flows of either newtonian or non-newtonian fluids. Among the wide range of encountered cases one can for instance cite the macroscopic behavior of suspensions, the granular flows, flows in porous media, the gravity-driven or thermocapillary migration of bubbles and droplets. In practice inertial effects are either zero (case of a class of strictly parallel flows) or negligible (case of the so-called Low-Reynolds-Number or creeping flows) and this course introduces the governing equations and basic properties of such flows with a special attention to a wide range of illustrating examples in several and quite differents fields such as lubrification, microfluidics, behaviours of suspensions, flows in porous media, thermocapillary effects and migration…

A. Sellier

■ Introduction and illustrative examples. ■ V iscosity and Navier Stokes equations. Stokes equations and basic properties. ■ Solid particle immersed in an unbounded liquid with or without external flow. Viscosity of a suspension of solid spheres. ■ Stokes flows about bubbles and droplets. ■ Thermocapillary flows and thermocapillary migration of bubble and droplets. ■ Thin films. Porous media and applications. ■ Complex rheological behaviours of a few non-newtonian fluids. Prerequisite: This course is free from any pre-requisite although elements of Fluid Mechanics previously encountered in other courses (such as the MEC432 course delivered by Patrick Huerre) might be helpful to facilitate the study of some addressd issues. Evaluation mechanism: A 3-hour written test. An extra mark delivered by the PC assistant teacher will be taken into account when calculating the final mark. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC565 Meteorology and Environment Philippe Drobinski Meteorology (from ancient Greek “meteor” designating particles suspended in the atmosphere and “logos” meaning discourse or knowledge) is the interdisciplinary scientific study of the atmospheric phenomena such as clouds, lows and precipitation in order to understand how they form and evolve. This discipline is based primarily on fluid mechanics applied to the air but makes also use of various other branches of physics, chemistry and mathematics. Purely descriptive origin, meteorology has become a place of application of these disciplines.

P. Drobinski

Modern meteorology allows weather forecast based on mathematical models for short and long term. It also allows the prediction of air quality and intervenes in areas of human activity (natural hazards, construction, aviation, navigation, production of renewable energy…).

Mechanics

177

In this context, the atmospheric boundary layer at the interface between the surface and the free atmosphere, is a particularly important because it is the seat of transfer of energy, humidity, gaseous and particulate gaseous compounds, which drive the distribution of horizontal and vertical fields of water vapor, aerosols, clouds and pollutants. The course covers the basics of the dynamics of the atmospheric boundary layer on flat ground, then the specific case of complex terrain at the base of coastal and mountain meteorology… The impact of weather on the environment will be illustrated throughout the course. More specifically the course outline is as follows:  Introduction (history of meteorology, atmospheric boundary layer definition, atmospheric boundary layer weather phenomena, buoyancy and stability, Boussinesq equations) 2 Weather on flat terrain and homogeneous a. Turbulence in the atmospheric boundary layer (theory of Monin-Obukhov, turbulent Ekman layer) b. Convection and coherent structures in the atmospheric boundary layer 3 Meteorology on complex terrain a. Thermal circulations – Coastal meteorology - Sea breeze (linear and nonlinear dynamics, impact on the dispersion of pollution in coastal area) – Inland breeze (urban breeze, impact of land use on the weather) b. Orographic flows – Flow over mountains (hydraulic analogy, wave approach, wave breaking and turbulence, formation of storms and heavy rainfall and impact on weather risk management in mountainous environment) – Flow in valleys (hydraulic model, inter-valley flow, impact on pollution dispersion in mountainous terrain) 4 Conclusion and perspectives (weather and climate, meteorology and weather risk management, meteorology and energy production) Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

H. Lemonnier

MEC566 Heat transfer and fluid flow Hervé Lemonnier Thermal-hydraulics is the engineering science dealing with the simultaneous heat and mass transfer within a fluid in motion. This field is tremendously large and thermal-hydraulics plays a key role in the design and analysis of energy conversion systems. It is within the objectives of this course to provide an introduction to the modeling methods of these phenomena. The wealth of situations that engineers may encounter is so large that even an exhaustive list of them is impossible and therefore the course will focus on situations that play a dominant role for the design and safety analysis of energy conversion systems. Two-phase flow and heat transfer have very specific features that make them very different from their singlephase flow counterpart. As a result a short introduction to the heat transfer mechanisms and a rough modeling procedure is necessary to get at least an order of magnitude analysis of the phenomena. For example, in nuclear industry, safety is a strong concern and the diver-

178 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

sity of situations and the wide range of parameter to describe make the use of computer codes impossible to avoid. It is also within the objectives of this course to show how these models are elaborated and why their range of validity is very narrow. As a consequence the validation of these models is of the utmost importance and determining an a priori estimate is extremely useful. Among the important phenomena which will be studied, to name a few, there are the boiling crisis (heat transfer degradation) and flow limitations in pipes or systems (critical flow). Contents: Balance equations for a fluid with varying temperature and composition. Basic heat transfer mechanisms: conduction, convection and radiation. Basic configurations for determining the scales and non-dimensional numbers: forced convection on a plate, in a circular pipe, natural convection. Thermodynamic description of phase change, conditions for thermodynamic equilibrium. Two-phase flow, control variables and flow regimes. Void fraction its measuring techniques and simple models. Two-phase flow modeling, balance equations at interfaces, the twofluid model and the 1D-models. The closure issue. Pressure drop modeling. Heat transfer in boiling and condensation of pure vapors, boiling crisis (critical heat flux) in pool boiling and forced convection. Flow limitation in two-phase flow (critical flow rate). Prerequisite: MEC432 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC567 Water Sciences and Environment Jean-Marc Chomaz, Jérôme Fortin This course covers a wide range of physical effects involved in the dynamics of water in the environment. It identifies the foundations of the models used by engineers or researchers in particular for managing water in the environment. It aims at developing physical intuition; deep understanding and critical thinking of students, discussing which effects are rigorously taken into account, modelled or ignored. Its purpose is two folds:

J.-M. Chomaz

■ E xplore practical problems of environmental fluid mechanics to identify basic concepts useful for the engineer or the researcher in environmental sciences. ■ Illustrate the modelling approach in Fluid Mechanics designed to understand and control the natural environment while developing a detailed understanding of these models. Introduction I. Foundations  Fluid physics, the forces, the pressure in the incompressible flow and viscosity. 2 Simple example Poiseuille flow, dimensional analysis and equations Pi theorem, the Reynolds number, viscous flow.

Mechanics

179

II. Underground Flow 3 Flow in a fault and asymptotic expansion, Darcy law. 4 Groundwater flow, fluidization limit. III. River hydraulics 5 Turbulence and friction flow loaded with particles. 6 Open Channel Hydraulics, waves and flooding projections. IV. Marine Hydrodynamics 7 Surface waves. 8 Refraction of waves and coastal morphodynamics. 9 Plumes and underwater flows. Evaluation mechanism: Three hours written exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

D. Couteau

MEC568 Structural Dynamics Didier Clouteau, Jean-François Semblat Goal of the course: Dynamic mechanical phenomena play an essential role in various engineering fields: geophysics, underwater acoustics, resistance of civil engineering structures to wind, earthquakes and swell, stability and comfort of aeronautical and terrestrial vehicles, rotating machinery, non destructive control, ultrasound scan, actuators, etc. The aim of this course is to provide students with knowledge and essential methods for the analysis and quantification of such phenomena.

J.-F. Semblat

Course content: The first part of the course is dedicated to the mechanical modeling of small elastic vibrations with respect to a nominal dynamic state with a special account of rigid body dynamics, moving frames, geometrical stiffness and follower forces. In this modeling section, starting from the mechanics of 3D continua, the dynamics of beams and plates will also be discussed. The second part deals with the construction of finite dimension approximates of linear dynamical systems using Galerkin methods and solution methods for harmonic, transient and stationary random loads. Prerequisite: Continuum mechanics and elasticity (MEC431) Evaluation mechanism: Computer labs and final exam Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

180 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC569 Laboratory research project Jean-Marc Chomaz This new course is meant for students eager to engage in a personal project which brings them closer to the world of research. The research project is one or two semesters long. Students are expected to spend one day a week in one of the four laboratories associated with the Department of Mechanics (Laboratoire de Mécanique des Solides, Laboratoire de Météorologie dynamique, Laboratoire d’Hydrodynamique, Unité de Mécanique de l’ENSTA in Palaiseau). MEC559 designates the research project of the first semester and MEC569 the research project of the second semester.

J.-M. Chomaz

The project is individually monitored by a supervisor or «Maître de stage». Each student acquires on his/her own the concepts necessary to succesfully carry out the project and to contribute significantly to a piece of research of international standing. This objective requires a strong motivation and personal dedication. The theoretical, experimental or numerical research projects may be of a fundamental nature as well as applied. The topics encompass all the fields under investigation in the four laboratories: solid mechanics, fluid mechanics, meteorology, oceanography, biomechanics, acoustics, fluid interaction structure, MEMs… Each project is proposed by a researcher, the «Maître de stage» or supervisor, who guides the study and facilitates the understanding of the new concepts necessary for the completion of the project. The updated list of subjects is presented on the web site of the department (www.enseignement.polytechnique.fr). Students interested in this course may obtain details from the person in charge (chomaz@ ladhyx.polytechnique.fr) and directly from the «Maître de stage» or supervisor for each project. Projects are individual and their number is limited to 20. They are assigned to the students according to their inclination after an interview with the person in charge who will collect also the opinion of the «Maître de stage». Selection is mainly a function of the motivation of the student. The project is evaluated on the basis of a final report that should highlight the main scientific results and of a 30mn oral presentation followed by 15mn of questions. The defense committee is composed of the person in charge of the course, the «Maître de stage»or supervisor and a faculty member from the department of Mechanics. The same project may be continued for a second semester. In that case, the second report and presentation should make clear the additional work done during the second semester. The continuation of the same project over two semesters is encouraged since more ambitious objectives may be defined. Numerus clausus: 15 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Mechanics

181

H. Le Treut

MEC571 Climate dynamics Hervé Le Treut Initial lectures aim at understanding how the main scientific tools which are used to observe and simulate the climate system of the Earth enable us to describe and understand our environment as a whole complex system. In a second phase, through a personal bibliographic study, students apply these tools to specific questions such as understanding the past fluctuations of climate, assesssing the role of deforestation or greenhouse effect, determining the causes of draughts in certain regions, etc. The climate system is very complex and is the sum of very different subsystems (ocean/ atmosphere/cryosphere/continental surfaces) which interact in many ways via physical, chemical and biological processes. The lectures offer a review of the variability mechanisms of the climate system due to natural or man-made causes, as well as the mainstream observation and analysis methods, including numerical modelling. The bibliographic studies may deal with more applied topics. Numerus clausus: 14 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

X. Boutillon

MEC572 Acoustics and sound environment X avier Boutillon, Thomas Hélie This course is devoted to acoustics in air, in the audible range. In the introductory lectures, basic concepts on the propagation and generation of sound sources are presented, within the general framework of linear acoustics. The rest of the course (2/3) is devoted to one application: ducts and acoustical filters (acoustical refrigirator, mufflers, underground ducts, vocal tract, musical instruments), acoustics of rooms (automobiles, concert halls…), psychoacoustics (space perception, binaural perception…), acoustical structures and absorbing materials, simulation of acoustical environments, possibly, propagation in complex media. Numerus clausus: 14 Prerequisite: Knowledge acquired in one of the second year courses MEC431 or MEC432 or MEC434 is sufficient for being able to follow this course. Evaluation mechanism: Written and oral reports of the project. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

182 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC573 Wind, solar and hydraulic potential: cases studies Alexandre Stegner, Philippe Drobinski, The atmospheric, oceanic and terrestrial environment could be a sustainable source of energy for human activity. One of the main challenges for the next century is to develop renewable energy production with a low emission of greenhouse gazes. The goal of this course is to get the basic knowledge on physics and hydrodynamics at small and intermediate scale in order to quantify the wind, solar or hydraulic potential of a local or regional area. Independently of the technology and its efficiency what is the available power of a given environment? What is the availability and the variability or the energetic resource? How could we match the variability of the natural energetic resource to the human activity? This course is divided in 3 to 4 lectures and 6 to 7 working afternoon devoted to a specific project using laboratory experiments, numerical simulations or data analysis.

A. Stegner

P. Drobinski

Lecture 1: Wind power potential ■ Atmopheric boundary-layer ■ Monin-Obukhov surface law ■ Wind statistics ■ Wind variability in complex environment ■ Wind and wind power potential Lecture 2: Solar power potential ■ Radiative budget on the earth ■ Surface energy budget ■ Direct or diffuse solar radiation ■ Variability of the solar radiation (clouds, aérosols, diurne cycle) ■ Radiation and solar heating Lecture 3: River and Marine energy potential ■ State of the art on river and marine power technology: hydroelectricity, tidal power, wave energy… ■ Hydraulic load, fluvial-torrential flow, energy and momentum budget ■ River variability, flood wave ■ Kelvin wave and tidal forçing ■ Ocean wave power Lecture 4: Energy and/or greenhouse gaz storage. Example of project:  Impact of an hydro-electric power plant on a river flow, response to flood event (laboratory study). 2 Study of a solar pond model, heat storage and extracting power capacity (laboratory study). 3 CO2 storage in a porous media. Dynamics and filling capacity of a porous layer. (laboratory srudy). 4 Wave energy extraction (laboratory study))

Mechanics

183

5 Analysis of the DESERTEC project (www.desertec.org according to wind and solar potential of northern Europe and northern Africa. 6 Downscaling of the wind field in order to estimate the wind potential from in-situ measurements of meteorological weather station and IPCC reanalysis. (Data analysis) 7 Analysis of the solar power potential on the SIRTA platform: intensity and duration of solar radiation, seasonal cycle, clouds and aerosol impact. Numerus clausus: 24 Evaluation mechanism: The students present their project during an oral defense. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

A. Constantinescu

MEC574 Inverse problems Andrei Constantinescu Can the shape of a drum be heard, or more precisely, is it possible to reconstruct the geometry of a vibrating membrane based on the knowledge of all of its natural vibration frequency? How can cracks in a component be detected by measuring temperature and heat flows (or the displacement and the forces applied) simultaneously on the edge of the component? Can the mechanical properties of a thin film of adhesive be identified by measuring the displacement and the forces at the end of a beam stuck on a more rigid substrate? How can the parameters of a model be adjusted on the basis of testing to make the model more realistic? Can the source of river pollution be detected by taking measurements downstream? All of these questions involve the consideration of reverse problems: reverse rather than direct problems, i.e. the type of problems we generally face (calculation of the solution field of a partial differential equation or a differential equation when given limits and physical parameters are applied to an initial geometry and conditions). These problems have long been little considered due to their “awkward” nature (sometimes no unique solution can be found, no continuity in the solution despite almost certain data). However, with the computing power available today, methods have been developed enabling these problems to be solved. These problems are now integrated in research, but also in applications in all fields (industry, health, meteorology, etc.). The aim of the EA is to explain the nature of a reverse problem and the main difficulties in solving this type of problem, to demonstrate using examples (and counter-examples!), and to deal with a few of the major methods and ideas behind resolution techniques. Programme: ■ 4 lectures + exercises ■ 5 + 1 project-based modules

184 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Examples of project subjects (students work in pairs) from past years: ■ Electrical imaging of the sub-soil ■ Identification of seal behaviour (adhesive between two beams) ■ Identification of breaks in thermoelasticity ■ Identification of cracks in thermoelasticity using surface measurements (digital project) ■ Extension of surface data to the inside of solids ■ Detection strategies for sources of pollution in rivers (for the list of subjects in 2008 look at the «documents pedagogiques» web page) Numerus clausus: 14 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC575 Smart materials in Robotics and Microtechnology Moustapha Hafez Objectives ■ Understand the physical principles and the multi-physics coupling effects occuring in these smart materials. ■ Advantageous and drawbacks ■ Manufacturing processes ■ A pplications ■ Pespectives

M. Hafez

■ Focus work on a specific family Motivations: Different stimuli cause some materials called ”active“, ”smart“ or “intelligent“ to respond with a change in shape and/or in length. The output strain can then be used to introduce motion or dynamics into a system. Depending on the stimulus-response-direction an active materials device can be used as both actuator and sensor. The applied driving forces can be broadly classified into three categories: Electrical fields, thermal fields and magnetic fields. Common materials include electrostrictive and piezoelectric ceramics, shape memory alloys, magnetostrictive materials, and electrorheological fluids. A new class of electroactive polymers (EAP) emerged and start to find new applications in robotics and microtechnology due to their unique properties such as extremely large actuation strains. Course content: The course aims to get a better understanding of the different active materials field and their application to robotics and microtechnology.The course will start by introducing the working principles of the different smart materials. The different manufacturing methods and the best technologies to shape them to desired dimensions will then be covered. A comparison of the different active materials will be discussed revealing the advantages and limitations of each technology. Finally illustrative applications of the active materials will be presented. Part of the course will be taught by investigating into details different case studies. A special

Mechanics

185

emphasis will be given to emerging technologies such as EAP. Projects: ■ Superelastic flexures ■ Shape memory actuators ■ Microstructures of shape memory alloys ■ Piezoelectric benders ■ System control of magnetorheological fluids. Numerus clausus: 14 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

A. Barakat

MEC576 Biomechanics in Health and Disease Abdul Barakat Biomechanics is the application of mechanics to biological and/or biomedical systems. Over the past two decades, we have learned that biomechanical considerations play a central role in normal physiological function and in the development and progression of many diseases including coronary heart disease, stroke, cancer, glaucoma, and diabetes. Furthermore, mechanics are involved in the design and development of devices and therapies targeted at these diseases. Importantly, the role of mechanics spans the molecular, cellular, and tissue scales. This course will introduce fundamental aspects of biomechanics at both the macroscopic (whole tissue) and microscopic (cellular) scales and will discuss the role of biomechanics in normal health and disease. The course will consist of lectures and student-led projects. The lectures will cover the following topics: 1 mechanics at the whole tissue level with a focus on fluid mechanics, solid mechanics, and mass transport; 2 mechanics at the cellular level with a focus on mechanical models of cellular behavior and cellular mechanotransduction; 3 the role of mechanics in the development and progression of diseases including coronary heart disease, stroke, cancer, glaucoma, and diabetes; and 4 mechanical considerations in the design and development of various medical devices and therapeutic approaches. The student-led projects will be research projects of a limited scope that advance the current state of knowledge in a field related to the role of mechanics in health and disease. These projects may be theoretical, computational, or experimental. Students will present their results at the end of the term. Students will also have the opportunity to visit Paris-area laboratories conducting research in related areas. Prerequisite: Basic knowledge of fluid and solid mechanics is sufficient for this course. There is no biology prerequisite.

186 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Evaluation mechanism: Students will be evaluated based on their performance on the projects and their end-of-term oral presentations. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC577 Complex Materials Elise Lorenceau, Yannick Peysson Solid and fluid behaviour can be well described by purely elastic or Newtonian models. But many materials like foams, colloids, suspensions, pasty materials, granular media have far more complex properties. These materials can be commonly found in physiological fluids (e.g. blood, saliva), in the food industry (e.g. yoghourt, ketchup, seeds), in the pharmaceutical industry (e.g. pills), in the cosmetic industry (e.g. shampoo, shaving cream), in civil engineering (e.g. cement, bitumen), in the oil industry (drilling muds), and in natural environment (e.g. mud, lava, snow, ocean sediment).

Y. Peysson

`

This advanced course starts by an introductory lecture showing that theses fluids (liquid crystals, polymer, gels) can have several complex behaviour: elastic, viscous, thyxotropic, anisotropic, structured and so on. Then different projects linked to industrial problems or environmental issues are proposed. Theses project will be addressed by a combination of literature review, experiments, and modelling. Numerus clausus: 14 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC578 Aerodynamics Denis Sipp, X avier Amandolese This specialisation completes the course on Fluid dynamics. Most of the course is devoted to a group project. The goal of each project is to understand thoroughly a physical phenomenon encountered in aerodynamics and why it is important for the aerospace industry. Topics cover a wide range of aspects. For example: wake vortices and airport security, under-expanded / over-expanded jets and performance of rocket nozzles, buffeting and limitation of flight envelope, vortex breakdown and maneuverability, boundary layer detachment and drag, turbulent jet and noise, tip vortices and induced drag, etc. A first task will be to understand and present a scientific paper that describes a physical aspect of the problem. Then numerical or experimental tests will be led to deepen the understanding of the phenomenon. After a discussion with the teachers, a specific aspect of the phenomenon will finally be explored. For example, we can try to manipulate or control the studied phenomenon through an actuator. These studies will be numerical or experimental. Professional simulation codes will be available to the students for the numerical projects and small wind-tunnels with mea-

D. Sipp

X. Amandolese

surement devices for experimental projects. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Mechanics

187

MEC581 Projects in structural and fluids mechanics Andrei Constantinescu, Emmanuel Dormy Numerical or experimental and numerical projects in mechanical engineering. A. Constantinescu

This course offers the oppurtunity to study the design of a practical case in solid of fluid mechanics. It is a natural extension of the curriculae of the Mechanics Department. Themes 2009-2010: Naturel and Technical Disaster in Mechanics 2010-2011: Mechanics of Sports see presentation et proposed articles in «documents pedagogiques»

E. Dormy

The mechanical problem will be solved by numerical methods (finite elements, finite volumes) using the given numerical codes (Cast3M, FreeFM, Aster, Matlab, Scilab). For specific questions en experimental approach can also be developed. Students will work in pairs and can guide their project in the direction of their choice. They are supervised by scientist and teachers both on the subject and the technical aspects. Projets en 2009-2010 selected for publication in a volume: ■ Simulation of bullet impact in a human skull ■ Technical incident in the nuclear power plant of Civaux ■ Collapse of the Hartford Civic Center Arena by torsional buckling ■ ICE Train Accident in Eschede Germany 1998 ■ Naufrage et déchirures de plaques minces ■ Vibrations et degradations of a building under an earthquake loading ■ Les vagues scélérates ■ Nocivity of defects for pressure pipes ■ Décollement d’un profil et bulbe transitionnel ■ Millenium Bridge Prerequisite: Lectures in continuum mechanics and numerical mathematics are highly recommended. Evaluation mechanism: A written report of around 30 pages and an oral presentation around 30 minutes. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

188 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC582 Numerical modelling and satellite remote sensing: the indispensable tools to study the Earth Thomas Dubos, Hélène Chepfer In only 50 years, observation from space and numerical modelling have revolutionized our knowledge of the Earth, from the global scale of oceans to the local scale of an agricultural parcel. Today, observations collected by satellites feed numerical models in order to better forecast weather, to follow the evolution of Arctic ice and sea level, to monitor atmospheric pollution, to detect wild fires and quantify the burnt surfaces, to document desertification and Saharian dust transport… Observation and modelling are increasingly entangled, constituting an indispensable source of knowledge both for science and for policy-making, in the short run of crisis management and in the long run of infrastructure management or the regulation of the emissions of pollutants.

T. Dubos

H. Chepfer

This module is organized as 4 lectures followed by 5 project-based work sessions. The lectures present the fundamental knowledge forming the basis for remote sensing and numerical modelling of the atmosphere. The goal of a « satellite remote sensing » is to design a space mission for the observation of Earth. The aim is to understand the successive steps leading to the definition of a complete mission in order to imagine tomorrow’s observations. The goal of a « numerical modelling » project is to answer a scientific or policy question through numerical modelling of a natural phenomenon. The aim is to acquire the method allowing to exploit the numerical tool while taking into account the limitations and uncertainties inherent to the forecasting exercise. ■ Lecture 1 Passive remote sensing Physical bases of atmospheric numerical models ■ Lecture 2 Active remote sensing Deterministic chaos and predictability ■ Lecture 3 Orbitography, Instrumentation, Space mission Initialization and data assimilation ■ Lecture 4 Clouds: the contribution of satellite remote sensing Clouds: physical parameterizations in numerical models ■ Sample projects Remote sensing: greenhouse gases Earth’s radiative budget atmospheric pollution wild fires in quasi-real time…

Mechanics

189

Modelling: forecasting intense rainfall dispersion of a polluting plume air quality in Ile-de-France local impact of climate change Evaluation mechanism: Evaluation will be based on the project: work, results, oral presentation. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

MEC584 Hydrodynamics and Elasticity Christophe Clanet The shape of a drop is described by a pendulum equation. This is also the case for a slender elastic filament under gravity such as a hair. C. Clanet

This shape analogy, first reported by Maxwell, underlines the proximity between hydrodynamics and elasticity. Even if their are close in terms of concepts, both domains are usually presented to the students separately. This course propose to swim against the main current and to present both domains together, in order to underline their common roots, their couplings and their differences. The objective is thus to present a course of synthesis and opening: synthesis on deformable media and opening towards nowadays research. To be more precise, we can underline that the present development of mechanics is along five main axis: ■ living systems. ■ environnement. ■ energy / transport. ■ micro - nano. ■ complex fluids/solids In each one of these axis, fluids and solids interact: the transport of deformable cells in living systems, cavitation in sap, wetting on micro-strutured surfaces are some example of such interactions. In all the cases, the systems under study are complex in the sense that their involve a huge number of independent parameters. All the present studies demonstrate that it is illusory to try to solve them (for example numerically) in their full complexity. To solve them, the first step is to simplify them, that is to identify the main parameters, responsible for the effect of interest. This compulsory simplification step, to which the young polytechnicians will be confronted, implies some distance with the subject.

190 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Helping them to get this distance is the whole subject of this course.  At the molecular scale, what difference between fluids and solids ? What is the link between molecular inter-actions and the macroscopic parameters: viscosity, surface tension, Young modulus ? 2 Towards a continuous description of deformable bodies. The big steps of the statistical approach: linking conservative laws… … to phenomenological ones. 3 Statics of liquids and solids. Analogy between the shape of drops and the shape of hairs. 4 Waves and instabilities. 5 Non-linear Dynamics 6 Coulping at large Reynolds number: Swimming and flags 7 Coupling at small Reynolds number: Flagellas 8 Singularities : a geometrical problem in elasticity, a dynamical problem in hydrodynamics. 9 between fluids and solids: complex «fluids», complex «solids». Numerus clausus: 14 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Mechanics

191

P. Sagaut

MEC585 Turbulent flows: dynamics and numerical simulations Pierre Sagaut The purpose of this course is to provide the students with the fundamentals of turbulence dynamics and turbulence modelling. Main turbulence models used in mechanical engineering and geophysics will be presented. The main axes of the course are the following:  Main features of turbulent flows, introduction to coherent structures and fundamentals of vortex dynamics, introduction to the statistical description of turbulent flows 2 K inematics and dynamics of isotropic turbulence: self-similar decay and self-similarity breakdown; kinetic energy cascade and bridging with coherent structure dynamics; internal intermittency and non-Gaussian character of turbulence; Reynolds-Averaged Numerical Simulation (RANS) and k-epsilon modeling 3 Anisotropic homogeneous turbulence (shear, strain and rotation effects): dynamics, analysis of the behavior of the k-epsilon model; Rapid Distortion Theory 4 turbulent boundary layers: statistical description, coherent structure dynamics and nearwall autonomous cycle; presentation of main active/passive control strategies for drag reduction. RANS models for the turbulent boundary layer Research articles will be analyzed during the second part of the courses. Numerus clausus: 14 Evaluation mechanism: Oral presentation of the synthesis of a reserach article Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

N. Triantafyllidis

MEC592 Mechanics of materials and structures Nicolas Triantafyllidis Co-head: ➟ Nicolas Triantafyllidis – E-mail : [email protected] Solid Mechanics Laboratory - École polytechnique General description of the option The development of industrial activities relies on a full understanding of material systems, designed by engineers for engineering requirements. Above all, the safety of installations requires not only a perfect knowledge of all components, but also an in-depth analysis of the global response of these systems when subject to various demands, in order to forecast the physical and mechanical phenomena likely to occur. These phenomena may be static, recurring, variable, dynamic or delayed. The modern tools and methodologies of the mechanics of structures and materials used to address such questions constitute the backbone of this option.

192 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Topics The option covers the following topics: ■ the evolution of mechanical systems, ■ the experimental, theoretical and/or numerical investigation of the mechanical behaviour of their constitutive materials, within a multiscale framework if necessary ■ the computational or experimental analysis of structures, ■ their mechanical design in view of various phenomena: plasticity, stability, failure, large deformation, fatigue, contact, etc. This particularly refers to: ■ new materials (composites, shape memory alloys, micro- or nano-structured materials) but also more traditional materials under continuous development (metals and alloys, polymers, wood, ceramics, glass, etc). Design, manufacturing, characterization and prediction of their mechanical behaviour, analysis of the relationship between microstructure and overall properties, optimization; ■ the anelastic response of materials and structures when subject to mechanical and thermal loads; ■ fracture mechanics, brittle or ductile failure. Safety in view of sudden failure. Determination of the life cycle of structures under cyclic loads (fatigue); ■ stability and bifurcation problems in solid mechanics: the elastic or elastoplastic buckling of solids, the stability of the propagation of a system of cracks; ■ numerical methods in engineering such as the finite element method or the boundary element method. General principles, development and practice of numerical codes used in the industry. Interships Interships topics in relation with ongoing projects in technological fields in strong expansion such as aerospace, offshore, nuclear engineering, geophysics, industrial engineering, computer-assisted engineering, etc. are proposed to students in various industrial and university laboratories in France and abroad. Application Students interested in this option must fill in the preferences form (available on this site, click on “Teaching site”) and transmit it by email to the heads. They’ll have to specify which placement they are interested in, among those proposed within this option, the list of which will be available on this same site in october and will be regularly updated. Students may also find an internship by themselves, but in that case their choice will require a validation by the heads of the option. They are invited to directly get in touch with the heads of the option to select a placement that would best fit to their wishes. Examples of placements from previous years: In France: ■ Aerospace: – EUROCOPTER: integrated flap rotor control – ONERA: cracking and delamination of a carbon/epoxy laminated composite

Mechanics

193

– CNES: dynamic behaviour of the propergol in a booster – AIRBUS: propagation of short cracks ■ Industrial engineering: – RENAULT: lifetime prediction of cylinder overhead alloys – PEUGEOT: braking energy recoverage strategy for a hybride vehicle – SAINT-GOBAIN: viscoplastic behaviour of glass – TOTAL: resistance of a storage reservoir – CNRS-LMA: Fatigue of laminated composite materials – SNCF: wheel/rail contact fatigue ■ Nuclear engineering: – EDF: behaviour of the fuel assemblies of the PWR reactor during a seism – transition from continuous damage to discrete crack representations – CEA Saclay: stability of a crack under thermal stress Abroad (for information only): ■ University of Minnesota (Mineapolis, USA): a model for ferromagnetic shape memory alloys ■ Columbia University (New York City, USA): study of networks of carbon nanotubes ■ BMW (Muenchen, Allemagne): thermomechanical fatigue of cylinder overheads ■ MIT (Boston , USA): non associated plasticity models for high resistance steels ■ Imperial College (London, U.K.): dynamical analysis of structures ■ Fukuoka University (Japon): the effect of hydrogen on the fatigue crack propagation ■ C altech (Pasadena, USA): study of nonlinearities in granular media ■ McGill Univ. (Sherbrooke, Canada): optimization of a wind mill blade made of composite material ■ Lodz Universioty (Poland): behaviour of composite materials ■ Montanuniversity Leoben (Leoben): fragmentation of rocks Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

194 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC593 Soft matter, complex fluids, biomechanics & MEMS David Quéré The main objectives are initiation to ■ prospective research ■ advanced experimental techniques ■ specific constraints of life sciences ■ social and economic challenges ■ life in a research lab…

D. Quéré

General description of the placement The current development of advanced measurement techniques (imaging, microsensors, microhandling) and increasingly powerful analysis and modelling tools, have enabled considerable progress in the different technological fields. This progress has only been possible thanks to the creation of multi-disciplinary teams where engineers have important roles to play. Biomechanics act as an interface between engineering sciences (mechanical engineering, physics, etc.) and life sciences (medicine, physiology, biology). The problems dealt with cover various levels: cells (adhesion of cells to a biomaterial, characterisation, etc.), organs (flow in vessels, articulation dynamics, biomaterials, etc.) or global (movement dynamics, accidentology, etc.). Soft matter is the field of special materials, such as physiological and food fluids, paints, oil, molten polymers, liquid crystals, cosmetics, foams, muds and granular matter. All these compounds are complex fluids, for which questions of stability and rheology (they often flow strangely) can be raised. Their macroscopic behaviour is strongly influenced by their microstructure and interfacial properties. Studying these fluids implies a combination of mechanical engineering, chemistry and physics, as well as non-standard reasoning (scaling laws, dimensional analysis). MEMS (Micro Electro Mechanical Systems) are miniaturised systems of micrometric size which new technologies allow us to currently mass-produce. These systems can execute many types of functions, such as the circulation of fluids in a DNA chip, the thermalisation of a chemical reaction in a micro-exchanger, or the triggering of movement by a micro-lever stabilising an aircraft wing boundary layer. MEMS is a globally multi-disciplinary field and is in a period of extensive economic expansion. Students are integrated in research teams within research organisations (or hospitals) in France or abroad during their placement. Topics Study topics cover various aspects of fluid dynamics, solid mechanics and materials. Physiological flows: systemic artery or vein circulation (modelling and measurement), mechanical properties of cells, adhesion between cells, adhesion of cells to biomaterials, artificial organs: heart, heart valves, artificial kidneys, etc. Biomechanics of the musculoskeletal system: articulations, bone or articulation prostheses, effect of impact, muscular biomechanics, functional adaptation.

Mechanics

195

Complex fluids: Polymer flow (rheology, injection in a mould, etc.), effect of fibres (composites), behaviour of pasty fluids and emulsions, granular environments, suspension dynamics (statistical or macroscopic models, measurements, shutdown relations, etc.). MEMS: MEMS problems globally concern the study of the flow of single or multi-phase fluids (micron scale) in unusual situations for fluid dynamics. Placements Placement topics may be experimental and include or exclude in vivo experiments. Digital modelling topics are also proposed. Placements may be organised in France or abroad. Placements are organised individually depending on the types of topic preferred by students and target countries. Examples of placements from previous years: ■ Biomechanics ■ U TC (Compiègne, France): Blood filtering/ encapsulation of hepatic cells/ modelling of interaction between two cells ■ IGR (Paris) Electropermeabilisation of cell membranes ■ L AB (Renault-PSA): biomechanical properties of bones. ■ University of Berlin: Modelling of a ventricular assistance system. ■ University of Rhur (Bochum, Germany): Analysis of the performances of an artificial kidney. ■ University of Aachen (Germany): blood hemolysis in a shear field ■ Imperial College (London, U.K.): trabecular bone structure, intervertebral disk. ■ University of Southern California (San Diego, USA): Response of leukocytes to fluid shear. ■ Georgia Tech (Atlanta, USA): Study of cell behaviour using image analysis. ■ Washington University (Saint Louis, USA): Contraction model for skeletal muscle ■ Mac Gill University (Quebec, Canada): Interaction between leukocytes in suspension in a capillary die ■ University of Montreal (Quebec, Canada): 3D kinematic analysis of knee articulations ■ MIT (USA): Cell dynamics ■ Complex fluids ■ Harvard (USA): Paint deposits. ■ Göttingen (Germany): Mud flow. ■ University of Twente (Netherlands): interface singularities. ■ Stanford University: Stability of coaxial flow. ■ French Oil Institute (Rueil-Malmaison, France): Models relating to the gradual declogging of a well when starting production. ■ C ambridge University (U.K.): Sand pile dynamics. ■ MEMS ■ UCLA (Los Angeles, USA): Wall treatment for micromixers ■ ENS (Paris, France): Effect of solid liquid sliding in a micro channel/ Two phase flows in a microduct. Evaluation mechanism: 20 to 30 page report oral presentation Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

196 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

MEC594 Aerodynamics & Hydrodynamics Antoine Sellier, L aurent Jacquin Head of EA: ➟ Antoine Sellier - Ladhyx – E-mail : [email protected] – Tel : 01 69 33 52 77 ➟ Laurent Jacquin – ONERA DAFE – E-mail : [email protected]

A. Sellier

General description of the option The development of new generations of aerospace (atmospheric and space aeroplanes, helicopters, missiles, launch vehicles), maritime (ships, submarines, deep exploration devices, ocean platforms) and land vehicles involves many challenges in terms of fluid dynamics which must be apprehended well before the prototype construction stage. The constraints of ever-increasing performances with ever tighter budgets particularly affect the following: mobility (speed , manoeuvrability), consumption (propulsion yield), safety and comfort (stability and control, vibrations), noise radiation (this option may include placements on acoustics)

L. Jacquin

Modelling abilities based on fundamental research are a decisive advantage in this competition. Topics Many complex flow problems are common to aerodynamics and hydrodynamics as they relate to fundamental phenomena such as turbulence, separation, and wake vortices. The same digital models (Euler, Navier-Stokes, etc.) and testing resources (wind tunnels, hydrodynamic tunnels) are therefore often used to handle subsonic aerodynamic and hydrodynamic problems. However, aerodynamics and hydrodynamics differ in their specific effects. The particularities of hydrodynamics: ■ high fluid mass (gravity and inertial interaction between the fluid and structures), ■ presence of a free surface (diffraction-radiation of the swell by obstacles), ■ existence of two phase mixing (cavitation phenomenon in particular). In aerodynamics, particularities relate to high speeds: ■ effects of air compressibility (shock waves), ■ thermal effects, ■ physico-chemical effects at high temperatures (combustion, hypersonic flows) and high altitudes (rarefaction). Considerable progress has been accomplished in recent years in terms of the knowledge and forecasting of complex flows, both using theoretical and digital methods (digital methods and use of super-computers, turbulence theory) and using experimental methods (accurate measuring using laser velocimetry, new large-scale testing resources). Aerodynamics and hydrodynamics are old disciplines which are currently undergoing extensive renovation, mainly due to the development of large-scale IT and experimental resources. This option attempts to bring students into direct contact with the more recent aspects of these disciplines and the associated industrial challenges.

Mechanics

197

Placements Placement topics may be fundamental (in-depth study of complex phenomena in simple configurations) or applied (more global study of the configurations of reality). Placements may focus on the application of analytic methods, implementation, or the improvement of digital codes, or the acquisition, processing or interpretation of experimental data. Different elements are often combined. This type of topic is often better handled in pairs. Examples of placements from previous years The following placement topics have been proposed in previous years (for information only). Aerodynamics ■ ONERA (Châtillon S/Bagneux, France): – Theoretical and experimental study of shock wave-boundary layer interaction at hypersonic speeds. – Flow calculus in turbomachines. – Resolution of Navier-Stokes equations for compressible laminar and turbulent flows. – Study of digital models for the simulation of turbulence. ■ A EROSPACE (strategic devices): – Development and applications of «Euler» code for flow around missiles and in air inlets. ■ SNECMA (Villaroche, France): – A pplications of an aerodynamic calculus reverse method for the design of compressor blade profiles. – Navier-Stokes calculus for missile air inlets. ■ DASSAULT Aviation (Saint-Cloud, France): – Aerodynamic optimisation («optimum design»). – Modelling of wind tunnels and suction in a Navier-Stokes K code, 2nd dimension 2. – Study of the conditions at extremes in the modelling of air inlets. – CNRS/AEROTHERMAL lab. (Meudon, France): – Experimental study of hypersonic flow fields in rarefied gas wind tunnels. ■ RENAULT (Rueil-Malmaison, France): – Computer processing of flow speed measurements in the engine combustion chamber based on the results of experimental testing. – Interpretation of results. – Analysis of internal flow in engines ■ INRIA ROCQUENCOURT (Le Chesnay, France): – Optimisation of shapes on the basis of parabolised Navier-Stokes calculus. – Digital modelling of Buffeting. Hydrodynamics ■ HULL TEST BASIN (Val de Reuil, France): – Modelling of the artificial generation of swell in a hydrodynamic test basin. – Study of high-lift devices for hydrodynamic control surfaces. – Modelling of secondary non-linearities in sea resistance problems. – Sea resistance of submarines. – Measurement of the wave resistance of a hull using wave field analysis. – Study of the modelling of propeller-hull coupling.

198 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ CRAIN (La Rochelle, France) – Study of the behaviour of a barge in the presence of swell. ■ CNRS (Marseille, France): – E xperimental measurement of the growth rate for Landau hydrodynamic instability with plane premixing flames. – Droplet impact ■ BUREAU VERITAS (La Défense, France): – Study of deterministic chaos in wave equations in non-linear hydrodynamics. ■ L ADHYX (Palaiseau, France): – Film flow along an inclined surface: space-time development of instability. ■ PRINCIPIA R & D (Sophia-Antipolis, Nice, France): – Stability and control of remote controlled submarine devices. – Modelling of swell reducers. ■ ENSTA (Palaiseau, France): – Cavitation in vortices. – Diffusion of bubbles in turbulent wake. – Propagation of acoustic waves in a two phase environment. ■ N AVAL CONSTRUCTION RESEARCH INSTITUTE (Paris, France): – Implementation of a finite element method for diffraction problems, sea resistance radiation. Placements abroad ■ A RIZONA STATE UNIVERSITY (Tempe, USA): – Modelling of tethered satellites for the exploration of the upper atmosphere. ■ C ALIFORNIA STATE UNIVERSITY (Long Beach, USA): – Laminar turbulent boundary layer transition over lifting surfaces. ■ UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA (Davis, USA): – Optimisation of geometries using digital tools. ■ UNIVERSITY OF OTTAWA (Canada): – Oscillatory flow past an axisymmetric sudden expansion. ■ UNIVERSITY OF CAMBRIDGE (U.K.): – Gravity currents over porous media. ■ A EROSTRUCTURE DEPARTMENT (Farmborough, U.K.) – Oscillations in boundary layer speed profiles. Procedure for students interested in this option Students are proposed a list of placements suggested by our contacts in September. This list is transformed into a catalogue. Students may obtain this catalogue by requesting it at the option presentation meeting for the Mechanical engineering department or (the following day) by sending an e-mail to Antoine Sellier. We encourage students to select a topic from this catalogue as we are familiar with the national and international structures proposing these placements. However, we can also organise other option placements if students have a precise idea of what they intend to do and why. In this case, students should contact us after having read the catalogue. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Mechanics

199

A. Constantinescu

MEC595 Civil engineering and petroleum engineering Andrei Constantinescu, Denis Duhamel In these option internships are more particulary based on subjects related to civil en petroleum engineering. The implemented techniques in the proposed internships are experimental, digital and theoretical. Internships may be organised either in academic or in industrial research laboratories or in large companies in France or abroad. Prerequisite: One program of the Department of Mechanics Evaluation mechanism: Intership report and oral presentation Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

H. Le Treut

MEC/PHY596 Geophysics & planetary environment Hervé Le Treut, Thomas Dubos, Jean-François Roussel Mechanics Department Head of EA: ➟ Hervé LE TREUT – LMD, École Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau CEDEX E-mail : [email protected] ou [email protected] Tél. : X -poste 51 03 ou 51 01 Co-head of EA: ➟ Thomas DUBOS – LMD, École Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau CEDEX E-mail : [email protected] – Tél. : X -poste 36 18

T. Dubos

J.-F. Roussel

Head of EA - Physics Department ➟ Jean-François ROUSSEL – ONERA, Toulouse – E-mail : [email protected] This option proposes placements in the field of fluid dynamics, geophysics, ocean dynamics, the atmosphere and internal geophysics. Many placements tackle environmental problems such as pollution, water management, the impact of deforestation on the climate, climatic change due to the greenhouse effect, the detection of seismic signals and earthquakes. These topics are interdisciplinary by nature. Mechanical and physical aspects (and sometimes chemical and biological aspects) are combined with more applied issues relating to measuring techniques and the analysis of global or on-site observations. Finally, option MEC591 overlaps extensively with option PHY595 proposed by the Physics Department. All available placements reflect this triple diversity. T  opic: this may concern oceanography, meteorology, the study of local processes (coastal currents, orographic waves, waves, avalanches, etc.), global studies (past climate, forecasting of future climate, role and study of the El Nino process, forecasting of cyclones, carbon cycle in the atmosphere), internal geophysics, or applied industrial studies (globally in France).

200 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

2 Technique: many subjects have substantial digital content (often enabling a solid introduction to languages such as FORTRAN or LINUX), however some topics are more experimental by nature (laboratory experiments, on-site measuring, global data or spatial measurements) and others are more theoretical (theory of turbulent flows, waves or atmospheric or oceanic instabilities, etc.). 3 Geography: almost all countries in the world carry out active research in the fields concerned by this option. Placements are therefore proposed in many countries, but also in France (Paris or elsewhere). Students interested in a placement are requested to contact the EA head to specify the possible direction for the placement. The following are a few examples of institutions having supervised placements in previous years: ■ Meteorology: UCLA, MIT, University of Florida, McGill University (Montreal), Canadian weather service (Vancouver), University of Reading, University of Hamburg, McQuarie University (Sydney), Australian weather service (Melbourne), University of Buenos-Aires, University of Montevideo, Institute of Atmospheric Physics in Beijing, University of Tokyo, Cochin University (Indies), IAP (Moscow). – In France: LMD (Paris-Palaiseau), LATMOS (Paris), LAMP (Clermont-Ferrand), French weather service (Toulouse) ■ Oceanography: Scripps Institution (California), Oceanographic institute (Palma de Mallorca), CSIRO (Hobart, Australia), SOC (Southampton, Great Britain), AWI (Bremerhaven, Germany) – In France: LOCEAN (Paris), LEGI (Grenoble), Ifremer (Brest) ■ Geophysics: IPG (Paris), Total (France), Volcano and Seismological Observatory in Guadeloupe ■ Instrumentation: University of Toronto, DLR (Munich, Germany) – In France: LMD (Paris), LOCEAN (Paris), SAUR (water processing, Paris). ■ Theoretical studies: Cambridge, Oxford, Monash university, MIT, Imperial College (London), – In France: LMD, LOCEAN or INL (Nice). Almost all of these institutions are prepared to accept new trainees from X: the list is for information only and is not exhaustive. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Mechanics

201

P. Le Tallec

MEC/PHY597 Energies Patrick Le Tallec, Frank Carre, Arnd Specka Mechanics Department ➟ Patrick Le Tallec – École Polytechnique – LMS E-mail : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 57 85 Physics Department ➟ Frank Carré – CEA Saclay – E-mail : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 08 63 41 ➟ Arnd Specka - École Polytechnique – LLR – Mél : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 55 67

F. Carre

Training course in the energy program The objective of the training course is to put the students in touch with (research) in the field of the energy such as practised in the laboratories of physics, energetics, mechanics or within state-owned or international companies. It is recommended to choose your subject and to discuss it a long time in advance with one of the professor in charge.

A. Specka

Here are examples of category of training courses made previous years: ■ Fission reactors ■ thermonuclear fusion(merger) ■ waste ■ nuclear power of generation 4■ photovoltaic ■ hydro-electric power ■ renewable energies ■ CO2 - Economy of energy ■ thermal solar energy ■ storage of the energy ■ research and development on hydrogen ■ perspectives of electric motor car ■ flow in nuclear reactors ■ materials in high temperatures conditions ■ the vibrations of the offshore systems. The range of the proposed subjects is wide even inside every domain. The subjects are theoretical or experimental. They are mostly made within the framework of university research laboratories in France or abroad. A significant number of training courses takes place nevertheless in companies having quite an important sector of research and development in the field of the energy. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

202 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012



Physics

PHY311 Quantum mechanics Jean Dalibard, Philippe Grangier Quantum mechanics is certainly one of the most fertile intellectual endeavours of mankind. It has allowed for the determination of the structure of nuclei, atoms, molecules, for the elucidation of the nature of light, and it constitutes an indispensable tool for the understanding of modern physics, from elementary particles to stars and the Big Bang. Its economical impact is equally important: most of High Tech products (electronics, laser and optronics, nanotechnologies, telecommunications) are directly issued from quantum concepts. The goal of the course PHY311 is to provide all students with an introduction to quantum mechanics and some of its applications. It will start with wave mechanics, concentrating on one-dimensional problems such as the motion of a particle in a square well and the harmonic oscillator. This will lead to the notion of state vector and to the formulation of the principles of quantum mechanics using Dirac formalism. These principles will be illustrated using the description of maser operation and quantum cryptography. This course will have strong crossreferences with the courses on mathematics and on probability theory. Period: Spring term – 28 h – 5 ECTS

PHY431 Relativity and variational principles Christoph Kopper, David L anglois The program covers the following themes which have considerable overlap: Relativity, Variational principles, Analytical Mechanics. For students who do not necessarily intend to continue studying physics afterwards this course should satisfy their curiosity as regards fundamental notions of physics and its conceptual revolutions. At the same time students can get acquainted with concepts and tools useful in other branches of science such as pure and applied mathematics or mechanics. Finally students for whom physics is a major subject of interest will get a more complete view on certain aspects of the physics course of the second semester, with which it has no direct overlap however. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

J. Dalibard

P. Grangier

C. Kopper

D. Langlois

Physics

203

M. Joffre

PHY432 Quantum and statistical physics Manuel Joffre, Marc Mezard, Jean-Philippe Bouchaud In the second semester of the second year, the physics course (18 blocks) consists of the second part of quantum mechanics (7 blocks), natural follow-up of the first year course, and of statistical physics (11 blocks).

M. Mezard

Quantum mechanics and statistical are the two essential building blocks of modern physics. Quantum mechanics is the fundamental theory of microscopic processes. It has allowed for the determination of the structure of nuclei, atoms, molecules, for the elucidation of the nature of light, and it constitutes an indispensable tool for the understanding of modern physics, from elementary particles to stars and the Big Bang. Its economical impact is equally important : most of high tech products (electronics, lasers and optronics, nanotechnologies, telecommunications) are directly issued from quantum concepts.

J.-P. Bouchaud

The quantum physics course, taught by Manuel Joffre, is the direct continuation of the series of lessons devoted to Introductory Quantum Mechanics, delivered during the first year of studies (PHY311). The course starts with the basic principles of the theory and their illustrations with simple systems. The course then addresses problems involving several degrees of freedom, which leads naturally to the quantization of angular momentum and the notion of spin. These concepts are illustrated by examples in atomic physics and magnetic resonance. Finally, the investigation of systems of identical particles and of the Pauli principle provides a natural step towards statistical physics. Statistical physics studies the collective behaviour of systems with many particles. Its fundamental object is to bridge the gap between macroscopic behaviour of materials and the microscopic laws which govern the evolution of their constituants. All the solids consist of electrons and ions, quantum particles that interact through Coulomb’s law ; but some of them are insulators, others are conductors or semi-conductors, and under some conditions they exhibit superconducting phases. All these differences are due to collective effects. Their understanding is thus fundamental in solid state physics, from electronic constituants to magnetic memories. As soon as one deals with many constituants, there appear new phenomena like morphogenesis, ordered structures, dynamical problems linked to irreversibility or to life, which require their own conceptual framework. Initially developed to explain thermodynamics, statistical physics has evolved in recent years towards the modelling of complex systems in which “particles” can be economic agents, neurons or informational bits... The course on statistical physics, taught by Marc Mézard and Jean-Philippe Bouchaud, exposes the basic tools of this topic: probabilistic description, statistical entropy, links to thermodynamics. Then it studies the questions of identical particles and the consequences of Pauli principle. The concepts are illustrated by examples which range from solid state physics (metals, semi-conductors) to the thermal properties of radiation but also by collective behaviour of complex systems which come from outside of physics, from bio-molecules to interacting agents. Period: Spring term – 72 h – 10 ECTS

204 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY441 Experimental project in Physics Serena Bastiani-Ceccotti, Antonello De Martino A “Modal” course (= experimental project in physics) is aimed primarily at turning the traditional pedagogical approach round, starting from experimental phenomena and ending up with the theory. A project-oriented approach will teach the student to observe, to make measurements, and to modify experimental conditions in order to get a grasp of the phenomenon and then to study the theory.

S. BastianiCeccotti

In order to allow the largest possible number of students to follow such courses, two series of modexes are programmed in the periods from January to April (P3) and from April to June (P4) respectively. The (non-limitative) list of subjects proposed can be divided into the following thematic categories: Materials science: Materials science is a multi-disciplinary science, at the crossroads where physics and chemistry meet. The pupils will be making return trips from synthesis to characterization to interpretation and back again, with the aim of improving the physical properties of the materials covered. ■ Materials synthesis (superconductors, ferroelectric materials, optical materials) and optimization of their electrical, magnetic or optical properties. ■ Manufacture of photovoltaic cells (solar cells) and the optimization of their output.

A. De Martino

The more applied topics: ■ Acoustic vibration modes of a musical instrument, studied using holography with the help of vibration sensors. ■ Nuclear magnetic resonance: assembly of a spectrometer and its application to a physical (phase transition) or chemical (structure of an organic molecule) problem. ■ Emission of light and the laser effect in semiconductors. ■ Construction and operation of a gyroscope using fibre-optics. ■ Instability and chaos in hydrodynamics. ■ D ynamics of “soft materials” (droplets, thin films, foams…). The more fundamental topics: ■ Study of the fundamental interactions between particles. Showing the evidence for special relativity, matter-antimatter annihilation, or the half-life of an unstable particle… Radioactive imaging. ■ Manufacture of lasers and an introduction to non-linear optics (frequency doubling: generation of green light from infra-red). ■ Plasmas created by the action of powerful lasers on a solid or gaseous target. ■ Quantum effects in the conductivity of quasi-one-dimensional systems (nanogaps). Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

Physics

205

Y. Bonnassieux

R. Ossikovski

PHY442 Experimental project in Electronics Yvan Bonnassieux, R azvigor Ossikovski A “Modex” course (= experimental project in electronics) is aimed primarily at turning the traditional pedagogical approach round, starting from experimental phenomena and ending up with the theory. In order to allow the largest possible number of students to follow such courses, two series of modexes are programmed in the periods from January to April (P3) and from April to June (P4) respectively. The Experimental Electronics Centre of the Physics Department organizes an experimental teaching module MODEX on ELECTRONICS. The aim of this course is to get the pupils to discover the scientific domains underpinning a high-tech device, favouring a project-oriented and engineering-based approached based on laboratory work that offers plenty of room for creativity. This will therefore allow the physics and mathematics that underly these high-tech objects – a DVD, a CCD camera, a GSM phone, a GPS receiver, or an autonomous robot – to be tackled experimentally. More precisely, the following will be covered: ■ starting from an engineering problem that has to be resolved (data transmission, acoustic reproduction, handling speech or images, determining position using satellites or additional behaviour of a robot) while defining a target and a list of specifications ■ to clarify the scientific concepts and practical tools utilized in this field, and to learn about them by applying them within the project ■ to reflect on the problem posed and find reasoned solutions for it (by yourself, in the literature or with the help of the teaching staff) ■ to determine the feasibility of these solutions, to model them and to implement an actual telecommunications, electronics, signal processing or robotics system in the laboratory and to evaluate the results obtained In the course of this work, you will uncover the most fundamental questions of signal processing, automation and robotics, backed up by materials provided to you that have been adapted to this approach. The guideline around which the proposed course will be organized is the rollout of the project in the laboratory. The projects proposed cover several aspects of signal processing, electronics and robotics: ■ Digital telecommunications: simultaneous transmission of voice and data, numeric coding, modulation and radio transmission, error correction and security of the links, integration within a communications network. ■ Digital handling of sound and speech: the chain of acquisition, processing and reconstitution. Effects of sampling, quantification and data compression. Voice recognition and real-time processing using DSP. ■ Digital image processing: CCD camera, filtering and restoration of damaged images, recognition of shapes and stereoscopic vision, compression of fixed and moving images (JPEG and MPEG).

206 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ GPS satellite-based positioning system: implementation, advance processing and improving the accuracy, studying the sources of error. ■ Autonomous mobile robot carrying out a defined task while moving around the laboratory, or manipulator arm associated with a visual system for recognizing and sorting objects. Perception of the surroundings using a variety of sensors (infrared, ultrasonic, magnetic, optical) and working out a behavioural strategy. ■ Evolutionary microbot: allowing the thought processes of a neural network to evolve using genetic algorithms with the aim of optimizing the robot’s behaviour for a given task. The optimization is done using a simulation before being ported to the actual robot. ■ Programmable logic circuits (FPGA): using a complete CAD chain of complex preset programmable logic circuits (FPGA = Field Programmable Gate Array), designing an application, real-time, linked to signal processing: spectrum analyser, audio equaliser. ■ Carbon nanotubes and molecular electronics: discovering concrete ways of controlling multi-surface carbon nanotube growth on a substrate and the functioning of field emission devices in fields using these nanotubes. ■ Flat screens: a broad understanding of the various types of flat displays (AMLCD, OLED, plasma) followed by more in-depth theoretical or practical investigations of either the components of a device or one of the electronic circuit parts for the display (implementation of an LCD pixel, designing an addressing system for an OLED screen). Period: Spring term – 36 h – 5 ECTS

PHY550 Radiative exchanges in the atmosphere and climate Jean-François Roussel The radiative exchanges in the atmosphere determine our atmospheric environment. The solar UV absorption in the upper atmosphere is at the origin of the ozone layer, of the existence of stratosphere, a ionosphere, etc. Radiative transfer, diffusion by aerosols or clouds influence the thermal balance of the atmosphere.

J.-F. Roussel

This course aims at understanding the natural mechanisms of energy transfers as well as their perturbation from human activity, such as greenhouse effect amplification, the ozone layer «hole», the effects of pollution and aerosols, etc. The effect of other major phenomena, such as convection and water cycle, on the global energetic balance of the Earth climate, are also treated, with a special attention to their stabilising character, or not. We introduce a large panel of genral notions (diffusion, absorption, black body radiation, diphasic water cycle, thermal, radiative or chemical equilibrium...) which will be applied to the atmospheric environment. The study of each of these phenomena per se is not the first objective of this course, we shall thus only enter into the needed level of detail for each of them. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

207

A. Aspect

PHY551A Quantum optics 1: lasers Alain Aspect Quantum optics describes light and its interaction with matter. This course is devoted to laser physics, a flourishing field where a distinction between basic physics and engineering is irrelevant. Covered topics: ■ Transition probabilities. ■ Interaction between atoms and radiation. ■ L asers: principle and general properties. ■ C W lasers. ■ Pulsed lasers. ■ Elements of statistical optics : application to coherence and laser linewidth. ■ A pplications of lasers. ■ L aser cooling and trapping of atoms. Course taught in English Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY551B Atomic and molecular physics Nouari Kebaïli Objectives: The physics of atoms and molecules which constitutes the subject matter of this course rests on a long history of discoveries, both experimental and theoretical. Far from giving a complete account of the historical development, this introductory course aims to give an understanding of both theoretical foundations and key steps which have occurred in this field. As a direct application of quantum mechanics it includes materials on basic atomic and molecular physics with discussion on structure, spectra and interaction with electric and magnetic field. ■ Introduction: − Key steps on electrons, photons and atoms studies − Elements of quantum mechanics ■ One-electron atoms: − Schrodinger equation for one-electron atoms − Special hydrogenic systems − Interaction with electromagnetic radiation − Fine structure and hyperfine structure − Interaction with external fields ■ Many-electron atoms; − Central field approximation

208 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

− The periodic system of the elements − Corrections to the central field approximation: L-S and j-j coupling − Interaction with electromagnetic radiation and with static fields ■ Molecular structure − The Born-Oppenheimer approximation − Molecular orbital theory − The calculation of electronic structure − Molecular rotations and vibrations − Molecular electronic transitions Course taught in English Prerequisite: Quantum Mechanics, Classical analytical mechanics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY552A Quantum physics of electrons in solids Antoine Georges This is an introductory course to condensed matter physics, an inter-disciplinary field which has implications for physics, materials science, chemistry and biology. Materials with novel functionalities are a key to technological progress (e.g: semiconductors, magnetic memories, superconductors, polymers and composite materials, carbon nanotubes, etc.). Using the theoretical foundations of quantum mechanics and statistical physics, the course aims at understanding how electronic properties of materials at a macroscopic level results from their microscopic aspects at the atomic or molecular level. The presentation balances theoretical, experimental and technological viewpoints.

A. Georges

Content of the course: Quantum mechanics of electrons in crystalline solids, energy bands. Metals, insulators and semiconductors. Some spectroscopic techniques (e.g. : X-ray and neutron diffraction, scanning tunneling microscopy, photoemission). Introduction to transport phenomena : Drude, Boltzmann. Nano-conductors and quantum regimes of transport. Introduction to magnetism and/or superconductivity. Course taught in English Prerequisite: PHY432 - Quantum and statistical physics Evaluation mechanism: Written exam and problem sets in ‘Petites Classes’ Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

209

A. Ajdari

PHY552B Biophysics: from nanometers to microns Armand Ajdari, Ulrich Bockelmann Biologists, chemists and physicists are currently exploring the nanoworld of the cell. This rapidly-developing field is getting a powerful impulse from remarkable advances in the techniques of physical measurements and biological preparations (involving nanotechnology, microfluidics, single-molecule manipulation, PCR, cloning techniques, etc.). Motivations range from understanding fundamental processes in vivo to medical applications. This introductory lecture is devoted to the experimental and theoretical physics of biological objects, assemblies and processes: random walk and oriented motion of biological molecules in aqueous solutions, specific interaction and auto-assembly, molecular motors, DNA microarrays and biosensors.

U. Bockelmann

Prerequisite: PHY432 - Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

M. Lemoine

C. terquem

R. Lehoucq

PHY553 Nuclear physics and astrophysics Martin Lemoine, Caroline Terquem, Roland Lehoucq Nuclear physics is a fundamental science just as a science for the engineer. It plays and it will continue to play a crucial role in our modern societies. Indeed, as the natural resources in oil and gas become poorer, many countries are now contemplating the possibility of developing nuclear energy. At the fundamental level, current power plants rest on the mechanism of nuclear fission of uranium nuclei. This technology does not go without risks, however. For instance, radioactive waste is an inevitable byproduct of fission and neutron capture reactions, not to mention security problems associated with the use of nuclear power. Different solutions, which are the subject of active research nowadays are being envisaged to remedy to these problems. Controlled thermonuclear fission of light nuclei is a possible alternative, as it might in principle offer a clean and secure source of energy. The feasibility and the profitability of such technology remain however to be demonstrated. The build-up of ITER in the next decade and the advent of high energy lasers in the forthcoming years represent crucial steps in this rush for a new source of energy. Understanding these technological choices and the current research in these areas require learning the fundamentals of nuclear physics: the structure and the stability of nuclei, radioactivity and disintegration processes, capture, fission and fusion reactions. The first part of this course of nuclear physics will focus on these mechanisms; it will also be shown how these notions guide us toward the current and future technological choices. The second part of the course is devoted to astrophysics, more particularly to stellar evolution and will offer an opportunity to go deeper into these notions of nuclear physics. The appearance, the evolution or the outcome of stars, or their remnants (white dwarfs, neutron stars) are indeed described by the laws of gravitation and nuclear physics. Furthermore, processes of nucleosynthesis operate at the heart of stars, thereby producing the elements

210 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

that make up the world we live in. The understanding of these phenomena will bring to light more advanced notions of nuclear physics, in particular concerning thermonuclear fusion. Prerequisite: PHY431 – Relativity and variational principles PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY554 Elementary particle physics Michel Gonin The question of knowing how matter is made up at the most elementary levels and what role the fundamental interactions play in this has always piqued human curiosity. This is even more true since we have known that the field of elementary particle physics was involved in a highly important step in the evolution of the primordial universe. Investigations of the infinitely small should also allow us a better understanding of the infinitely large.

M. Gonin

This course will examine the elementary components such as quarks or leptons and the various forces associated with them such as electromagnetism and the strong and weak nuclear forces. This collection, which is known as the “standard model”, cannot be described and understood without the strange and fascinating framework provided by quantum theory, to which the concepts of relativistic mechanics have to be added. One specific example perfectly illustrates the mysterious facets of elementary particles: neutrinos. These particles are produced in gigantic quantities at the core of the sun and in the reactors of nuclear power plants or in the outer layers of our atmosphere. They do not react with anything, possess effectively zero mass and are uncharged. But this does not stop physicists from studying these ghosts of the infinitely small, for example by getting them to “oscillate” over distances of 290 km and more. A significant part of the course will be devoted to modern physical concepts (symmetry, laws of conservation, internal degrees of freedom and additional dimensions…) that have been used successfully with the infinitely small, to the spectacular results obtained using particle accelerators and to the major fundamental questions that are still being asked after more than eighty years of research. Experimental evidence and its theoretical understanding of the difference between matter and antimatter is one example of the large stakes involved in research in this area of physics. Our primordial universe ought to have produced an equal amount of matter and antimatter. The question therefore arises of how the antimatter “disappeared” in the real universe, giving a perfect illustration of the close links between the physics of the infinite and the infinitesimal. The aim of the course is to provide a simple way of introducing the physical concepts of fundamental particles without having to resort to complex theoretical developments. The material covered in the first and second year quantum mechanics courses is sufficient to follow this course without specific extra work. Prerequisite: PHY431 – Relativity and variational principles PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

211

M. Gonin

PHY555 Energy and environment Michel Gonin At the beginning of the 21st century, the general topic of energy, both in France and worldwide is a major concern. It will require the tackling of numerous challenges in the coming years, such as the dwindling of fossil fuel resources and the impacts of global warming. Understanding energy-related concepts, from the most fundamental aspects to the various forms of energy and their numerous uses, has become an essential part of an engineer’s training. Environmental impacts, climate changes, the fair use of fossil fuel resources and alternative solutions must also be part of the engineer’s key concerns. This course is mainly a general physics course. Nevertheless, it introduces and develops numerous multidisciplinary concepts linked to energy, the economy and the environment. It will act as an introductory course for students contemplating doing a master’s degree for a career focused on energy issues and sustainable development. It will give other students a general but precise overview of a subject which is essential to understand our society and its challenges. The course comprises three more or less equivalent parts:  Energy and its use. Historical context. Definitions. First and second principles. Order of magnitude. The various forms of energy. Useful energy and outputs. Dwindling of resources. The French and global situations. Impacts on the climate. The Kyoto accords. 2 Renewable energies. Various solutions: hydraulic power, windpower, solar power, biomass and other energies. Their technical, environmental and economic stakes. The recent improvement in fossil fuel industries. CO2 storage and other research topics 3 A French example: nuclear energy. Principles of the current reactors and future 4th generation reactors. The fuel cycle. The dwindling of resources. Geopolitical context. Current state of the research concerning waste. Prospects of fusion. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

212 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY556 Physical bases of the mechanical behaviour of solids Yann Le Bouar This course explains the microscopic physical basis of the plastic behaviour of solids (their permanent deformability under stress) by showing that this property results from the existence and displacement of specific defects. ■ Atomic configuration of crystalline and non-crystalline solids. ■ Point defects and diffusion. ■ Dislocations: continuous and crystallographic descriptions;effect of external forces ; interactions; motion of dislocations; dislocation sources. ■ Friction on the lattice; Physical basis of plasticity. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY557 Soft surfaces David Quéré Various systems in soft matter physics are described, for which the common feature is that they all have large surface/volume ratios (specific areas). The first aspect presented is the case of the primary systems of droplets or bubbles, showing how their shape and behaviour in particular can be affected by the environment into which they are immersed: covering the situations of nucleation, wetting, wicking and self-propulsion. A number of dynamic situations are also discussed, such as liquid spreading, coating and various interfacial instabilities.

Y. Le Bouart

D. Quéré

However, soft matter is also the science of complex fluids and a few important examples of such materials are shown in the second part: (i) surfactant solutions (adsorption at interfaces, organization in bulk) (ii) colloidal solutions (stability, rheology) (iii) polymer solutions (ideal or Flory polymer chains, rheology of solutions, gels) (iv) soap films and foams (formation, aging, rheology) All these examples have been selected either for their intrinsic importance or for their numerous practical applications, because our aim is to use this course to show how it has been possible to construct a multidisciplinary science on the basis of practical and applied questions. Prerequisite: PHY432 - Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

213

S. David

PHY558A Nuclear reactor types and reactor physics Sylvain David This series of lectures presents the main types of nuclear reactors and the main principles of their operation with the support of an initiation to core physics: ■ Introduction to reactor physics and related knowledge of nuclear physics: radioactivity, interaction of neutrons with matter, fission, chain reaction, cross sections ■ Principles of neutron slow-down and thermalisation ■ A pplication of Transport theory (Boltzmann equation) and Diffusion theory (Fick’s law) to neutron flux for core calculations ■ Technical and functional descriptions of pressurised and boiling light water reactors ■ Main design features of advanced generation III light water reactors ■ Fuel depletion and reactor kinetics: effects of fission products, reactivity effects and pointkinetics ■ Operating and safety requirements of pressurised reactors ■ Introduction to sodium cooled fast neutron reactors and presentation of their specific features compared with light water reactors Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY558B Photovoltaïc solar energy Bernard Drevillon, Jean-François Guillemoles, Joaquim Nassar The aim of this elected course is to present the various kinds of solar cells, currently under development. B. Drevillon

The courses will be based on an introduction of the physics of semiconductors, from monocrystalline structures to disordered materials.

J.-F. Guillemoles

The following topics will be treated: ■ Introduction to the Physics of crystalline semiconductors: band structure, doping ■ Transport phenomena, p-n junction, recombination and photovoltaic efect ■ Crystalline semiconductor solar cells (silicon, III-V) ■ Amorphous or nanocrystalline silicon and related solar cells ■ Other thin film solar cells (II-VI semiconductors…) ■ D ye and organic solar cells ■ High efficiency solar cells Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

J. Nassar

214 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY559 Microelectronic devices Yvan Bonnassieux, Alain Greiner This lecture is a first approach of the modern conception of digital and analogical integrated circuits: ■ CMOS gates ■ CMOS devices processes ■ Sequential circuits ■ Sequential and asynchronous circuits ■ Design techniques and tools - Experimental teaching: electronic circuit design (SPICE) ■ Transistors and amplificators ■ Digital/Analogical converter ■ Numerical & analogical filtering

Y. Bonnassieux

A. Greiner

Evaluation mechanism: written exam Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY560A Complex systems Jean-Philippe Bouchaud, Marc Mezard The scope of these lectures on complex systems is to show how the methods and models of statistical physics can be usefully adapted to describe other fields where the notion of complexity is relevant (biology, computer science, economics, finance, etc.). We will aim at developing some intuition on orders of magnitude, mechanisms and phenomena. We will insist on the meaning and limitations of models, in physics and in other disciplines.  Probability and statistics Basic notions. Narrow and broad distributions. Power-laws. Sums and maxima. Records. Central limit Theorem. Entropy and other measures of diversity. Multivariate distributions and correlations. Random Matrices. 2 Brownian Motion, Langevin & Fokker-Plank Equation. Anomalous diffusion Brownian Motion, Langevin & Fokker-Plank Equation. Anomalous diffusion. Equilibrium vs stationary states. Arrhenius law. Langevin equation for a field (density, interfaces, magnetization, etc.). Migrations et multiplications: population dynamics, city growth, etc. Anomalous diffusion: mechanisms and examples. 3 Complex time series, intermittency, turbulence A few examples: temporal series (turbulence, finance), spatial series (fronts, fracture). Methods of analysis: variograms, power spectra. Dynamical scaling and scaling laws. Complex time series: turbulence and intermittency. Shocks and traffic jams. 4 Optimisation, systems with multiple minima Optimisation: examples. Optimal paths and metastable states. General phenomenology of systems with multiple minima and applications. Hysteresis. Avalanches. Glasses and Spin-Glasses.

J.-P. Bouchaud

M. Mezard

Random Energy Model. Slow dynamics and 1/f noise. Out of equilibrium phenomena, aging. 5 Cavity, Belief Propagation and Codes Optimisation models and error correction codes. Information theory. Bethe-Peierls ap-

Physics

215

proximation and Belief Propagation, various applications. Phase space landcapes and complexity transitions. 6 Collective effects Opinion models with herding: Ising, Random Field Ising and phase transitions. Word of mouth and diffusion of innovation. Segregation and structure formation. Percolation and various applications. 7 Networks Example of networks: social networks, internet, communication. Network formation. Epidemics propagation. Small world effect. Google. Coagulation/fragmentation. 8 Economics and Finance: a physicists point of view I 9 Economics and Finance: a physicists point of view II Phenomenology of financial markets – statistics of prices, intermittency. Orders of magnitudes. Bubbles and krashes. Simple models of feedback. Interacting agent models. Derivative markets: futures, options. Hedging strategies. Functional optimisation. Black-Scholes: myth and reality. “Volatility Smile”. Supply and demand, and price formation mechanisms. Impact and optimal transaction schedules. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

G. Montambaux

PHY560B Quantum transport and mesoscopic physics Gilles Montambaux These lectures introduce recent developments and fundamental questions in condensed matter physics, revealed by the miniaturisation of electronic circuits. We shall explore the world of mesoscopic physics, intermediate scale between the atoms and the macroscopic objects, and whose numerous developments are stimulated by the rapid evolution of integrated-circuit industry, the lithography methods and the synthesis of novel materials. We shall present the basic mechanisms of electronic transport at the mesoscopic or nanoscopic scales, where the macroscopic laws no longer apply and where new concepts related to quantum mechanics are necessary. In particular, we shall describe the following phenomena: effects of quantum interferences on the electronic transport, quantification of the conductance, universal conductance fluctuations, Aharonov-Bohm effect, quantum Hall effect, and the quite recent physics of graphene, a purely two-dimensional crystal where the dynamics of the electrons is the dynamics of massless particles (Nobel Prize 2010). These lectures will also provide openings on other fields of physics like speckle effects in coherent optics or the Random Matrix Theory which is used as well in mesoscopic physics as in nuclear physics or in the description of quantum chaos. Outline ■ New materials and low dimensions ■ Les limitations of the classical description ■ The field of mesoscopic physics ■ From ballistic to diffusive transport

216 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ L andauer formalism, analogies between electronics and optics ■ The quantum Hall effect ■ Quantum interferences in disordered systems ■ Weak-localization and coherent backscattering in optics ■ Universal conductance fluctuations and optical speckles ■ Graphene: new physics and future applications ■ Random matrix theory Prerequisite: PHY432 - Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY561 Introduction to relativistic field theory Pierre Fayet, Christoph Kopper This course gives an introduction to the description, both quantic and relativistic, of elementary particles and of their interactions: ■ Electromagnetic field in relativity theory. ■ Lorentz group and spinors. ■ Relativistic quantum mechanics: Klein-Gordon and Dirac equations. Gauge invariance. ■ Symmetries of the Dirac equation. Parity, time reversal, and charge conjugation. Antiparticles. ■ L agrangian and Hamiltonian for a field. Quantization of the Klein-Gordon and Dirac fields. ■ Weak, electromagnetic and strong interactions in quantum field theory. Prerequisite: PHY431 – Relativity and variational principles PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY562 Quantum optics 2: photons Alain Aspect, Philippe Grangier The course of Quantum Optics 2 (PHY562) deals with the quantization of the electromagnetic field, the concept of photon, and more generally the interaction processes between matter and quantum light. It goes to the very heart of modern quantum optics, with subjects like squeezed states, single photon states, and entangled pairs of photons, which play an essential role in the new field of quantum information.

P. Fayet

C. Kopper

A. Aspect

List of subjects: ■ Quantization of the electromagnetic field, Hamilton formalism, canonical quantization. ■ The free quantized radiation field: quasi-classical states, squeezed states, single photon states. ■ Heisenberg’s equations, interferometry with quantum fields. ■ Interaction between atoms and the quantized radiation field; spontaneous emission. ■ Non-linear optics: classical and quantum approaches, twin photon pairs. ■ Density matrix and Optical Bloch Equations.

P. Grangier

Physics

217

■ Entanglement, Bell’s inequalities, applications to quantum information. ■ Quantum effects in atom-laser interaction: resonance fluorescence, photon antibunching. ■ A pplications to optoelectronics. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

J.-F. Guillemoles

PHY563 Material sciences for energy Jean-François Guillemoles The course will present the material side of energy conversion and storage, with an emphasis on renewable energies. The course will comprise lectures (1/3), invited seminars (1/3) given by specialists from academia or industry, and a personnal guided work. 2011 seminars: concentrated solar thermal, thermoelectrics, hydrogen generation and storage, fuel cells, batteries and life cycle analysis. Interactive course on the challenges of the energy sector in the 21st century (in particular sustainable energy sources) with particular attention to material science and aspects. Will be treated in particular: ■ Energy production from primary sources ■ Energy management (conversion, stocking, transport…) ■ Life cycles (grey energy, raw materials, recycling…) Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

A. Greiner

PHY564A Integrated systems Alain Greiner This course proposes to approach the most modern techniques of designs of the circuits with very high integration. ■ Intern structure of the microprocessors ■ RISC Processors and techniques of pipeline ■ Hierarchical memory and Cache Memories ■ Bus system and Peripherals (Example of PIBus) ■ Network on Chip/VCI-OCP norm ■ Multicores architectures with coherent shared memory ■ Modeling and Virtual Prototyping/SystemC ■ E xperimental works SystemC/SoCLib Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

218 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY564B Nanomaterials and electronic applications R azvigor Ossikovski This module introduces recent developments in the field of semiconducting nanomaterials based on carbon or silicon, as well as their main electronic applications. R. Ossikovski

More precisely, the following topics are addressed: ■ Disordered semiconductors: amorphous hydrogenated silicon ■ Nanocrystalline or polycrystalline silicon ■ Photovoltaic applications ■ Flat panel displays ■ C arbon nanotubes: growth and structure ■ Silicon nanowires ■ Characterization techniques for nanomaterials: near-field and spectroscopy ■ Molecular electronics This module completes module PHY567 (Semiconductors and devices) Prerequisite: Solid-state physics, optics… Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY564C Optoelectronics Emmanuel Rosencher The field of Optoelectronics is currently in full expansion. It emerges from a facinating interplay between the optical and electronic properties of Matter. The applications of optoelectronics span many fields of activities: energy, telecommunications, data processing, Defense and medical instrumentation… Although very sophisticated concepts are at stake in optoelectronics, such as quantum optics, solid state physics, electromagnetism… the industrial and commercial impact of this discipline is enormous and instantaneous.

E. Rosencher

The first three lectures deal with electromagnetism concepts which are at stake in optoelectronics: ■ propagation in dispersive media (Brillouin – Sommerfeld as well as parabolic equations…) ■ Wageguides and Bragg mirrors. Analogies are emphasized between quantum well and wageguides on the oneside, as well as photonic band gaps and electronic energy bands on the other side. ■ Plasmonics, which is a new field of research and development. The next two lectures deal with laser physics: population inversion, electron-photon coupled corpuscular equations, mode locking mechanisms (active and passive) which are harnessed in a new generation of ultrafast (attosecond) and ultrapowerful (terawatt peak power) lasers. The optical parametric oscillation is then described, both with classical and quantum point of vues. New developments are also described: quantum engineered materials, periodically poled materials, entangled architectures…

Physics

219

The lectures conclude by the description of two stars of the semiconductor optoelectronics arena: the laser diode and the photodetector. This part of the Course is easier to follow with a background of Semiconductor Physics. It starts with a detailed study of the semiconductor laser diode, with an emphasis put on the electron-photon balance equations. The implications of these devices in telecommunications and industrial processing is largely discussed. Then quantum photodetectors are described, with a special emphasis on the breadth of applications covered by this technology such as CCD cameras, solar cells, infrared imagers… A state of the art of new quantum devices will be given, such as quantum cascade lasers and detectors, quantum well infrared photodetectors… Course taught in English or in French Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

C. Sykes

PHY565 Physics of biological polymers and membranes Cécile Sykes, Arnaud Echard Outline: ■ Introduction to biological polymers and membranes in cells ■ Polymers in solution ■ Reptation of polymers ■ Biological polymer gels in two and three dimensions ■ Physical properties of membranes ■ Bending elasticity in membranes ■ Curvature in cellular membranes ■ Fusion of intracellular membranes ■ Cell division: cooperation between polymers and membranes

A. Echard

In order to develop quantitative approaches to decipher how a cell works, physical approaches have been applied to cell biology. These sorts of approaches are treated in this course. The cell is a complex organism that changes shape for division and movement, processes that are dependent on the cell’s dynamic constituents, namely polymers and membranes. Cellular polymers are actin filaments, microtubules, and intermediate filaments. They constitute the cell structure, called the cytoskeleton. Experimental in vitro studies of these polymers in the last twenty years have allowed not only for an understanding of biopolymer mechanical properties, but have also provided direct verification of certain theories on polymer physics via the use of cell biology techniques (fluorescent labeling, protein purificaition etc). Cellular membranes include the plasma membrane, which surrounds this biopolymer cytoskeleton. However, a large majority of membrane (80%) is intracellular, and can be found in membrane envelopes (vesicles) that insure biochemical transport for cell life. Knowledge of the mechanical properties of membranes is thus necessary for the understanding of cellular membrane shapes and how they re-arrange over time.

220 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

The beginning of this course will focus on polymers in solution, polymer reptation, and mechanical and dynamic properties of cytoskeletal polymers organized in gels. Theoretical developments will be illustrated by experiments. Subsequently, physical properties of model membranes will be presented, with experimental illustrations, and applications to curved biological membranes. Polymers and membranes will be further integrated to understand cell mechanics and how polymers like microtubules control intracellular traffic and cell shape changes. To finish, cooperation between polymers and membranes will be illustrated in the context of cell division. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY566 Solid earth and environment Marc Chaussidon The aim of this course is to provide an overview of the evolution of the Earth from the early times of the formation of the Solar system and of its planets 4.6 billions years ago to more recent events such as mass extinctions and environmental changes. In order to assess the respective causes of all these changes, one of the keys is to be able, for instance, to reconstruct the climatic changes which experienced the Earth during all its history, to understand the links between geodynamical processes and atmospheric composition notably through weathering reactions, but also to understand the climatic evolution of Mars and thus to try to understand why a planet may or may not keep an atmosphere and oceans. The evolution of the Earth must be considered in the framework of planetary evolution in general. Similarly it seems quite difficult to have clear ideas on topics such as soils or water pollution and the possible ways to remediation or on waste disposals without understanding the geological framework and origin of a mineral (or petroleum) deposit.

M. Chaussidon

The history of the birth and evolution of the Earth is registered in the mineralogical, chemical and isotopic compositions of terrestrial and extra-terrestrial rocks : deciphering this history is the necessary step to an understanding and a modelling of the chemical and physical processes at play. Significant advances were made in this research field during the last years through the development of new geochemical analytical techniques giving access to extremely high precision and/or to micrometre to nanometer scale analysis. This course describes our present knowledge on the origin and evolution of the Earth from the latest observations made on meteorites and terrestrial rocks. The emphasis will be put on how precisely the most important chemical and physical processes can be quantified. The «petites classes» will allow, from a variety of different examples, to go from the observation of natural samples to the modelling of the evolution of the Earth. More specific research projects or a geological field trip could be organised on request. Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

221

H.-J. Drouhin

PHY567 Semiconductors and devices Henri-Jean Drouhin, Emmanuel Rosencher In this course, the fundamental concepts of semiconductor physics are introduced and applied to a reduced number of electron devices, which are both key-elements for the microelectronics industry and model systems concerning fundamental physics. After a short and well-focused presentation of the main properties of the “technological” semiconductors (silicon and III-V compounds), of transport phenomena in these materials and of relevant optical properties, the p-n junction (the diode, illustrating the physics of the devices based on minority carriers), the Metal-Oxide-Semiconductor Field-Effect Transistor (the MOSFET is the building block of complex integrated circuits) and the quantum well laser diode (a component which limits the ultimate performances of telecommunication systems).

E. Rosencher

■ Basic concepts of semiconductors (band structure, doping) ■ Electronic transport, p-n junction ■ Heterostructures ■ Metal-oxide-semiconductor field effect transistor (MOSFET) ■ Optical properties, quantum wells ■ L aser diodes Specific lectures could be given for students of the elected course optoelectronics (PHY564C) Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

D. Langlois

M. Petropoulos

PHY568 General relativity David L anglois, Marios Petropoulos This course is an introduction to general relativity, the relativistic theory of gravitation. The course will begin with a brief presentation of special relativity and of the motivations that lead to go beyond the Newtonian theory of gravitation. The necessary geometrical tools will then be introduced: tensor calculus, covariant derivative, curvature tensors. These ingredients will be needed to write down Einstein’s equations, which determine the space-time geometry generated by some matter distribution. The second part of the course will be devoted to various applications of general relativity, with examples from the latest scientific advances. We will begin with historical applications: the motion of planets in the solar system, the deviation of light. We will then study compact stellar objects: relativistic stars and, especially, black holes. Lastly, we will consider relativistic cosmology and gravitational waves. Prerequisite: PHY431 – Relativity and variational principales

PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

222 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY569A Thermonuclear fusion Patrick Mora, Jean-Marcel R ax The course offers an introduction to the basic principles of the physics of thermonuclear plasmas, a presentation of the concepts of thermonuclear fusion, either in the magnetic confinement track (the ITER project) or in the inertial confinement track (the Megajoule Laser project), and a view of the achievements of present experimental facilities. Titles of the lectures:  Thermonuclear Fusion. 2 Physics of thermonuclear plasmas. 3 Orbits and confinement of charged particles. 4 Dissipation and transport. 5 Waves and instabilities in tokamaks 6 Control of thermonuclear plasmas. 7 Inertail confinement. 8 Hydrodynamics of laser created plasmas. 9 Laser-plasma interaction.

P. Mora

J.-M. Rax

Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY570 Materials design Silke Biermann, Thierry Gacoin Exploring specific materials properties is a prerequisite for technological development and the design of new devices. The goal of this course is to initiate the students in the design process which leads from the intrinsic properties of matter to the specifically shaped material, used within a functional device. This course will be divided into three main parts: ■ Chemical and structural properties of materials; description of the main techniques of production and shaping of materials ■ Electronic properties of materials, in particular concerning transport, magnetism and optical properties ■ Use of functional materials in the design of devices; notion of active or intelligent materials (materials whose properties can be controlled by an external stimulus, such as an electric or magnetic field, heat, mechanical pressure…). Examples include electrochromic or electroluminescent materials, metals with shape memory, electro-rheological fluids…).

S. Biermann

T. Gacoin

During the course, the students will work on a personal project, whose goal it is to study on an explicit example of a given material the whole chain fabrication, properties, function. This work may include an experimental part to be completed in one of the labs of the Ecole Polytechnique.

Physics

223

This course is part of the actions proposed within the framework of the “Chaire X/ESPCI/ Saint-Gobain” on Materials Sciences and Active Surfaces. Course taught in English Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

G. Gallot

PHY571A Research Projects in Laboratories Guilhem Gallot This “Enseignementd’Approfondissement“ (EA) in 3rd year is much more oriented toward research than other experimental EA proposed to students. Its goal is to complete the existing experimental EA in physics. Emphasis is placed on the individual work and on the integration of the student in one of the laboratories of the Physics Department, in a real research study for half a day per week. The module PHY571A is related to the first trimester, and PHY581A to the second, but it is strongly recommended to follow both modules (validating 2EA). With the researcher supervising the project, each student will acquire the knowledge needed to conduct the project. He will appropriate the project and integrate knowledge acquired during his studies at school. The subjects are a focused work, directly linked with the international level research activities of the physics laboratories of the school. The projects are fundamental or applied, experimental, theoretical or numerical. The topics cover a broad spectrum, corresponding to the research laboratories of the department. Once the framework is well-defined,supervisor and student jointly manage the work flow freely, with the expectation that this freedom will encourage a strong investment from the student. This EA has a “numerusclausus” of 10 projects. The list of the Research Project in Laboratories in 2011 may be found in the Teaching Site (top right). Complementary information can be obtained from: [email protected]. Schedule ■ From April to June 13: Contact. Students will contact the supervisors of the projects that interest them. No project willbe awarded before June 13, to allow time for students to discuss projects with the supervisors, who will also judge the motivation of the students. ■ June 13: Expressing wishes. Students express their wish in the form of a list of projects ordered by preference. Meanwhile, supervisors in charge send a ranked list of students, particularly taking into account their motivation. ■ June 20: Projects attribution. Projects are assigned to students according to their wishes and those of supervisors. ■ Until June 27: If necessary, the list of the remaining projects will be posted on the Department of Physics: www.enseignement.polytechnique.fr. The attribution of these projects will be possible after discussion between the student and supervisor.

224 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Evaluation methods: The project gives rise to the drafting of a summary report to highlight the scientific maturity gained by the student, and an oral presentation of 20 minutes followed by 10 minutes of questions with a jury including the head of program, the supervisor and a teacher of the department. The same project is followed in principle two trimesters and validates two trimesters (PHY571A and PHY581A). Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY572 Lasers, optics and plasmas Serena Bastiani-Ceccotti, Antonello De Martino, Manuel Joffre, Victor Malka This course entitled “lasers, optics and plasmas” is specific in its organization as an experimental project similar to MODEX cours. Its main aim is to enable motivated students to improve their skills in experimental physics. The lab work will be organized in teams of two students, who will have to choose one of the three following topics:

S. BastianiCeccotti

 Holography and applications to the studies of vibrating objects to be chosen by the students themselves 2 Femtosecond lasers (spectral interferometry, pulse shaping, generation and characterization of THz pulses in the far infrared). For this topic, there will be first three introductory sessions to femtosecond lasers and numerical tools (Matlab) required for controlling experiments and processing data, and then six experimental sessions.

A. De Martino

3 E xperimental studies of laser produced plasmas. For this topic, there will first be three introductory sessions on lasers, interferometry, spectroscopy and imaging, including a visit of the laboratories LULI and LOA, and a three hour introductory course on plasma physics. This will be followed by six experimental sessions on the characterization of laser-produced plasmas. Courses in English and French languages Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics

M. Joffre

Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

V. Malka

Physics

225

Y. Bonnassieux

PHY573A Electronics experimental conception Yvan Bonnassieux, Costel-Sorin Cojocaru, Yannick Geerebaert, Alain Louis-Joseph, Franck Wajsburt This experimental project proposes an approach of current and future technologies for the design of the integrated circuits: FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Arrays) Lab course centered on the design of a synchronous digital logic circuit and its actual implementation using a FPGA-based platform, by teams of two students. Examples of projects: digital watch, microprocessor, digital oscilloscope, audio synthesizer, MD5 coprocessor.

C.-S. Cojocaru

Design of Micro-electronic Circuits The objective of this experimental module is to familiarize you with the techniques to design VLSI and CMOS integrated circuits, while succeeding in designing and creating a small electric circuit (about 10,000 transistors) with the silicon specification. The tools used during this module originated from the CAO Alliance chain, developed at the computer science laboratory from Paris VI university. These are not industrial tools, but are tools born from research, and are well adapted to an undertaking to create a design. Y. Geerebaert

In previous years, a piano tuner circuit was created. All ideas are welcome, and will be studied to see if it is possible to carry them out, at least partially.

A. Louis-Joseph

Nano-devices with carbon nanotubes The objective of this experimental module is to implement the design of transistor with carbon nanotubes. More precisely: The way the synthesis of the carbon nanotubes will be approached by CVD technics, the characterization of the CNTs (SEM and TEM microscopy) and finally the design and the characterization of the transistors containing these nanotubes. Part of this experimental project will be carried out in the THALES clean room. Numerus clausus: 25 Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

F. Wajsburt

226 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY573B Flat panel displays Yvan Bonnassieux This course comprising a strong experimental component in clean room proposes to make an exhaustive review of present and future technologies e of the flat panel displays: Y. Bonnassieux

■ A nalogical and numerical Video Signal (Pal, Secam, MPEG…) and CRT display ■ Liquid crystals and LCD display ■ LCD display and System On Glass ■ OLED and organic electronic ■ OLED display ■ Plasma Display, FED, Epaper, LCOS… ■ E xperimental works (flexible display pixel) Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY574 Extrasolar planets: detection and formation Caroline Terquem The recent discoveries of planets around solar-type stars has brought the physics of planet formation to the front ranks of astrophysics. The objects detected so far have masses ranging from a few earth masses to a few Jupiter masses, and their orbits have semi-major axes between a few hundredths of an astronomical unit to 3-4 astronomical units. Some of these orbits have a very high eccentricity. In many cases, the orbits of extrasolar planets are therefore very different from those of the planets of our solar system. In this module, we will study in detail the characteristics of extrasolar planets, and the theories that are being developed to explain these objects.

C. Terquem

The first four sessions of this module are devoted to a presentation of the observations and theories related to extrasolar planets: ■ E xtrasolar planet detection methods, characteristics of the objects detected so far; ■ Theories of star and protoplanetary disk formation; ■ Theories of terrestrial and giant planet formation; ■ Gravitational interactions between a protoplanetary disk and theembedded planets: planetary migration; search for extrasolar life. The last four sessions are devoted to a bibliographical study of a selected topic related to extrasolar planets or the planets of our solar system. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

227

PHY575 Symmetry groups in physics Denis Bernard, Yves-Marie L aszlo, David Renard Theoretical basis for the representation of Lie groups, Lie algebra and finite groups, illustrated with plenty of examples. D. Bernard

Y.-M. Laszlo

 Introduction: Noether theorem and applications, quantum version 2 Generalities on group theory and representation of SU(2) 3 SU(3) and quarks 4 Linear compact groups 5 Complex semi-simples Lies algebras and their representations 6 Poincaré-Lorentz groups and Dirac equations 7 Heisenberg and Virasoro algebras 8 Physical interpretation of Heisenberg and Virasoro algebras 9 Gauge theory Prerequisite: PHY431 – Relativity and variational principles PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

D. Renard

S. Biermann

PHY576 Theoretical approaches to quantum properties of materials Silke Biermann, Silvana Botti This course includes an introduction to density functional theory and a personal work using sophisticated software to compute the electronic properties of advanced materials and nanostructures. It is composed of three parts: The first part consists of theoretical classes where the students get familiar with the manybody problem in condensed matter and are introduced to density functional theory; In the second part of the course the students learn how to use scientific programs based on density functional theory to study the electronic properties of materials;

S. Botti

Finally, they perform an individual research project. These projects are truly original, and have already led to a publication in an international journal, coauthored by some of the students [Phys. Rev. B 72, 125203 (2005)]. The topics of the individual projects presented by the students have so far ranged from nanotechnologies (nanoclusters, nanotubes, nanowires.), biophysics, cold atoms to a bibliographical study of the mathematical foundations of density functional theory. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

228 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY577 Superconductivity and magnetism Kees Van der Beek Magnetism and superconductivity are two fields of research that not only stimulate much interest due to the phenomenology of the materials involved (such as magnetic levitation, phase transitions, zero résistance in superconductors), they are also the two fields of research in which quantum mechanics manifests itself at the macroscopic level.

K. Van der Beek

This module, closely linked to the course PHY552A, “Quantum physics of electrons in solids“, which should be chosen alongside, proposes the in-depth study of one or the other phenomenon. In the last five years, a subject in magnetism has alternated with a subject in superconductivity, magnetism in even years, superconductivity in odd years. The operatory mode is to propose to the students, grouped in pairs, a topic that is of present scientific interest. They then perform a theoretical study of this topic, as well as laboratory experiments, using state-of-the-art equipment. Up to four pairs of students can participate in the module in this manner. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY579 Direct energy conversion and storage Jean-Marcel R ax This set of lectures offers an introduction to the basic physical processes involved in direct energy conversion devices such as magnetohydrodynamic generator, thermoelectric generator, electrohydrodynamic generator and thermoionic generator. Energy storage and the basic principles of energy conversion within the framework of both equilibrium and nonequilibrium thermodynamics are reviewed.

J.-M. Rax

 Thermal and chemical conversions – 1.1 Principles of classical Thermodynamics 1.2 Thermodynamic Flux and Forces, Transduction and Conversion 1.3 Carnot engine and Van’t Hoff reactor 1.4 Curzon-Ahlborn efficiency, Jarzynski identity 1.5 Direct and indirect conversions 2 Energy et Entropy – 2.1 Characteristic functions, 2.2 Boltzmann Entropy 2.3 Boltzmann factor, Gibbs factor 3 Heat and Work – 3.1 Mechanical, electric and magnetic works 3.2 Sensible heat 3.3 Heat of reaction, Latent heat 4 Transport and Dissipation – 4.1 Entropy exchange and production 4.2 Fokker-Planck and Kolmogorov equations 4.3 Mean free path and collision frequency 4.4 Diffusion and mobility 4.5 Conduction and Viscosity 4.6 Coupled fluxes, Onsager relations

Physics

229

5 Electrohydrodynamic conversion – 5.1 Critical field 5.2 Electrohydrodynamic conversion 5.3 Double layer 5.4 Electrokinetic conversion 6 Magnetohydrodynamic conversion – 6.1 Ionization equilibrium, 6.2 Conductivity and Ohm law 6.3 Hall and Faraday devices 6.4 Electrical and thermodynamical models 7 Thermoionic conversion – 7.1 Richardson-Duschman current 7.2 Langmuir regime 7.3 Surface ionization 7.4 Schottky regime 7.5 Efficiency and scaling 8 Thermoélectric conversion – 8.1 Peletier, Seebeck and Thomson effects 8.2 Seebeck generator 8.3 Peletier cooling 9 Magnetocaloric et Electrocaloric conversion – 9.1 Polarization and Magnetization 9.2 Curie-Weiss law 9.3 Electrocaloric and magnetocaloric conversions 9.4 Magnétocaloric cooling  Energy storage, Heat storage – 10.1 Potential and inertial storage. 10.2 Inductive and capacitive storage. 10.3 Sensible heat, latent heat. 10.4 high temperature storage, low temperature storage. 10.5 physico-chemical storage. Period: Fall term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

G. Gallot

PHY581A Research Projects in Laboratories Guilhem Gallot This « Enseignement d’Approfondissement » (EA) in 3rd year is much more oriented toward research than other experimental EA proposed to students. Its goal is to complete the existing experimental EA in physics. Emphasis is placed on the individual work and on the integration of the student in one of the laboratories of the Physics Department, in a real research study for half a day per week. The module PHY571A is related to the first trimester, and PHY581A to the second, but it is strongly recommended to follow both modules (validating 2EA). With the researcher supervising the project, each student will acquire the knowledge needed to conduct the project. He will appropriate the project and integrate knowledge acquired during his studies at school. The subjects are a focused work, directly linked with the international level research activities of the physics laboratories of the school. The projects are fundamental or applied, experimental, theoretical or numerical. The topics cover a broad spectrum, corresponding to the research laboratories of the department. Once the framework is well-defined,supervisor and student jointly manage the work flow freely, with the expectation that this freedom will encourage a strong investment from the student. This EA has a “numerusclausus” of 10 projects.

230 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

The list of the Research Project in Laboratories in 2011 may be found in the Teaching Site (top right). Complementary information can be obtained from: [email protected]. Schedule ■ From April to June 13: Contact. Students will contact the supervisors of the projects that interest them. No project willbe awarded before June 13, to allow time for students to discuss projects with the supervisors, who will also judge the motivation of the students. ■ June 13: Expressing wishes. Students express their wish in the form of a list of projects ordered by preference. Meanwhile, supervisors in charge send a ranked list of students, particularly taking into account their motivation. ■ June 20: Projects attribution. Projects are assigned to students according to their wishes and those of supervisors. ■ Until June 27: If necessary, the list of the remaining projects will be posted on the Department of Physics: www.enseignement.polytechnique.fr. The attribution of these projects will be possible after discussion between the student and supervisor. Evaluation methods: The project gives rise to the drafting of a summary report to highlight the scientific maturity gained by the student, and an oral presentation of 20 minutes followed by 10 minutes of questions with a jury including the head of program, the supervisor and a teacher of the department. The same project is followed in principle two trimesters and validates two trimesters (PHY571A and PHY581A). Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY581B Spintronics Henri-Jean Drouhin Introduction to the challenging field called “spintronics”, a nanotechnology which might have a deep impact on the future of electronics. H.-J. Drouhin

The devices include magnetoresistive reading heads, based on Giant MagnetoResistance (GMR) or Tunnel MagnetoResistance (TMR), which represent today a huge market as they are used in computer hard drives, MRAM memories, which begin to be commercially available, SPIN FET transistors as well as structures devoted to quantum computing. Very promising developments concern spin-transfer oscillators which may play an important role in the area of telecommunications. The courses concern both fundamental physics and application. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

Physics

231

PHY581C Experimental project Yvan Bonnassieux, Yannick Geerebaert, Alain Louis-Joseph, Franck Wajsburt This experimental project proposes an approach of current and future technologies for numerical and analogical electronic devices and circuits: Y. Bonnassieux

FPGA (Field-Programmable Gate Arrays) Lab course centered on the design of a synchronous digital logic circuit and its actual implementation using a FPGA-based platform, by teams of two students. Examples of projects: digital watch, microprocessor, digital oscilloscope, audio synthesizer, MD5 coprocessor.

Y. Geerebaert

Design of Micro-electronic Circuits The objective of this experimental module is to familiarize you with the techniques to design VLSI and CMOS integrated circuits, while succeeding in designing and creating a small electric circuit (about 10,000 transistors) with the silicon specification. The tools used during this module originated from the CAO Alliance chain, developed at the computer science laboratory from Paris VI university. These are not industrial tools, but are tools born from research, and are well adapted to an undertaking to create a design. In previous years, a piano tuner circuit was created. All ideas are welcome, and will be studied to see if it is possible to carry them out, at least partially.

A. Louis-Joseph

Nano-devices with carbon nanotubes The objective of this experimental module is to implement the design of transistor with carbon nanotubes. More precisely: The way the synthesis of the carbon nanotubes will be approached by CVD technics, the characterization of the CNTs (SEM and TEM microscopy) and finally the design and the characterization of the transistors containing these nanotubes. Part of this experimental project will be carried out in the THALES clean room. F. Wajsburt

Electronics of instrumentation: design of a NMR Around the design of a chemical bench of characterization by nuclear Magnetic resonance type, will be approached the various concepts of electronics of instrumentations. (Measurement with very weak noises, microwave electronic, synthesis of complexes excitations by digital circuits FPGA…). Course supported by the ”NANODIX” program, in collaboration with Samsung Electronics Numerus clausus: 25 Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

232 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY582 Functional thin films and active surfaces: research and innovation Silke Biermann, Thierry Gacoin Many industrial high tech products owe their functionality to the use of thin films, or functionalized surfaces or interfaces. This course aims to give the students a global view of research and development activities in the field, with illustrations ranging from materials used in optical devices, electronics (display and visualisation devices, solar cells…) to surface treatment (control of wetting, adhesion, catalysis…).

S. Biermann

The course consists of a series of scientific talks given by specialists in the field (researchers or engineers), who are involved in developing new products with original functionalities. In addition to the conferences, the students will conduct a personal project, whose aim it is to further elaborate on the scientific, technical and socio-economical aspects of a chosen topic related to the conferences.

T. Gacoin

This course is part of the actions proposed within the framework of the “Chaire X/ESPCI/ Saint-Gobain” on Materials Sciences and Active Surfaces. The conferences will be organised on an alternating schedule at Ecole Polytechnique and at ESPCI. One or more visits to industrial sites are also planned. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY583 Cosmology Martin Lemoine Cosmology is a subfield of astrophysics that deals with the Universe as a whole, its material or energy content, its past history and its dynamical evolution. Although relatively young, this field has seen a dramatic increase of knowledge in the past decades thanks to the development of ever more sensitive and efficient instruments, either ground based or space based. The various predictions of the theoretical model of the “hot big-bang”, which was put forward in the middle of the twentieth century, have been confirmed with ever increasing accuracy.

M. Lemoine

For instance, it is now possible to sketch the global picture of the evolution of the Universe since it first second (as measured relatively to a zero point that corresponds to the big-bang in the above model) until now, some fourteen billion years later. Extrapolating our knowledge of the history of the Universe beyond this first second remains the subject of active research. We also understand that the large scale structures of our Universe, meaning galaxies, clusters of galaxies or even super-clusters of galaxies originate from very small initial density perturbations through the action of the gravitational instability. However, the very origin of these perturbations, just as the detailed mechanism through which a galaxy such as ours has formed remains to be elucidated. Finally, to offer a last glimpse of the extent of

Physics

233

our knowledge in this field, one should cite the observations which have demonstrated that “dark matter” (in fact invisible matter) and “dark energy” comprise the bulk of the energy content of our Universe. The nature and the origin of these unknown forms of energy are problems looking for an answer. And there is no doubt that the answers to such questions will tell us more about our origins and on the past history of our Universe, but will also teach us about the fundamental physics of gravitation and of other interactions. This course thus offers an introduction to modern cosmology in six lectures (of about two hours each), to be completed by personal research on a topic of cosmology, to be chosen by the student. This research work will be mostly of a bibliographical nature but may also involve numerical computations if the student wishes and if the subject permits. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

V. Boudry

B. Giebels

PHY584 Experimental aspects of subatomic physics and astrophysics Vincent Boudry, Berrie Giebels The particle physics, after a long period of precision measurement refining and tentatively defaulting the Standard Model, is entering a new exploratory phase thanks to new experiments: the year 2009 will be reminded for the start of the LHC, and 2011 with a huge increase of luminosity, should hopefully be a year of discoveries. The study of the the very high energy cosmic rays and gammas (HESS, GLAST, Auger) has opened a new window on the non-thermic universe, which is now very actively being explored. This course is an introduction to the experimental and theoretical tools of particle physics and particle astrophysics, with an equal share between seminars and a personal work. The seminars will introduce the actual particle open questions as well as the instrumental techniques, accelerators and detectors, and for the later the process of their conception from first principles. The generation of very high energy cosmic rays by astrophysical accelerators, their propagation and detection by ground-based or space-based (balloons or satellites) detectors will also be treated. Finally a brief introduction to the string theory will be presented. The personal work will, according to personal wishes, deal with technical developments or data analysis currently done at the Leprince-Ringuet laboratory (llr.in2p3.fr) or with experimental work on particle physics. Another possibility consist in the analysis of recent experimental publications. A typical list of subject is available on [link to the attached file, if possible]. Prerequisite:

PHY431 – Relativity and variational principles



PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

234 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY585 Experimental work Serena Bastiani-Ceccotti This course proposes an experimental approach to phenomena connected to the physics of the atmosphere, with a particular attention on environmental themes.

S. BastianiCeccotti

As an example, we propose the in-situ measurement of the atmospheric physico-chemistry, with an instrument of remote detection, the LIDAR (Light Detection And Ranging), who allows the analysis of a big variety of atmospheric phenomena, as the study of the atmospheric pollution by sprays or the formation and the dissipation of clouds. These measurements will be made with the LIDAR of the Laboratoire de Météorologie Dynamique of the Ecole Polytechnique. Other subjets are proposed: the study of the potential of environment-friendly energy sources (solar and wind powers), on the area of the Ecole Polytechnique, thanks to the atmospheric measurements of radiation and wind of the SIRTA (Site d’Instrumentation et de Recherche en Télédétection Atmosphérique); the study and the estimation of the correlation between the local climate (expressed by the atmospheric data of wind, cloud layer, fog and temperature, available at SIRTA) and large scale circulations. Numerus clausus: 8 Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

PHY586 Nuclear reactor technology and fuel cycle Frank Carre This series of lectures presents specific aspects of nuclear reactors technology and main steps of their fuel cycle from uranium mining to radioactive waste management: ■ Main structural materials of nuclear reactor core and primary system ■ Introduction to neutron irradiation damages to core materials ■ Main nuclear fuels, operating conditions and technology limits ■ Introduction to fuel cycle techniques and economics: mining and processing of uranium ore, manufacturing of fuel, in-reactor utilisation, recycling of used fuel and radioactive waste management ■ Main uranium enrichment techniques ■ Main spent fuel treatment and recycling processes ■ Main treatment and packaging techniques for radioactive waste ■ Research on recycling techniques to reduce radioactive waste production and increase resistance to risks of proliferation Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

F. Carre

Physics

235

PHY587 Experimental quantum optics Serena Bastiani-Ceccotti Quantum optics is a physics domain dealing with the applications of quantum mechanics to phenomena involving light and its interaction with matter. S. BastianiCeccotti

This course offers an experimental work centered on quantum optics and covering fundamental physics to nowadays technology (for instance, telecommunications). Some examples: ■ Atomic optics and photon-atom interactions: optical pumping, saturated absorption spectroscopy ; ■ Setup and application of a laser (for example, image or sound transmission); ■ Non-linear optics: frequency doubling, electro-optic shutter; ■ Optical microcavity and optical bistability: modes coupling in a microcavity, optical control of a system, optical memory concept. Numerus clausus: 8 Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

P. Roca i Cabarrocas

PHY589 Laboratory course on Photovoltaics Pere Roca i Cabarrocas The aim of this elective course is to allow the students to have hands on experience in the fabrication and characterization of solar cells in a research environment. The courses will take place in the laboratory of physics of interfaces and thin films. Various aspects of solar energy will be covered: i) the synthesis of silicon thin films by plasma enhanced chemical vapour deposition and the production of solar cells based on these layers, ii) the synthesis and characterisation of solar cells based on organic semiconductors, iii) the detailed characterization of various materials by complementary techniques (ellipsometry, Raman, AFM…) in order to qualify various aspects of materials for solar cells, iv) the full characterization of solar cells (single junction PIN based on a-Si:H and µc-Si:H, amorphous/c-Si heterojunctions , tandem solar cells, CIS, GaAs…). In particular dark and light J-V characteristics and spectral response will be used to understand the physics behind these various devices. Prerequisite: PHY432 – Quantum and statistical physics Period: Winter term – 36 h – 4 ECTS

236 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY591 Fields, particles and matter Pierre Fayet, Denis Bernard, Arnd Specka Organizers: ➟ Pierre Fayet Mél : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 44 32 37 76 ou 01 47 07 71 46 – Fax : 01 43 36 76 66 ➟ Denis Bernard Mél : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 44 32 34 81 – Fax : 01 43 36 76 66 ➟ Arnd Specka Mél : [email protected] – École polytechnique – Tél.01 69 33 55 67 – Fax : 01 69 33 55 08 The aim of this research project is to place the students in contact with fundamental research, as practised in theoretical and particle physics laboratories. The work experience project is naturally aimed at students with the motivation for this kind of research, as well as at those who – having decided to do something else – want to learn what fundamental research is all about for a period of three months. It lets them discover what research life is like in these disciplines. Study subjects The subjects proposed for the work experience projects fall into three categories:  Theory of matter at the macroscopic scale (contact Denis Bernard) In physics, the vast number of degrees of freedom at the microscopic scale gives rise at intermediate and macroscopic scales to a variety of quantum or statistical phenomena that need to be understood. Spectacular progress has been achieved in quantum mechanics or statistics, thanks to the use of concepts from field theory and probability theory (e.g. the recent Fields medal relating to two-dimensional statistical physics) and certain topics of the option are linked to it. Others illustrate the application of concepts from statistical physics to domains that are in principle external to this one, for example the “complex” systems (e.g. disordered systems or financial markets). Finally, themes inspired by biology supply some very interesting subjects for statistical physics.

P. Fayet

D. Bernard

A. Specka

2 Theoretical particle physics (contact Pierre Fayet) This is all about understanding the structure and the interactions of fundamental particles. A spectacular breakthrough was achieved when it was discovered that all the known interactions (electromagnetic, gravitational, strong and weak nuclear) can be described using a single language, that of “gauge theories”. This result, brilliantly confirmed by experience, allows us to hope that a deeper-level unification is no longer beyond our grasp. This fundamental question poses exciting problems both for physics and for mathematics that will be at the focal point of the subjects proposed. 3 E xperimental particle physics (contact Arnd Specka) What does the dark matter in our universe consist of? Are there such things as supersymmetrical particles? What is the origin of the very different masses of the elementary particles? These are three of the most burning questions among the many that are raised by particle physicists, both theoretical and practical, today. Experimental information, whether from the discovery of new phenomena or from accurate measurements, is in-

Physics

237

dispensable for inspiring and testing theories. Major experimental programmes are being designed, realized or implemented through international collaborations. All use state of the art techniques in various domains – high-speed electronics, real-time computing, data processing, powerful lasers or the delicate physics of particle detectors. A student motivated by the big questions in physics will have the opportunity to come face to face with the experimental side. Some of the work experience projects offered will be related to highly topical subjects: neutrino oscillations, investigation of the Higgs boson, fundamental symmetries, particle astrophysics. Other work experience projects will be based on applications of subatomic physics such as nuclear rectors, accelerator techniques or nuclear medicine. The range of subjects proposed ranges widely, even within each of the categories. Some theoretical subjects are directly linked to practical experience, others involve studying a model to allow the essential points of a phenomenon to be understood; sometimes, solutions will have to be found to a pure or applied mathematics problem, or it may be necessary to resort to the computer. In experimental physics, the work may involve implementing a more or less new device for data capture and for the analysis of the results. Some of the proposed subjects, both theoretical and experimental, have computing components of varying degrees of importance (digital analysis or simulation on a computer, information processing, programming). Research work experience – Practical details Students are invited to arrange themselves into pairs for carrying out this work, since this lets them get the most out of it. Individuals may be accepted in cases where it proved impossible to make a pair. The work experience topics may, in the best case, end up as a piece of original research work that can be published; they will in any event require a preliminary introduction for a shorter or longer period depending on the subjects. Acquiring this additional knowledge above the teaching at the École is done during the work experience period, but may also be supervised as necessary by the work organizers during the research experience period. The work experience projects will take place in the laboratories in and around Paris (École Normale Supérieure, Universités Paris VI-VII, ESPCI, Institut Curie, Collège de France, École Polytechnique, Centre du CEA à Saclay, Université Paris XI à Orsay) or elsewhere in France (particularly the ENS in Lyon), or abroad. Some experimental work placements involving data capture may allow for stays at the major European accelerators (CERN, Hamburg). The teachers and organizers are available to give you any further details you require on any of the aspects proposed (type of work, ratio of introductory work to original research, etc.) and to help mould them as necessary to suit your preferences. The three teaching staff are equally ready to consider the possibility of organizing work experience placements on other subjects that particularly motivated students would like to study, or experimental work experience placements at CERN in particular (for which English is required).

238 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Given the lead time required to “get into” the work experience topics suggested, it is a good idea for you to choose your subject and discuss it with your future supervisor for the period well in advance. It is recommended that you think carefully about the theme selected before setting the wheels in motion. To give some indication, here is a list of work experience topics proposed during previous years: ■ The quantum Hall effect. ■ Fractional statistics and conformal theories. ■ Bose-Einstein condensation of atoms. ■ Quantum chaos. ■ Replication methods in the microcanonical ensemble. ■ Statistical physics and game theory. ■ Properties of the Brownian self-transport operator. ■ Exact solutions in non-equilibrium statistical physics. ■ From traffic routing to growth of interfaces: the dynamics of a disordered system. ■ Phase separation in mixtures of hard particles. ■ Detachment of bilayer membranes of surfactants. ■ Theory of superconductors at critical high temperature. ■ Electrical transport across a molecule. ■ Micro-manipulation of the DNA molecule. ■ Mechanical properties of viral capsids. ■ Bubble nuclei. ■ Hadron therapy. ■ Accelerators for hybrid nuclear reactors. ■ A new state of matter: the quark-gluon plasma. ■ Quantum chromodynamics and the photon. ■ Dark matter and supersymmetry. ■ Supersymmetry and the masses of Higgs bosons. ■ Magnetic monopoles and duality. ■ String theory. ■ The evaporation of black holes. ■ Investigations of the violations of fundamental symmetries in the disintegrations of strange mesons, B mesons and tau leptons. ■ Investigations into Higgs bosons and supersymmetrical particles using LEP 200. ■ Investigation of the mass of the neutrino using the phenomenon of oscillation. ■ Preparation of a detector for a future e + e - collider. ■ A ntares practical experience: a submarine detector for very high energy neutrinos of cosmic origin. ■ Investigations into gravitational waves, work experience project Virgo. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Physics

239

D. Langlois

M. Lemoine

C. terquem

PHY592 Astrophysics and cosmology David L anglois, Martin Lemoine, Caroline Terquem Organizers ➟ Caroline Terquem (Astrophysics) Tél. : 01 44 32 81 31 – Mél : [email protected] – Fax : 01 44 32 80 01 ➟ Martin Lemoine (Astrophysics) Tél. : 01 44 32 80 50 – Mél : [email protected] ➟ David L anglois (Cosmology) Tél. : 01 57 27 60 74/Mél : [email protected] – Fax : 01 57 27 60 71 The goal of the research internship in « Astrophysics Cosmology and Earth Sciences» (PHY 592) is to introduce students to the community of scientists who explore our Universe, nearby or distant, or as close as Earth. This training is intended not only for students wishing to enter the world of research but also for those who, out of curiosity and before following a completely different professional path, would like to learn more about the fascinating topics at the core of this field of fundamental or applied research. In Astrophysics (and Cosmology), the range of activities is extremely large: from the construction of a detector that will be inserted in an observation device - either terrestrial or spatial - to the analytical calculations of the theorist, via data analysis of telescope images or the use of numerical simulations. Thus it will not be difficult for the student to choose an activity that suits best his/her personal taste. Here is a non exhaustive list of research topics which are particularly active nowadays:  Extra-solar planets 2 Astronomical instrumentation (development of new instruments in spectroscopy, polarimetry, imaging, interferometry…) 3 High energy astrophysics (physics of the most energetic sources in our Universe: active galactic nuclei, accretion disks and jets…) 4 Compact objects (neutron stars, stellar or galactic black holes) and gravitational waves 5 Observational cosmology (distribution of galaxies, cosmic microwave background, gravitational lensing…) 6 Theoretical cosmology (models of inflation, nature of dark energy, nature of dark matter…) The internships can take place in a laboratory in the Paris area (for instance, the laboratory Astroparticules and Cosmologie, the CEA Saclay, the Institut d’Astrophysique de Paris, the Institut d’Astrophysique Spatiale or the Observatoire de Paris), in the rest of France or abroad. For research internships abroad, we strongly recommend the student to contact the people responsible for the option as soon as possible. In this way the subject of the research project, the possible host university and host supervisor can be set up early enough.

240 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Some examples of internships of the past years: ■ Study of the O’Hana interferometric optical fiber network at Mauna Kea, Hawaii, USA ■ Modeling of star formation, ENS Paris, France ■ Internal structure of brown dwarfs, ENS Lyon, France ■ Study of the reionisation of the Universe, Columbia University, New-York, USA ■ Oscillations in the primordial power spectrum of density fluctuations, Observatoire MidiPyrénées, France ■ Study of spectral lines in solar type stars, San Francisco State University, USA ■ X-ray investigations of clusters of galaxies using XMM-Newton, CEA Saclay, France ■ The X-ray binary population in Andromeda, Institut Anton Pannekoek, Amsterdam, The Netherlands ■ Instabilities in the solar radiative region, Columbia University, USA ■ Stellar interferometry, Observatoire de Meudon / Observatoire du Mont Wilson, Californie, USA ■ Analog black holes, Rio de Janeiro, Brazil ■ Observational study of gravitational lensing using VLT data, Caltech, USA ■ Deflagration and denotation in supernovae, Barcelone, Spain ■ Cosmology of colliding bubbles, Cambridge, UK Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

PHY593 Advanced technology physics Henri-Jean Drouhin Organizer: ➟ Henri-Jean Drouhin – LSI et DGAR, École Polytechnique Tél. 01 69 33 40 17 – Mél : [email protected]

H.-J. Drouhin

Other teachers involved: ➟ Yvan Bonnassieux – LPICM, École Polytechnique Tél. 01 69 33 43 02 – Mél : [email protected] ➟ Bernard Drévillon – LPICM, École Polytechnique Tél. 01 69 33 43 01 – Mél : [email protected] ➟ Thierry Melin – Institut d’Electronique, Microélectronique et Nanotechnologie, Lille Tél. 03 20 19 78 64 – Mél : [email protected] ➟ Jean-Eric WEGROWE – LSI, École Polytechnique Tél. 01 69 33 45 55 – Mél : [email protected] Presentation This research training cursus gathers topics related to fundamental and applied research, as well as to Research and Development (R&D) in “Advanced Technologies”, with particular emphasis on the field of semiconductor. This teaching period consists in an internship training in a research laboratory located either in a university campus or belonging to a big industrial company. Internships in smaller high technology companies are also available. This training can be performed in France or in foreign countries, essentially in Europe, North Ame-

Physics

241

rica or Eastern Asia. A large number of research fields are concerned : semiconductors, thin film and nanomaterials, supraconductors, microelectronics, optoelectronics, circuit design, electronic applications, signal processing… More generally, PHY593 can be considered as the first part of the Master cursus in Electrical Engineering. Training in France The research training projects are proposed to the students, whatever their previous curriculum. Two short presentations during the internship period will be scheduled for the students performing a research training in Paris area. Training in foreign countries A direct connexion with the third year curriculum is recommended. Thus the research projects directly related to the field of semiconductors and applications will be restricted to the students who attended the course of the “Physics of Semiconductor Devices” (PHY567). In case of stays in oversea countries (North America, Eastern Asia), extending the internship period till the end of july is expected. Examples of research topics ■ Semiconductors (materials, electronic and optical properties) ■ Microelectronics (circuit design, elaboration processes, characterization of devices...) ■ Optoelectronics (quantum well lasers, detectors, III-V devices…) ■ Large area electronics (flat panel displays, photovoltaic solar cells, X ray detectors…) ■ Electroluminescent materials (organic, porous silicon…) and Light Emitting Diodes (LED) ■ Thin films and applications (semiconductors, optical devices…) ■ Carbon nanotubes and nanomaterials ■ Magnetic materials and superconductors ■ Polymers, glasses, metals, liquid crystals… ■ Instrumentation in optics (ellipsometry, polarimetry…) ■ Electronics systems and industrial applications (defence, health, telecommunications…) ■ Signal processing. Image processing. Examples of laboratories Ecole Polytechnique ■ Condensed Matter Laboratory (PMC) ■ Thin Film Laboratory (PICM) ■ Irradiated Solids Laboratory (LSI) France ■ Photonics and Nanostructures Laboratory (CNRS Alcatel-Marcoussis) ■ Group of Solid Physics (Ecole Normale Supérieure - Paris) ■ Solid Physics Laboratory (Orsay) ■ ONERA (Châtillon, Palaiseau) ■ Thales- R&T (Corbeville-Orsay)

242 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

■ Saint Gobain Research (Aubervilliers) ■ Sagem (Argenteuil, Massy) ■ CEA - LETI (Grenoble) ■ ST Microelectronics (Crolles) Foreign countries ■ Australian National University (Canberra, Australia) ■ National Research Council (Ottawa-Canada) ■ Ecole Polytechnique Montréal (Canada) ■ Technische -Universität Berlin (Germany) ■ Universität Stuttgart (Germany) ■ Trinity College (Dublin, Ireland) ■ CNR Roma (Italy) ■ University of Kyoto (Japan) ■ Tokyo Institute of Technology (Japan) ■ University of Barcelona (Spain) ■ University of Cambridge (UK) ■ Imperial College (London, UK) ■ IBM (Zürich, CH, Yorktown Heights and Almaden, USA) ■ University of California (Los Angeles and Santa Barbara, USA) ■ University of Michigan (USA) ■ University of Northwestern (Chicago, USA) ■ LAM Research (Fremont, USA) Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Physics

243

F. Hache

PHY594 Lasers, quantum optics, plasma physics François Hache Organizer: ➟ François Hache Laboratoire d’Optique et Biosciences (LOB) [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 50 39 – Fax : 01 69 33 50 84 Other teachers involved: ➟ Serena Bastiani -Ceccotti Laboratoire d’Utilisation des Lasers Intenses (LULI), [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 54 04 The subjects of the proposed internships cover the very wide domain of the interaction of matter with electromagnetic field, in the whole spectral range from radiofrequency to X rays. In the last decades, this domain has experienced spectacular breakthroughs, due to the dvelopment of lasers of course, but also due to new and bright synchrotron radiation sources. Last but not least, the hope to achieve sustainable energy production through controlled thermonuclear fusion is clearly a major incentive for research in hot plasma physics. The subjects of the proposed internships are related to a variety of research subjects where the laser is either a tool or the subject of the research itself. Even though this field is quite wide, in fact many subjects clearly overlap each other. For example, in many instances plasmas are created by lasers and conversely plasmas can operate as laser sources. Besides, lasers can be used for plasma diagnostics. Research in laser physics is very active in many topics, including optical telecommunications, optical data treatment, atom cooling, particle acceleration, development of new types of lasers (such as free electron lasers, X-ray lasers, ultrashort pulse or very high intensity lasers…), thermonuclear fusion ignition through inertial confinement, study of turbulence and chaos, reduction of quantum noise, functional imaging of biological objects… The internships proposed may also involve plasma physics without lasers: fusion ignition with magnetic confinement (tokamaks), solar wind, magnetosphere… The subjects proposed clearly span the whole range from quite fundamental to applied physics. On the whole, very high level research is being performed in this domain in France, and more generally in Western Europe. Most internships are proposed close to Paris, but many others are possible elsewhere in France or abroad. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

244 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

PHY595 Solid state physics Luca Perfetti Organiser: ➟ Luca Perfetti – LSI, École Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau CEDEX Tél. : 01 69 33 45 56 - Fax : 01 69 33 45 54 – Mél : [email protected]

L. Perfetti

Presentation The goal of this research project is to offer the student the opportunity to discover modern condensed matter physics, which is a source of numerous subjects of fundamental research as well technological advances. The diversity of materials, the complexity of artificial structures we can make, and the extreme conditions we can probe them with, makes condensed matter one of broadest and the most diverse branch of physics and, because it is deeply involved in the latest technologies, an always renewing discipline. The research project consists of an internship in a prestigious laboratory, where the student will be confronted with a fast-moving domain of research. He will learn new concepts and new techniques, experimental or theoretical. He will also experience by himself what research is, a field in which imagination and creativity are essentials, and originality a credo. The internships will take place in France or abroad. Examples of problematics encountered ■ Materials with extraordinary properties one has to explore, understand and model to find out what are the underlying mechanisms responsible for such unusual properties: high critical temperature superconductors, materials with colossal magneto-resistance, nanostructured materials, self-assembled materials, etc. which raise numerous problems: quantum phase transitions, dynamics of electronic correlations, electronic and magnetic fluctuations, etc. ■ Nanostructures and mesoscopic physics : the use of artificial structures with extremely reduced dimensions leads to a world intermediate between the microscopic and macroscopic ones, where quantum mechanics reigns. Coherent electronic transport in molecules, carbon nanotubes, 2D layers of graphene or semiconductors; superconductivity and magnetism in proximity regime; statistical properties of charge and spin transport; elementary cells for quantum computing, based on Josephson junctions or Single Electron Transistors; spin dynamics in magnetic nanostructures, etc. Examples of techniques The student will be, depending on his choice, confronted with some techniques among a very broad ensemble (detection, growth and fabrication, characterisation): low noise electronics, Nuclear Magnetic Resonance, Electron Spin Resonance, high-speed optical microscope, electron microscope, X rays and synchrotron, Scanning Tunnel Microscope and Atomic Force Microscope, photons-, electrons- or mass-spectrometers, photo-emission, electronic nano-lithography and clean room nano-fabrication, Molecular Beam Epitaxy, cryogenics, high magnetic fields, high presssures, etc.

Physics

245

Students more attracted by theory can choose an internship on modelling or simulation of modern phenomena in condensed matter. Theoretical approaches use analytical and/or numerical methods of statistical- and quantum physics of systems with a large number of degrees of freedom. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

H. Le Treut

PHY/MEC596 Geophysics and planetary environment Hervé Le Treut, Jean-François Roussel, Thomas Dubos Organizers : ➟ Jean-François Roussel (Département Physique) – ONERA Toulouse E-mail : [email protected] – Tél. : 05 62 25 27 35 – Fax : 05 62 25 25 69

➟ Hervé Le Treut (Département Mécanique) LMD, École Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau CEDEX E-mail : [email protected] ou [email protected] – Tél. : X -poste 51 03 ou 51 01

J.-F. Roussel

T. Dubos

Co-responsable : ➟ Thomas DUBOS – LMD, École Polytechnique, 91128 Palaiseau CEDEX E-mail : [email protected] – Tél. : X- poste 36 18 This option proposes placements in the field of fluid dynamics, geophysics, ocean dynamics, the atmosphere and internal geophysics. Many placements tackle environmental problems such as pollution, water management, the impact of deforestation on the climate, climatic change due to the greenhouse effect, the detection of seismic signals and earthquakes. These topics are interdisciplinary by nature. Mechanical and physical aspects (and sometimes chemical and biological aspects) are combined with more applied issues relating to measuring techniques and the analysis of global or on-site observations. All available placements reflect this triple diversity.  Topic: this may concern oceanography, meteorology, the study of local processes (coastal currents, orographic waves, waves, avalanches, etc.), global studies (past climate, forecasting of future climate, role and study of the El Nino process, forecasting of cyclones, carbon cycle in the atmosphere), internal geophysics, or applied industrial studies (globally in France). 2 Technique: many subjects have substantial digital content (often enabling a solid introduction to languages such as FORTRAN or LINUX), however some topics are more experimental by nature (laboratory experiments, on-site measuring, global data or spatial measurements) and others are more theoretical (theory of turbulent flows, waves or atmospheric or oceanic instabilities, etc.). 3 Geography: almost all countries in the world carry out active research in the fields concerned by this option. Placements are therefore proposed in many countries, but also in France (Paris or elsewhere).

246 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Students interested in a placement are requested to contact the EA head to specify the possible direction for the placement. The following are a few examples of institutions having supervised placements in previous years: ■ Meteorology: UCLA, MIT, University of Florida, McGill University (Montreal), Canadian weather service (Vancouver), University of Reading, University of Hamburg, McQuarie University (Sydney), Australian weather service (Melbourne), University of Buenos-Aires, University of Montevideo, Institute of Atmospheric Physics in Beijin, University of Tokyo, Cochin University (Indies), IAP (Moscow). ➟ And in France: LMD (Paris-Palaiseau), Aeronomy service (Paris), LAMP (ClermontFerrand), French weather service (Toulouse) ■ Oceanography: Scripps Institution (California), Oceanographic institute (Palma de Mallorca), CSIRO (Hobart, Australia), SOC (Southampton, Great Britain), AWI (Bremerhaven, Germany) ➟ In France: LOCEAN (Paris), LEGI (Grenoble), Ifremer (Brest) ■ Geophysics: IPG (Paris), Total (France), Volcano and Seismological Observatory in Guadeloupe ■ Instrumentation: University of Toronto, DLR (Munich, Germany) ➟ In France: LMD (Paris), LOCEAN (Paris), SAUR (water processing, Paris). ■ Theoretical studies: Cambridge, Oxford, Monash university, MIT, Imperial College (London), ➟ In France: LMD, LOCEAN or INL (Nice). Almost all of these institutions are prepared to accept new trainees from X: the list is for information only and is not exhaustive. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

Physics

247

F. Carre

PHY/MEC597 Energies Frank Carre, Patrick Le Tallec, Arnd Specka Organizers: Département de Physique ➟ Frank Carré – CEA Saclay – Mél : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 08 63 41 ➟ Arnd Specka – École Polytechnique – LLR - Mél : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 55 67 Département de Mécanique ➟ Patrick Le Tallec – École Polytechnique – LMS Mél. : [email protected] – Tél. : 01 69 33 57 85

P. Le Tallec

A. Specka

Training course in the Energy Program The objective of the training course is for students to acquire some experience of research in the field of energy in laboratories such as physics, energetics, mechanics, within stateowned or international companies. It is recommended to choose your subject and to discuss it a long time in advance with one of the professor in charge of the Training Course. Hereafter are examples of training courses offered in previous years: ■ Fission reactors ■ Thermonuclear fusion ■ Waste ■ Nuclear power of generation 4 ■ Photovoltaic solar energy ■ Hydro-electric power ■ Renewable energies ■ CO2 - Economy of energy ■ Thermal solar energy ■ Energy storage ■ Research and development on hydrogen ■ Perspectives of electric motor car ■ Fluid dynamics in power systems ■ High temperature resisting materials ■ V ibrations in the offshore systems. The range of proposed subjects is wide within every single domain. The subjects are theoretical or experimental. Most training courses are hosted by university research laboratories in France or abroad. Nevertheless, a significant number of training courses take place in companies having important research and development activities in the field of energy. Period: Spring term – 480 h – 20 ECTS

248 ➟ Course Catalog 2011-2012

Index Applied Mathematics MAP311 Randomness MAP411 Mathematical Modelling MAP431 Numerical analysis and optimization MAP432 Markov chains and discrete time martingales MAP433 Introduction to statistical methods MAP441 Applied Module in Applied Mathematics Laboratory MAP551 Probability theory for financial economics MAP552 Stochastic models in finance MAP553 Statistical Learning and nonparametric estimation MAP554 Communication Networks, Algorithms and Probability MAP555 Signal Processing MAP556 An introduction to mathematical models in Ecology MAP557 Operations Research: Mathematical Aspects and Applications MAP561 Control: Basic concepts and applications in mechanics MAP562 Optimal design of structures MAP563 Random models in Ecology and Evolution MAP564 Stochastic Simulation and Monte-Carlo methods MAP565 Processes and estimation MAP571 Personal Project in Applied Mathematics MAP581 Personal Project in Applied Mathematics MAP582 Creation of Technology Start-Ups MAP591 Image and Signal MAP592 Modelling and scientific computing MAP593 Automatic Control and Operations Research MAP594 Probabilistic and statistical modelisation MAP595 Financial Mathematics MAP/MAT567 Transport and diffusion

Pages 5 6 6 7 8 9 10 10 11 12 12 13 13 15 15 16 17 17 19 21 22 22 23 24 25 27 18

Biology Pages BIO431 Ecology and biodiversity 31 BIO432 Biology and human pathologies: from symptoms to mechanisms 31 BIO441 Experimental project in Biology 32 BIO451 Molecular and cellular biology 32 BIO452 Molecular biology 33 BIO552 Cellular identity and immunology 34

Program Flowchart

249

BIO553 Neurobiology and Development BIO554 Computational biology

34 35

BIO561 BIO562 BIO563 BIO571 BIO581 BIO582 BIO591

36 36 37 37 38 39 40

Biological Targets and Therapeutic Strategies Genetics, reproduction, cloning Biodiversity and ecosystem functioning Experimental laboratory work in Genetic Engineering Genomes: diversity, environment and human health Human and environmental toxicology Biology and Ecology

Chemistry Pages CHI411 Introduction to molecular chemistry 41 CHI431 The foundations of molecular chemistry 41 CHI441 Experimental Project in Chemistry 42 CHI551 Structure, Symmetry and Spectroscopy 42 CHI552 Organic Synthesis and Biosynthesis 43 CHI553 Organometallic chemistry and catalysis 43 CHI561 Advanced organic and organometallic chemistry 44 CHI562 Polymer chemistry 44 CHI563 Modeling in molecular sciences 44 CHI572 Experimental project 46 CHI581 Biological and Medicinal Chemistry 46 CHI591 New reactions and natural products synthesis 47 CHI592 Organometallic chemistry and catalysis 47 CHI593 Chemistry/biology interface, mass spectrometry and quantum chemistry 50

Economics Pages ECO311 Introduction to Economic Analysis 53 ECO431 Economic analysis: Introduction 53 ECO432 Econometrics: An Introductory Course 54 ECO433 Economy Business 55 ECO441 Experimental project in Economics 56 ECO550A Economics of Uncertainty and Finance 56 ECO550B Economics of Innovation 57 ECO551 Public policy and the law 57 ECO552A Intermediate Econometrics 58 ECO553 Economic Growth 58 ECO554 Microeconomics for Public policy 59 ECO555 Game Theory 59 ECO556 Microeconomics 61 ECO557 Econometrics 61 ECO558 Macroeconomics 62 ECO559 Corporate and financial strategy 62 ECO560 Economics of Contracts 64 ECO561 Business cycles 65 ECO562 Econometrics and Evaluation of Public Policy 65 ECO563 Public Economics, Welfare, and Institutions 66

250 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

ECO564 Economy of the Energy Sector: Introduction ECO565 Sustainable Development and Environment

66 67

ECO566 Industrial organization ECO567 Organizational Economics and Corporate Finance ECO571 Political Sciences ECO572 International Economics ECO574 Game Theory and Economic Analysis ECO581 Economic Policy ECO582 Economics and competition policy ECO583 Growth and Development ECO584 Decision theory ECO585 Prospect theory ECO588A Asset Pricing ECO588B Corporate Finance ECO588C Financial Econometrics ECO591 Microeconomics and Business Strategies ECO592 The macroeconomic and Political Economy ECO593 Bank, Finance

68 68 69 70 71 72 73 74 75 76 76 77 78 78 79 79

Humanités et Sciences Sociales HSS411A1 International Institutions, Governments and Economics HSS411A2 International Institutions, Governments and Economics HSS411B An Introduction to economic and financial problems HSS411C Understanding the Firm HSS411D Corporate Law HSS411E Communication and the media HSS411G French Government, Institutions and Economics HSS412A French modern Literature: analysis and criticism HSS412B Introduction to Moral and Political Philosophy HSS412C Political history of France in the 19th century: legacies and modernity (1814-1870) HSS412D History of international relations in the 20th century HSS412E Business intelligence & information warfare HSS412F A history of religions HSS412G General Sociology HSS413A Art History HSS413B Architecture HSS413C1 Drawing HSS413C2 Drawing HSS413D From baroque to rock HSS413E Infography HSS414A French Government, Institutions and Economics HSS414B An introduction to economic and financial problems HSS414C International Governments, Institutions and Economics HSS414D Corporate Law HSS414E Strategic analysis and marketing HSS414F Geopolitics and Strategy HSS414G The engineer's work within a company

Pages 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 89 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 90 91 91 91 91 91 91 91

Program Flowchart

251

HSS414H Politics & political culture HSS415A Linguistics

91 91

HSS415B Psychology HSS415C Social Anthropology HSS415D History of Paris. Paris, the capital. Urban history and cultural construction HSS415E Philosophy: HSS415F Science, Technology and Society HSS415G Economic sociology HSS416A Architecture HSS416B Computer graphics and modelisation 3D applied to architecture HSS416C Painting HSS416D1 Drawing HSS416D2 Drawing HSS416E Sculpture HSS416F Engraving HSS416G Music HSS416H Design HSS421 Corporate stakeholders: an introduction HSS422 Economic history HSS424 History: Cultural and political history of intellectuals HSS425 Art History HSS431 The "living-together" Crisis HSS511A Public Affairs HSS511C Multicultural management and business performance (X-HEC) HSS511E Projet management HSS511F Corporation and Digital Economy: Organization and Business Models HSS511G Creation and first developments of an innovation compagny HSS511H Geopolitics I: Contemporary world challenges: the case of Eurasia HSS511J Corporate and information strategies HSS511K Sustainable development HSS512A Philosophy HSS512C Ethnology HSS512D Greek ans latin civilizations HSS512F Brain and cognition HSS513B Architecture and urbanism HSS513C Painting HSS513E Sculpture HSS513F Engraving HSS513G Infography HSS513H Music HSS513I Discovering Paris National Opera HSS513J Interaction Design HSS522 Culture today HSS524 Strategies and geopolitics HSS525 Innovation-based strategies and design systems HSS526 Introduction to Cognitive sciences HSS561 Exploration methodology of the innovation domains HSS562 Business cases of innovvation

91 92

252 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 92 93 93 93 93 83 84 84 85 82 94 94 94 94 94 94 94 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 95 96 96 96 96 96 86 87 87 88 97 97

HSS571/581 Microthesis on sustainable development HSS572/582 Microthesis on sustainable development

97 97

HSS573 Strategy HSS574 Creation and developments of an innovative company HSS575 Complex systems Projet HSS583 Managment of innovation HSS591A Economic systems and sustainable development HSS591B Strategic approach and competitive intelligence within the firm HSS591C1 A study of the world of the firm HSS591C2 Strategy of innovation and Conception HSS591C3 Internship Master IIT/DOCTIS HSS591C5 Digital innovation and regulation HSS591D The french civil service HSS592A Social and political philosophy, epistemology and cognitive sciences HSS592C Science Studies HSS592D History and international policies HSS592E Ethnology and Sociology HSS593A Urban planning, architecture and construction

97 97 97 97 98 98 98 98 98 98 99 99 99 99 99 99

Informatics Pages INF311 Introduction to computer science 101 INF321 Principles of programming languages 101 INF421 Fundamentals of Programming and Algorithms 102 INF422 Components of a computing system: Introduction to computer architecture and operating systems 102 INF431 Algorithms, networks and languages 103 INF441 Experimental project in computer science 104 INF550 Design and Analysis of Algorithms 108 INF551 Logic and computability theory 108 INF552 Computer Vision and Augmented Reality 109 INF553 Databases and information management 109 INF555 Fundamentals of 3D Processing 110 INF556 Software systems modelling 110 INF557 Introduction to networks 111 INF558 Information Theory 111 INF559 Computer architecture 112 INF560 Distributed and Parallel Computing 112 INF561 Using randomness in algorithms 113 INF562 Computational geometry: from theory to applications 114 INF564 Compilation 114 INF565 Verification 115 INF566 Networks, Protocoles 115 INF567 Mobile and wireless networks 116 INF568 Cryptology 116 INF569 Theory and Practice of Information Systems 117 INF570 Peer-to-Peer Networks 117 INF577 Image and Geometry Project 118 INF580 Constraint Programming and Combinatorial Optimization 119

Program Flowchart

253

INF582 INF583 INF584 INF585 INF586 INF587 INF591

Data mining: statistical models and combinatorial search for information Operating systems principles and programming Image Synthesis: Theory and Practice Programming C++ Network security Image and Geometry Project Internship in computer science

119 120 120 121 121 122 122

Languages and Cultures Pages LAN411ARA Beginner 1 125 LAN421 ARA Beginner 2 125 LAN471ARA Advanced 1: West and East between Knowledge and Power 125 LAN481ARA Advanced 1: West and East between Knowledge and Power (follow-up) 125 LAN511ARA Beginner 3 125 LAN571ARA Advanced 125 LAN411CHN Beginner 1 LAN421CHN Beginner 2 LAN451CHN Intermediate 1 LAN461CHN Intermediate 2 LAN481CHN Advanced LAN511CHN Beginner 3 LAN551CHN Intermediate 3 (Advanced Beginner) LAN571CHN Advanced

126 126 126 126 126 126 126 126

LAN411ANG Speak Easy 1 LAN421ANG Speak Easy 2 LAN431ANG Beginner 1 LAN441ANG Beginner 2 LAN443cANG An Introduction to American Government LAN451ANG Intermediate LAN462aANG Framing the South LAN462bANG Rock’n Roll music LAN462cANG Anglophone Theatre LAN462eANG Literature of the Fantastic LAN462fANG The Gothic and the Grotesque LAN462gANG Contemporary Crime Fiction and its Origins LAN463aANG X-Pression LAN463bANG Ireland LAN463cANG An Introduction to American Government LAN463dANG The red-hot news forum and the cool editorial

127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 127 128 128 128 128 128

LAN463fANG Around the World in English LAN463gANG Cool Britannia LAN463hANG British Humour

128 128 128

254 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

LAN463kANG Australia LAN463mANG They Made America LAN464aANG Language and Sport LAN465aANG Business Communication LAN465cANG Business English LAN471ANG Advanced LAN482aANG American Theater :reading, watching, improvising LAN482cANG Act Up LAN482dANG The Empire of Ice Cream LAN482eANG Inner Worlds ,Outer Spaces LAN482fANG Ghosts Over The Bayou LAN482gANG Rock’ Around the Clock LAN482hANG Words and Music LAN483cANG South African Writing and Society LAN483dANG Of me I sing LAN483eANG British Humour LAN483gANG When Harry Met Sally, Coltrane, and Krushchev LAN483hANG American Dreams, American Experience LAN483lANG Australia LAN484aANG Brand Britain LAN485aANG Business English LAN531ANG Lower Intermediate Level 3 LAN532aANG Lower Intermediate Level 3 : Theatre Group LAN534aANG Speak Easy 3 LAN551ANG Talking Headlines LAN552aANG British Cinema LAN552bANG Art made in USA 1900-1960 LAN552cANG American Theater :reading, watching, improvising LAN552dANG A Moveable Feast LAN553aANG History goes to the movies LAN553cANG British Humour LAN553dANG The World Seen through British Newspapers LAN553fANG Crossing Lights LAN553gANG Britain and France - 1000 Years of Tensions and Dissension LAN553hANG Around the World in English LAN554aANG Debating LAN554bANG Speaking out on Economic Issues LAN554dANG Playing Around with Communication LAN554eANG Speak Business LAN572aANG Art made in USA 1900-1960 LAN572bANG American Cinema LAN572cANG American theater: reading, watching, improvising

128 128 128 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 129 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 130 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 131 132 132 132 132 132 132 132

LAN572dANG X-citing the Spark LAN572eANG Theatre in English LAN573aANG Australia

132 132 132

Program Flowchart

255

LAN573bANG Of me I sing LAN572gANG Mean Streets Across the Continents: Contemporary Crime Fiction LAN573dANG The World Seen through British Newspapers LAN573fANG Crossroads LAN573gANG France and Britain LAN574aANG Debating LAN574cANG Creative Writing : Exploring the Imagination LAN574dANG Playing Around with Communication LAN591ANG Travail Dirigé

133 132 133 133 133 133 133 133 133

LAN469FLÉ Préparation au TCF LAN472aFLÉ Le cinéma français LAN472bFLÉ L’humour Français LAN472cFLÉ Atelier Théâtre 1 LAN472dFLE Littérature : le récit court LAN472iFLE Histoire et Chansons (PEI A1 A2) LAN473bFLÉ Politique française : partis et institutions LAN473cFLÉ La Francophonie dans tous ses États LAN482aFLÉ Littérature : le récit court LAN482bFLÉ Paris vu par… la Littérature, la Peinture, la Photographie, la Chanson et le Cinéma LAN482cFLÉ L’humour Français LAN482dFLE Le cinéma français LAN482eFLE Panorama de la littérature française LAN482fFLE Atelier Théâtre 2 LAN483aFLÉ Le Mythe Antique dans la Culture Française LAN483bFLÉ Histoire de la Langue Française LAN483cFLE Langue et société LAN559FLE Préparation Intensive au TCF LAN571FLE Français écrit avancé LAN572aFLE Panorama de la Littérature Française LAN572bFLE Paris vu par… la Littérature, la Peinture, la Photographie, la Chanson et le Cinéma LAN572cFLE La Pensée en Mouvement chez les Auteurs Français : entre Littérature et Philosophie LAN572dFLE Approche de l’art contemporain LAN572eFLE Atelier Théâtre 3 LAN572fFLE L’humour Français LAN572gFLE Le cinéma français LAN572hFLE Littérature : le récit court LAN572iFLE Histoire et Chansons LAN572jFLE Théâtre français du XXe siècle

134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134 134

LAN573aFLE Politique française : partis et institutions LAN573cFLE La Francophonie dans tous ses États LAN573dFLE Le Mythe Antique dans la Culture Française

136 136 136

256 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

134 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 135 136 136 136 136 136 136 136 136

LAN573eFLE Histoire de la langue française LAN574aFLE Le français des Affaires LAN576FLÉ Français Master LAN591FLE Travail Dirigé

137 137 137 137

LAN411ALL Beginner 1 LAN421ALL Beginner 2 LAN431ALL Advanced Beginner 1 LAN441ALL Advanced Beginner 2 LAN451ALL Intermadiate 1 LAN462aALL Streifzug durch deutsche Literatur und Musik LAN462cALL Kreatives Schreiben – Beispiel Krimi LAN463aALL Deutschlandbilder LAN463cALL Berlin ist immer eine Reise wert… LAN463dALL Deutsche Geschichte – Deutsche Frauen LAN471aALL Advanced LAN471bALL Cours préparatoire au « Zentrale Oberstufenprüfung » ZOP - C2 LAN482bALL Bewegte Geschichte(n) in bewegten Bildern LAN483aALL Berlin ist immer eine Reise wert… LAN511ALL Beginner 3 LAN531ALL Advanced Beginner 3 LAN552aALL Von Bach zu Berg LAN552bALL Theateratelier LAN552cALL « Kreatives Schreiben » am Beispiel einer Kriminalgeschichte LAN552dALL Journalismus LAN553aALL Alltagskultur LAN555aALL Wiir heben ab ins all : Raumfahrt in Europa LAN572bALL Von Bach zu Berg LAN573cALL Aktuelles aus Deutschland LAN574aALL Debatte LAN591ALL Tutoring

138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 138 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 139 140 140 140 140 140 140

LAN411ITA Italien Beginner 1 LAN421ITA Beginner 2 LAN451ITA Intermediate 1 LAN461ITA Intermediate 2 LAN471ITA Advanced 1 LAN481ITA Advanced 2 LAN511ITA Advanced Beginner 1 LAN551ITA Intermediate 3 LAN571ITA Italien niveau Fort 3

141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141 141

LAN411JAP Beginner 1 LAN421JAP Beginner 2 LAN511JAP Beginner 3

142 142 142

Program Flowchart

257

LAN531JAP Advanced Beginner LAN551JAP Intermediate

142 142

LAN411RUS Beginner 1 LAN421RUS Beginner 2 LAN441RUS Advanced Beginner 1 LAN451RUS Intermediate 1 LAN461RUS intermediate 2 LAN471RUS Advanced 1 LAN481RUS Advanced 2 LAN511RUS Beginner 3 LAN531RUS Intermediate 2 LAN551RUS Russe niveau Moyen 3 LAN571RUS Russe niveau Fort 3

143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143 143

LAN411ESP Beginner 1 LAN421ESP Beginner 2 LAN451ESP Intermediate LAN462cESP Un director: Pedro Almodóvar LAN463bESP España desde 1975 hasta nuestros dias LAN471ESP Advanced 1 LAN482bESP Pintura Española LAN482cESP Flashback sur Almodóvar LAN482dESP El cine y el humor en español LAN482eESP Film à film et séquence à séquence. L’Analyse filmique en espagnol LAN483bESP Civilización española : España desde 1975 hasta nuestros días LAN511ESP Advanced 2 LAN531ESP Cours niveau faible 2 LAN532aESP Clase temática LAN552aESP Clase temática LAN552eESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma espagnol LAN552fESP Pintura Española LAN552gESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma LAN572aESP Clase Tematica LAN572bESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol - cinéma espagnol LAN572dESP Théâtre LAN572fESP Pintura Española LAN572gESP Analyse Filmique en Espagnol – cinéma latinoaméricain LAN573aESP America latina LAN583aESP Geopolitica de América latina contemporánea LAN591ESP Tutoring

144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 144 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 145 146 146 146 146 146 146 146

258 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

Mathematics Pages MAT311 Real and complex analysis 147 MAT432 Fourier analysis and spectral theory 149 MAT441 Applied Module in the Mathematics Laboratory 149 MAT451 Algebra and Galois Theory 150 MAT452 Fondamental Group, Covering Spaces and Knot Theory 150 MAT551 Dynamical Systems 151 MAT552 Algebraic number theory 152 MAT553 Topology 1 153 MAT554 Nonlinear Analysis 153 MAT556 Groups and Representations 154 MAT561 Nonlinear Schrodinger equation: from Bose Einstein condensates to supersolids 155 MAT562 Discreet Mathematics, Combinatorial Arithmetical and Codes 155 MAT563 Topology 2 156 MAT565 Fermat Last Theorem, Elliptic Curves and Modular Forms 156 MAT568 General Relativity 157 MAT571 In-depht Study 158 MAT575 Symmetry groups in physics: In-depth study 159 MAT581 In-depth study 159 MAT591 Algebra and combinatorics 160 MAT592 Analyis and applications 161 MAT593 Geometry 162 MAT595 Dynamical systems 163 MAT596 Number theory and Algebraic Geometry 164 MAT597 Algebraic topology 166 MAT/MAP567 Transport and diffusion 156

Mechanics Pages MEC431 Continuum Mechanics 167 MEC432 Fluid Mechanics 168 MEC433 Atmospheric and Oceanic Dynamics 168 MEC434 Waves and vibrations 169 MEC441 Experimental Project in Mechanics 170 MEC551 Plasticity and Fracture 171 MEC552 Computational fluid dynamics 171 MEC553 Modelling of slender structures 171 MEC555 Turbulence and vortex dynamics 173 MEC557 The Finite Element Method for Solid Mechanics 174 MEC559 Laboratory research project 174 MEC561 Fluid-structure interactions 175 MEC563 Stability of Solids: from Structures to Materials 176 MEC564 Micro-scale viscous flows and complex fluids MEC565 Meteorology and Environment MEC566 Heat transfer and fluid flow

177 177 178

Program Flowchart

259

MEC567 Water Sciences and Environment MEC568 Structural Dynamics MEC569 Laboratory research project MEC571 Climate dynamics MEC572 Acoustics and sound environment MEC573 Wind, solar and hydraulic potential: cases studies MEC574 Inverse problems MEC575 Smart materials in Robotics and Microtechnology MEC576 Biomechanics in Health and Disease MEC577 Complex Materials MEC578 Aerodynamics MEC581 Projects in structural and fluids mechanics MEC582 Numerical modelling and satellite remote sensing: the indispensable tools to study the Earth MEC584 Hydrodynamics and Elasticity MEC585 Turbulent flows: dynamics and numerical simulations MEC592 Mechanics of materials and structures MEC593 Soft matter, complex fluids, biomechanics & MEMS MEC594 Aerodynamics & Hydrodynamics MEC595 Civil engineering and petroleum engineering MEC/PHY596 Geophysics & planetary environment MEC/PHY597 Energies

179 180 181 182 182 183 184 185 186 187 187 188 189 190 192 192 195 197 200 200 202

Physics Pages PHY311 Quantum mechanics 203 PHY431 Relativity and variational principles 203 PHY432 Quantum and statistical physics 204 PHY441 Experimental project in Physics 205 PHY442 Experimental project in Electronics 206 PHY550 Radiative exchanges in the atmosphere and climate 207 PHY551A Quantum optics 1: lasers 208 PHY551B Atomic and molecular physics 208 PHY552A Quantum physics of electrons in solids 209 PHY552B Biophysics: from nanometers to microns 210 PHY553 Nuclear physics and astrophysics 210 PHY554 Elementary particle physics 211 PHY555 Energy and environment 212 PHY556 Physical bases of the mechanical behaviour of solids 213 PHY557 Soft surfaces 213 PHY558A Nuclear reactor types and reactor physics 214 PHY558B Photovoltaïc solar energy 214 PHY559 Microelectronic devices PHY560B Quantum transport and mesoscopic physics PHY561 Introduction to relativistic field theory

260 ➟ “Ingenieur” Program 2011-2012

215 216 217

PHY562 Quantum optics 2: photons PHY563 Material sciences for energy PHY564A Integrated systems PHY564B Nanomaterials and electronic applications PHY564C Optoelectronics PHY565 Physics of biological polymers and membranes PHY566 Solid earth and environment PHY567 Semiconductors and devices PHY568 General relativity PHY569A Thermonuclear fusion PHY570 Materials design PHY571A Research Projects in Laboratories PHY572 Lasers, optics and plasmas PHY573A Electronics experimental conception PHY573B Flat panel displays PHY574 Extrasolar planets: detection and formation PHY575 Symmetry groups in physics PHY576 Theoretical approaches to quantum properties of materials PHY577 Superconductivity and magnetism PHY579 Direct energy conversion and storage PHY581B Spintronics PHY581C Experimental project PHY583 Cosmology PHY585 Experimental work PHY586 Nuclear reactor technology and fuel cycle PHY587 Experimental quantum optics PHY589 Laboratory course on Photovoltaics PHY591 Fields, particles and matter PHY592 Astrophysics and cosmology PHY593 Advanced technology physics PHY594 Lasers, quantum optics, plasma physics PHY595 Solid state physics PHY/MEC596 Geophysics and planetary environment PHY/MEC597 Energies

217 218 218 219 219 220 221 222 222 223 223 224 225 226 227 227 228 228 229 229 231 232 233 235 235 236 236 237 240 241 244 245 246 248

Program Flowchart

261

www.polytechnique.edu www.catalogue.polytechnique.edu